TP t+ ~~ ere At | 1 uVewse Ne te, wt = ~~ ee LLL yay 2 - ¥ mp ar 2 “ Fr iain - wd swt? qt A Ese id j - wwe aw~ 8 ‘ae ue het > Wy 3 eM Te. SUSUG Ove tl aga onl eee ain | Vy ¥ ave oS Scars ad " was vag \ MC Lhd vere f dobel SO ov © See eer vues Glee bs FA paper meen Wiig {| e pa J v cause hk tL) grec tence Pie AA ee Se, IPAS T Pet old ot Weverrin ew oS moc ttirevey ayn nN n Mcuelltyone cael lTiemccseteet em Le F Wey. i Z ww "secur Wee is Sa eM “we al yr wr Cores 1 | min : ns Vay i = 20 q 1) : 5 ~ r aye a Qu cia . | ae “tea AL. su» -f fa tht erage? Men: Pe |i Sew ‘Vio me ae Neigaeee 1 \ Comp eretl : piemyerenaeanen i | % we et oe iad | Sea bill gunn! : Le . re seqee? pve Oy, wy h UMA | we: qo eve ticlignuee crate TO LT ma a wrrereer eM error ueHiin TPT yas, wats | | st “p> “wens: wire Li leer WV AUPE EN nie sd ogee dele ud edd Lau fn — yap — sataneannetes fy . NV arg WS a Soin mae? md AT eh AAA TS ~g pre: an ~aeey id yee" ris! } | | i Ti J : qq: og ow” pen rae! , : af ANP ANA td oP ae eae () VERGaEe ™ ~ 18 my . ya 1 e Bichon Se Ae rE ¥ “ 1 aL | ty wa 23 ne r : , wt 4 Hag ip Ve, q } \p ~ v Ox bee arr ehhh trod bated qrve wo oy a at bs A » — Wi 22eeN: 853 days. RESULTANTS.—WYLAM. Amount. Direction. CJENTINETE ras cadessobsdenoarescuaoauonuceencacanes Teehe es Who IU Ai TOOTH RE TA iy aaGasedodtiseesonesHesbRaddenadtnncy DON nen ee Wie atots: INTER TS dseodscooceppoanpocobaobeasesbosousssa DP Aah anpanansac N., 38° E J \jthal passe sob cos sasdosomsnasoreoEecane koddsse il OVigeareP nec Vile LULS VET ae De eS cee aor Ge Tae a eee E., 14° AN AITLC Sipccleh fo es Wbiovetnic ese hatiqeaidtonnees datewset TSHR Rane seca W., 33° N Aialiy Bhagsacsent otbeodk oothonabbebe on Suootoosae MG eo sereeea sect W., 33° N JMREITSIS Saccondbcopede sodeooooneodtce soonosnoos DE Pecos ceeeccc We, ulcass September sais cicaecs 2s close osbia ds salstiose meine ADL teens Ak We, 4°55: OCHO Wer joc cnccisteccbebecnsncctees eet en ce De insti W., 4° S. November sncce acces seceese ecw nee seecornee 2B ira oben ates Wi 22aNe Decembeossseec rece eee ese eee Gre Mi ssbecae W., 4°S. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 23 PREVAILING WINDS. NO. SHIELDS. HOWICK. | SURBTINEN IE, boodeoacnectees auee aucd dade oa saRnE NEC Sone aEE S.E.& N.W.| N. &N.E. HeDrU aI Toe ee seaecectcreaese ch eskenecaactionss S.W.&N.W. S.W. IWIEHR@ ATES bchascosanostenuecmoneucucooescbeasusasadaet N.E. & §.E. N.E. JSST GSE aba lan cc Were i net cep Rel N.W. &S.W S.W Mist yacd secon odeenie sec tccacd th otteusmerterenas N.E. & §.E S.E.&N SULIT EC, eee PERU. Mi orate Raine MRA CBR cta an N.W. &S.W S.W aalyans crsdeetes anainc tha neankaagscamrausteae satan S.W. & N.E.| N.W. & N.E. PAINS ERR ceo ok Seis saa ccdeeeec mane eeehiarttad ian eenats se S.W. &N.W. S.W. Septembetastcssart dcastunslon aes vec eareureeee S.W.&N.W. S.W. OVA IO eI Hos sccecudee Here dnacoreueoonere ipo aeanaoe S.W.&N.W.|S.W. &N.W. INOwviemil erncae saciistceccies snceteeosccteue meeeie sak: N.W. N.W. DM eCembye ry ee seve ee see ss a eee seas ae eles N.W. N.W. CLIMATOLOGICAL TABLES RELATIVE TO THE FLOWERING OF PLANTS. The hope expressed in last year’s report, that additional assist- ance might be obtained in supplying the information required to make these returns more generally useful, has been realised. As time goes on, it may be well expected that the interest in this subject will increase, and yet more numerous and accurate re- turns will be furnished. NOTES ON THE FLOWERING OF PLANTS, &c. Wylam.—On March 24th, apricots in blossom on a cold wall. The white thorn was in bloom on May 24th. Berberis on May 29th, and peas on May 25th. On June 1st Gloire-de-Dijon rose in flower. June 25th grapes cut for first time. On July 5th, hay cut, good crop. Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—The severe weather at the begin- ning of the year did great damage. The Sweet Bays, the Laur- estinus, and the Cotoneaster were killed to the roots, as were also most of the tender roses—hardier kinds to the snow-line. 24 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1867, A Wellingtonia gigantea, about ten years old, escaped uninjured, while two specimens of Cedrus deodara, and a Cedar of Leba- non of the same age were much injured. The harvest was ge- neral in this neighbourhood on August 28th. Seaham Hall.—The trees put on their autumn tints very sud- denly this year. On October 1st the foliage was quite green, but by the 17th most trees were stripped of their leaves; and by the 31st October nearly every tree was bare. A few miles inland the case was different. The two kinds of potatoes which were least diseased here were the Milky White, an early potato, and Paterson’s Victoria amongst the late kinds. The Fluke was next best. The first signs of the swelling of the buds of forest trees, more especially the elm, beech, and poplar, were to be seen at the be- ginning of November, 1867, and the buds have continued to in- crease up to the present time (January 17th, 1868). This seems clearly to show that the sap of trees is in action even during the winter months. Another instance pointing in the same direction was observed during some alterations in the garden in Decem- ber, 1867. A small piece of bark was taken off a broad-leafed maple; on the second day after the sap had spread round the wounded part, as if water had been poured on, and this con- tinued for several days. The following list of dates of the flowering of plants within a short distance of Tynemouth has been again kindly furnished by John Coppin, Esq. WILD PLANTS GROWING WITHIN THREE MILES OF TYNEMOUTH. Tussilago farfara ...... Feb. 11 | Ribes grossularia ...... April Ranunculus ficaria ...... Feb. 18 | Primula vulgaris........ April 8 Lamium purpureum ...| Feb. 19 }| Viola canina wees April ll Lamium album ......... Feb. 20 | Primula veris ............ April 17 Taraxacum officinale .... Feb. 26 | Prunus spinosus .........). April 25 Veronica hederifolia ...) Mar. 21 | Ranunculus arvensis .... May 3 Glechoma hederacea ...| April 1 BY THE RY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. bo Cr GROWING IN GARDENS, NEAR NORTH SHIELDS. Snowdrop Crocus (yellow) ......... Feb. 16 | Red Currant......... Red Flowering Cur- Feb. 21 Pear (Jargonelle) rant (against wall) ; Ditto Standard} April 4 Crocus (purple) ......... Feb. 21 Daffodil Dee ee ie lt Feb. 10 | Gooseberry ......... Apple Auricula (yellow) ...... Black Currant...... Strawberry ......... Blue Hyacinth...... Hues April 9 alas April 22 Hep ape April 23 sitson ‘April 27 Some very interesting and instructive particulars as to the blossoming and ripening of fruit trees in the gardens at Pierre- mont, Darlington, have been kindly forwarded by Henry Pease, Esq., extending over twelve years, and relating to the same trees. These returns are very suggestive. MAGNUM BONUM PLUM.—EAST ASPECT. In Bloom. SANTEE O}ers wuecitiaststis asada ectee sense PAQGLILA Oss ntetacteunausebiee trea te March oieneine crea seedetacwseneemiccines INDIUM eRe es sakes ee: NOH DLOOMIEshaceescscckeorsteaneseutes ING) lel overeat gc bacncobesesecnaenpaacead Ripe. October 3. October 6. October 8. September 11. September 6. September abe September 24. September 18. August 27. newer e eens Sere wees 4 | FOREST /REES, SHRUBS, &c. SEAHAM. SHEE Gn LILBURN TOWER. WALLINGTON. ACKLAM HALL, NEAR MIDDLESBRO'. WHORLTON. CRAGSIDE, ROTHBURY. fe WYLAM. rest | iy Divested Divested 4 In Bud. | In Leaf. [In Blossom’ ace In Bud. | In Leaf. |{m Blossom] In Bud. | In Leaf. |[n Blossom va, In Bud, | In Leaf. /f Blossom ee In Bud. | In Veaf. |In Blossom) oe In Bud. | Ii Leaf. fie ene In Bud. | InLeaf. |In Blossom| wine In Bud. | In Leaf. |In Blossom} In Leaf. {In Blossom| Niven Ao re April 6|May 4] ...... Oct. 31 April 21] .....- April 16|May 8| ...... Noy. 5]April 2] April 24 Oct. 30}April 1] April 30 Noy. (3) |Meeecce |) como ||| feces =. comin } April 24] April 30 Noy. ...JApril 21|May 17] ...... Ontos an May 29|June 5|May 6/Oct. 31 : April 28|May 16] ...... Oct. 27|May 4/June 1 Oct. 26]May 1/May 31 Oct. 21}May 4] ...... | ee Oct. 26 May 9|June 3] ...... October |May 18] ...... see JMay 26} 1 Vly A|May 9]... Oct. 30} April 18 April 15 | April 29 Oct. 23]April 12)May 3 Oct. 24)May 1/May 17 Oct. 30 Mar. 2|May 7 3 cere | PTS MRS 0] eter | otto |] escece Aa May 4|May 12] ...... Oct. 31 April 4] April 30 Noy. 1]April1G)May 4] . Noy. 6]April 26|/May 6G] ...... |Nov. 20} April 30|/May 8)" ...... 2 ..... April 4) April 28 Noy. ...JApril 21 Fine Thorn May 6)April 20} Oct. 31 May 1) vee April 29 April cesdad {| cncoog /ANDeN YES) coccos |) ccanee |] coceo (MEN (81 ecnce, |] cancion ile May 4/July 22] ...... July Aug. 2 June 20 Reeroae eteces,. || |) coos aaa || Wurlys® £8)I eae aa | eee oat May May 20 ayy ic5i|| eel | eee eee May 10 ra ifevebill wane || cose ake April 1 June 2 June 29 Avene WO) proces |) oncte |) aacece : Elm 2 April 1 opens April 8|/May 6] ...... |Noy. 22} April 9} April 30} ...... (OY GIN) come |] ecco May 8] . Sept. 30] ...... Flowering Currant Mar. April 17| ...... Mar April 10 eat Hawthorn June May 30] ...... My May 28]| «26. |... IMaysaea7i|\merecestan | iatasence Hazel... Mar. Mar, 4] ....- 1X.) me bl acres a lector ticocernses || sascod || eecceer || “eeense UN teorar: | feeeeec tl pasate Honeysuckle Mul? WY aseeees Wibyy GIO) cecone oS econea dine: PEE coocom ||] enccce |) concon duly 6 May 6|May 23} Oct. 17 June 20] ...... coo Anne TN cece |} ceeces HF -teo000 May pences ULC Meare ys cMANE teccs ee |i|l Gnsasse. | ccececee LIP vcceee Leeeeees Pe April 11] ...... JOct. 17April 8] «..... | -....- Feb. 25)April 13) ...... | Noy. 15]Mar. 25)April 24) ...... April 27 secre April 30 Oct. 20} April 18)May 2 May 1/May 10}Oct. 17] ...... aL] Ilseescooae eee vases Bee WGK? PTO! cceces || ooecen Penn ECrecCan roan: || (ececetcaml | feectoo.<'\t | cce.od Lime .. Won | cose (Oi IZ) tonne I] cxecan | cepa |) eeone I) cock I) oeecg |] sconce |] ohecca |] cence || concn) Spooecc | er.eonce | ooouoon | | Coco eeceLccos ) Fa aee Css] achocoo 91) coon | May 23/Oct. 31 ‘ June 2 < rt Eee vee | dune 1} 5, Riteee iNoy. 1] - pee May 1/|May 13 May 28 April May 8|June 2) ...... May 17 March 3) Oct. 31] April 10| April 20 Mar. 15| April 7 April 13 April . |Oct. 18}April 10} ...... |... May 4 Side ee SEERA BEGn00 wereee jolie, Sood June 24 || cocene Rose (Wild) ....-:::ccceeccteseeeeecseeeees] seers June 18} ..... June June June 10 rhs Sallow .- cee Paces concn | Olli UF] Beane: oases April : April Pecoee April 4 Poe \ ae 5 sees | April 18 Sycamore - March. | April 6/May 9|Oct. 17]April 18/May 6] ...... GH) pasado Det. 26 3) April 25] ...... 28} April 10|May 1] ...... April 17 fe sseess Ma April 24 Muy US's aera WONT: 55459 Be Peo ee eer yl 28) coors |) eohone | codec || cececs ||) Seber 1/9 icenoce April 26) ...... sees coonce | ATOR cses5 9) |) eoeeodee || moaned Mar. 23) ...... ecteaen| ths Eee ccua MeeCE ES amn (4:01 74 eerieeertien| (ieee mi Bee lV nas || comes, De ee | > 1 STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &c. WILD FLOWERS. ee ACKLAM HALL, MIDDLESBRO’. SEAHAM HALL. STANHOPE CASTLE. WYLAM. LILBURN TOWER. CRAGSIDE, ROTHBURY. WALLINGTON, Aaa Nonrru Su1eps. ACKLA® 7: Wuort-| Hatt, SEAHAM Sran- ieee Wat- fu Blossom Yield. In Blossom] ‘Yield. fn Blossom Yield. Mn Blossom Yield. Tn Blossom) Yield. In Blossom, Yield. Tn Blossom. Yield. Tox. |MipuEs-| Wore | Hane. re, |FORDIUAIE Bs Spel. conn Waza. | Linnurn. Home LixcToN, = sq. Psq. < (Much bloom; not) 7 F r Rh oN 7 oo . | (Blossom destroyed = eae she = =I =| =| 5 = =| = N@lpeeeeseeene Mi 6} - rd -}May 6) Scarce ...... VEN? BOI) ceesaaaneena WEN ABN donatanosnee May 6) Failure ............ onnes:: ||P « Bapsodeetece May 8 elec Pepe Ty T I I I I Th I i I I I oun lan. Uinuch fruit......--. J : : z Uby frost on May 25 Blossom. Blossom. | Blossom. | Blossom. | Blossom. | Blossom. | Blossom. | Blossom. | Blossom, | Blossom. | Blossom. | Blossom. herry April 26| Good crop | April 25 cA May 16 April 26) Good . My. 3 (Wild) May 3 | Fruit plentiful. =| F =| P Fe a aoe ae Caan bloom J aay = ‘ Abunda L 3 a Pear April 26] - Pcieran toe saat Wy /Nywll Py| (Cuil cosscccc|| gongs ||) eebaserereth | | |) epee April 28 { but small andS} May 2 May 6 | A fair crop. i v ; d badly ripened... (Below an averave :|f] Auemone ...-..... Apr. 10)}May 1/Feb. 17/May 10] ...... |... May 11 Mar. 9|May 1/Apr. 12 THT a stosseeereeen! April 20} Good crop ..........--.-.4 April 16| Scarce ...... WitN? IS)| aseeseenans |) Gece IN) | | edogpeebeag April 24) Poor yield......... NE? (8 |] ereaxcceonen April 28 2r ripened well ok (Garden) ri et aa " | { Mucblihton the) | (The Blossom de-) Blue Bell ..... coon, 24iTINZPIORA) cooeaa |P gonad. ||) coccod. ||) codoen. {ll eccoce: | casoto |] ana May 10) ...... duly 10 2 ‘il 2 LO) «+» ¥ 6 oo +) Ma 7 ¢ it & foose~ . - . 27 Blek.| > ti fal 3 22 Bick.) Heavy crop. > n, 2 y Currant .........-.. April 21} Good crop pril 16} Goo ny 19 \ SOREN EE, BOORC- }| Apl. 27 Bick. Ustroyed by frost Apl. 22 Bick.| Heavy crop Galgensearmes ac. (Reb. 22! 8ep. 90 le. 201 ...... Web: 19) ccs ED: 11|' sale Meds Gooseberry -| April 10} Good crop on the whole} April 10| Good .. April 16 | Plentiful Heavy crop. . a Raspberry Res eed Fee Good No Joobacecc-ced| |! || Sesame Rien tae é pe Cowslip ......... Bel||-ccoce: |} sccocet. If! doccen Apr. 29) .2.2.. |) ceceee | ceeses |] uses | seeeee cp Seaphere se eee oe eee! Hage eee eer Crowfoot ......... Siac || ccerens |) ssn Api st210)|| eeev seu |lutstezenil|fter===-n | resets fect cance |} dasa pete Dandelion ......... Apr. 19|Mar.16) ...... Web 20)! oe Wehr US|) 0 NCH 26} ee. Apr. 18|May 2] Apr. 15 ACKLAM, NEAR MIDDLESBRO'. | SEAHAM HALL, LILBURN TOWER. WALLINGTON. WHITLEY. INSEE SEEN ee > palma | anne | cocan | attaaead ead: Thane! | dear Cae) OS — 3: ee Cotiy tchereercsebecece | ccc? a Junel4} ...... May 6G) ...... sveden||ereseteeal | nts Pee etre Wien Rare Sept. 12 When When 6 ie W! Whe: Whe The: sown. cut. Haan EME vai oats Meng ae we Remarks. we RSS Lily of the Valley|May 20|May 13) ...... NERO) ccoate || ccoos Maiy:26il))everee)| ewes (Moya cena May 18 4 7| Very (Good crop, but yield Jess) co icy ; See k Marsh Marigold...) ccc. | crceee | eevee Apr. 10) ...... cane |) osocce ||}, een0n8. |] neo (oe April 19)Sept. 7) Very good crops .. dy ‘ea Pate eapaceath April 18} Aug. 31) Much straw; yield light...) 2... | ccecee [0 seeeareeeevees til 5)Aug. 18] 30 Dolls per acre; well got ; 3 ‘ Aga alls cal 7 (Yield various, chiefly ) PilGWOUfreresnser ens ensesee || osoasee |p emeeoce Wh BEN) ceeeas |] oso00 |} ereeen TOG MEY) Eesrcs |] renccs |} cccoce Renn Dpepareey pri ept. 27) Very good crops .........J-, owing to the 1: s-jPeb. 5)Oct. 8/G SHOP le- aves seecetcecoscsst| \ieresee corse Y y ; of the fly ork ily 8) Good crop ie-n-ssecrscssecccres} cece Yl cesses WI ceeterenenes [tenes | ceeec | ceeansseteneeserstses Primrose ......... Apr. 2)Mar. 16) Apr.19)Mar.11)Apr. 16)... | s+. Apr. 8|Feb. 10|May 10) Mar. 20) Feb. 14 7\ Very oe Good ere re 3 i 3 AY 6 or WGhistsin tare : Sept. 7] Very good crops ......... { good fs eeoated 5 Mar. 28|Sept. 5] Heavy crop; quality good | April 10] Sept. 23 eh '. 28|Sept. 26 | chal ee acre, in good Stitchwort...... eec|! socuey |} conn. tI] coooao WER PRIM ecco |VIseecaa. || wccacce, |} daoss |} ceccc 5} Aug. 20 & Rees Generally good... wd E $| Oct. 6} Very good YS) ve. aera Mo. Ihe dat. iV ee = eames Seen ti aM May 18 Atay 1 May 9|May 7|May 9 « pring sown wheats) | 3 96 ab otebras ting © Strawberry, Garden| May 20|/May 7| ...... |May 1S|May 1S} ...... | +s canea |] coceon ay 9|May 7 Sept. 23] 1 Vielded well varecr f | G00d e10p vsneseeneserse . | Sept. 2) Large crop; grain light ...J/ ...... Aes ccogteerieerets Aug. 80 {PB hollean acre, in good ||’ Ys Garden] May . A les uae ti abe can care F ‘ Ditto Wood) ...,.. |May 20) ...... ccceen |S AUSH peeccnllll| coccoo! |) ccuces | cooccs June 6} Apr. 19} Apr. 16 July 1) Good crops .........00e, (Chotuil iW crressconenepoenas| | eno July 12 eA ae da \ Se July 16 facale wane eel June 29) 3 tons an acre, well got. y Peed Yi Web cenes--e-)ii[) Mimcua ||amuuemlienwellimobin) ...... EL LAaRe Yield laree. | shy | (Much diseased; out of a = ? x = Teor sae raeso teil RaT «cuales ae ; res ic { Hie Come 3 20 varieties grown here May 11|Oct. 18] Middling crop, small in size|May 14|Oct, 18 Hens cron About} il 18! Oct. 10 (a an acre, good |i] Snowdrop .........|Feb, 10/Feb. 1)Peb. 17)/Feb. 3)/Feb. 1/Ieb. 12 Feb. ...) ...... |Peb. 1]Jan. 26] ...... |Feb, 3 : most were ba - B quality. , Ne) 5 t Reb, 2: .-. | Generally good crop ...| Good erop . 17| Splendid crop ...... Goodlcrop .. ; Goouerans VOU WY cero costo |] conceo |f) etoam Mar. 7 Ae |Peecece reacts, |PNDEII rors seseee [Reb. 24] serene ee CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1867, COL’S GOLDEN DROP PLUM. 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1867 SOUTH ASPECT. In Bloom. April 16 April 25 April 15 April 20 April 15 March 24...... becececconcs April 23 ...... March 30...... April 11 April 11 April 20 April 10 sess Ripe. October 1...... October 1...... October 6...... September 20. September 10. September 5... September 1... September 12. September 18. September 10. September 6... September 11. ee eeeensoeee SOUTH-EAST ASPECT. In Bloom. Ripe. October 10. October 2. October 15. October 1. September 5. April 10 March 24 September 25. October 12. Destroy’d by frost September 18. August 30. September 2. August 10. September 10. April 11 April 10 April 11 emcee cece see MARIE LOUISE PEAR.—SOUTH ASPECT. 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1866 ' In Bloom. April 7 JNTaIETY 210) cgoadqonatannocsanecooss0[ceo ANforell WO igedsohsocr dodosaronbe > s5s05549 Ripe. October 18. October 20. October 21. October 10. October 5. October 17. October 27. October 27. September 380. September 30. September 24. October 10. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 27 JEFFERSON PLUM.—SOUTH-EAST ASPECT. In Bloom. Ripe. IHEIRG AEE i Spek battinccoacuapsadecase: September 2. ATMA seit usaitvelesctincsissoeseitest September 20. PADELIE ORM Sentient ae ouk vas acsee senate September 19. Mar chit? Gin Sascecrtcciecteseme dagen ction August 27. Manchin icispenesctitencscosacsciqee August 20. 7 Nove Le ars enna cncpoe sn aat oA CeCe Een September 18. IMarchi2it ® ciccaseskeat selecscessecnse Destroyed by frost. Arora Or ercte rsh sestaceisechidescsaee September 2. March 2421 soc cuctinesecictes cece: August 4. IN ETO NWEXO = Basracesdsoccascbnecdcsseo August 27. ATUL ON ace sactaisen eetaca seaman aenens August 10. AN Oval ala leks agennaeemeccdnaacrnncorceese August 12. 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 MOOR PARK APRICOT.—SOUTH-EAST ASPECT. In Bloom. Ripe. IMarchy? Ojmnenccsdsccecen eta ue September 19. IMfarchih3 misiakes ese tacassascu ian September 4. Blossom destroyed by frost ......] ..........c0s-r-- Wein PAD) Ges eoqocosdddodesompouscae August 31. Marchi? Giinnervccniete tere sme August 19. Mramchy3 Opeetemcceetese one eaters August 14. Wiarchy arc snstav.cveseccsscces August 18. CHS Om eee t An. sed win daccaetee Destroyed by frost. SD) UM Eee st craastca vices avrg ncks saseine August 16. Manchinliiwgnear.taascctterentcscancceie September 4. EE Ns 28 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1867, GREEN GAGE PLUM.—SOUTH ASPECT. In Bloom. Ripe. 1853 April LG 25s sccseacmaceeece i aecme September 12. 1854 Mareha3ionus-nccennaerssesteeeee September 2. 1855 Dy oil Ws ae ni sgareh naman POR Gates September 25. 1856 Ar GID ine es eit anaee noon eae caneeras | September 15. 1857 Api 20) dunes tsiengane seenmtane eee September 11. 1858 ONS 0yTa 1b Le Ree Mn eased an en eh August 27. 1859 Manchy24. (iarmansiece cheeses cece August 18. THXRD) Ws, We Gadesosopnodaobsoonbooanbor!: |. || § sodocooddaso6dde 5 1861 HANOTHG Ose saeatavanahoenecenauese toes August 18. 1862 PATIL Ol sceterath a si eteyentae sim alate see September 10. 1863 Marchi Oe es -stetsamccccececenet acme August 12. 1864 iN Oral LG) Bia sasusunncdansesods noaacanos August 20. 1865 Ara WA vase Seccaseacte emelnsticenceuent August 24. 1866 ATL AGEL | onncrtsecnaceacaceceeat rete August 9. NOTES ON BIRDS AND INSECTS. Wallington.—Rook shooting began on May the 24th; three weeks later than in an early season, and a fortnight later than the general average of seasons. On December 24th many hive bees were seen flying about; also three tortoise-shell butterflies. Lilburn Tower.—Owing to the cold dull weather which cha- racterised the year generally but few of the rare birds were seen. Wylam.—March 18th, rooks had eggs. September 8th, a great number of white butterflies suddenly appeared, and were gone again on the 9th. October 25th, humming bird hawk-moth seen on some stocks. Black-cap birds were very numerous this year. Stamfordham.—Thrush heard to sing on January 28th. The lark on February 14th. Wood pigeons heard on February 15th. — Swallows arrived April 17th; last seen October 2nd. Alston.—Cuckoo heard April 28th. AQWAGSIDE, ROTHBURY. WALLINGTON. NORTH SHIELDS. Arri’| Departure. Remarks. Arrival. | Departure. | Arrival. | Black-cap ......... Agpral lip ugioe Al Dacempgatnonitar: April 18}... 24.0 (iCiaviee (Clots Te 8en0| | SeeGoct hssagehen |fel/ cbonaccAanosons IlweMnbee | ouesosoncse jf seeza | Corncrake......... Mays ieee Very numerous...{May 8] ......... May 5 | Cuckoo .........++- EN oval fh se 5ac Very numerous... April 26 June 24 | April 25 | Ficldfare ........ G8 | Sea ee eee ome INov. 14|2Apnl 1 ee | Redstart............ Boas 2070 | ae I May 9) ie | Redwing Bgac60000) |) PDodll VieaaKeg |=)" GoegonooddbooD Tie ceaeraul eae coosonace Sept. 25 Stanlino veers: ARTs Ik Gok aera Meets a Sorel apes | Feb. 1\ Nov. 212 eee ISMUALES Geonsdasanso00 Soe | OCbOWEL |e eeteennce sane iMay 14) -*.3. cassie eee | Swallow teeters eee April] Sept. ...| Very numerous | April 20| Oct. 11 {April 28 . Weatear .........+.- Se Mie aceciieReA| Dearetenaeseaceee PApril 20) ss... J vere | Whitethroat ...... UNTO Bilas 2 eek Mie MRO | al ee le Willow Wren...... 500m Mees aa (ehl UNE caren neem [ April LOW oy asekec en eee | Woodcock ......... FER L8H ek ea | Oct. 26|Feb. 1; two] ...... seen after the snow in Jan. RAGSIDE, ROTHBURY. WALLINGTON. seen. Remarks. First seen. Remarks. Small White Butterfly .., 10 | Numerous ......... May Communicated by the Rey. J. F. Roddam Hall (Wm. Roddam, Esq.) Bigge. Glanton Pike (F. W. Collingwood, | DEG eocdoosdaspocabsoaédooodaedscnosasor 5} IMO el O)ibe Mapsoeceoadoodaos aepadocunde Goose C. H. Cadogan, Esq. Warlinoton. Gees sesccccscsceccsensees of His) Bease; sq... Pictiemant. Mr. John Richardson, Southend. Dinsdale Rectory, near Darlington... Rey. J. W. Smith, M.A. UMN AM ces eneate ter csn ss cecisencrcc ss ee. Rev. Dr. Gillow, Ushaw College. Haglescliffe, near Yarm... ............ Rey. J. Hull, M.A. arsonist nee eee ee John Taylor, Esq. Horsleyive:. icc semeram eet ecaccitaa seus Mr. John Bew. 2, REV. G. R. HALL ON ve) Middlesbro’, Acklam Hall ............ Mr. Hebblewhite. Millfield, near Wooler ...............4. G. A. Grey, Esq. ING WCastleveccses +. cisecenstoccen Homme emelceds G. Lyall, Esq., Lit. and Phil. Society. North Shields .........:2..c2seeseesesoes i Loos Spence, BG ( John Coppin, Esq. Otterburm ees. oes ce setae meee Rev. T. Wearing. Bark Mm deca cuties tase shectrencatee: cee M. A. Ridley, Esq. North Sunderland. .................6:0s0 Rev. F. R. Simpson. IROL ODE: “oddstaoBeonsnooKeonadsagpandasace Sir W. G. Armstrong. SIGRIINE Tn aus cooaasesadabecodesusonseaanode dae Mr. R. Draper, Seaham Hall Gardens. Sedgefield, Durham ................6068 J. Smith, Esq. South yShieldseeccessesesscosawasesscneies Rev. R. E. Hooppell, M.A. Stamfordham ........scesseeveceesee eens Rev. J. F. Bigge, M.A. Stanhope aisscereccsreeusessenerscnenassens Mr. Thos. Surtees, Stanhope Castle. ? J. W. Mounsey, Esq., Hendon Hill. Sunderland (0.0 <-.c.- ce. cn nee e eens / Rev. George Iliff, The Hall. Wallin ghomee seers ses eceoectenmon tes crenen Mr. Hedley, Wallington Hall Gardens. Wal Sen dee scemceaes sauces cue wanowccsstcels J. W. Dees, Esq. Werte dese rence conte nactinseeninsesitels Rev. J. M. Mason, M.A. IWATE Eyes otice ce sercs coon fener dececlotatane Rev. R. F. Wheeler, M.A. Whittle Dean Company’s Reservoirs. D. D. Main, Esq. Whorlton, in Teesdale ................6 T. Dodgson, Esq. \NVO) GTi aa NEN THY aa paaneecoconpbecungegsabenson W. Backhouse, Esq. \WAY ETT ere nator aareaee sebacodoncohcobdecds G. C. Atkinson, Esq., Wylam Hall. T1.—An Enquiry into the Origin of certain Terraced Slopes in North Tynedale. By the Rev. G. Rome Hatt. TuE subject of our present enquiry is one of considerable inter- est, and, at the same time, of no little difficulty. What may have been the origin of those remarkable terrace-lines which occasionally appear on the declivities of our upland valleys or lower river-basins, forms a problem which cannot as yet be said to be positively and satisfactorily solved. Different observers— the geologist, the military engineer, the practical agriculturalist, and the archeologist, have reviewed them from their own par- ticular stand-point, and, as might be expected, have traced their formation to various and widely different agencies. ANCIENT TERRACES TERRACGCED-SLOPES Ya MILE NW. W. FROM BIRTLEY VILBAGE 5 PLAN OF ; on Ye Kae 1M Cx er" NORTH TYN PE. Sy ) SS ‘Roman. \Vegionary CAMP \ \ ane i. Ua 8 Tone Hall a\ & FECL ny y me i iy Hi een LT jy pop eee ke) MN hy : (eli [fh ATi ee Uy 1 HAIN Y e "OG aMPS eo wQX\ 34 if SS oN : RARPORD = Bmgfeld =9 a ANS Chollerton ok. \ Ne [ated . a Wait, Walwicte mee Ny aay NU PS epee Humshaugh Ba nsne ae a a a —— 1) Netty, ~ B ey i Ly ee — PROCOLITIA . eK Ghestersy\aom— . oY 3 sm CILURNUM Thygee mat] (, bacencys Ss it ff 533 tty +S* swalds y =| som J Valwick Grange \ capt et aH tt \ a a Het EXPLANATION. eee SRL Aa Stagshaw ii High Farm TERRACED -SLOPES Mtn: BRirisH Cames.. GOUY id jay 4 Ba ate si pe Rs we aN TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 33 When we meet with these parallel shelves or gradations in the alluvial covering of hills on the scale of magnitude of the cele- brated ‘‘ Parallel Roads of Glen Roy,’ near the foot of Ben Nevis, in the Western Highlands, which retain a perfect hori- zontality and parallelism along the steep sides of the mountains for nearly twenty miles from east to west, and twelve miles from north to south, there can be no doubt left in any mind that the mighty forces of nature alone have been operative in producing them, and that the supposition of man’s handiwork is entirely put out of court. But much less conclusive must be the argu- ment for a natural origin, so as to set aside any theory of their artificial character, when we descend to such minor examples of terraced slopes as we find in North Tynedale, and other valleys of Northumberland. Even these, however, are seen to cover an area of sufficient extent to render them a prominent and very noteworthy feature in many landscapes. Sometimes they form a succession of broad ledges or steps, rising one above the other to a considerable altitude, even, it is said, to the height of a thousand feet above the sea, near Heathpool, on the Colledge Burn, on the north-east flank of the Cheviots.* They are, there- fore, conspicuous enough to attract the attention of an observer from a distance. Two or three miles westward across the valley, from the higher ground above the village of Wark, I have no- ticed the Birtley terrace-lines, and been able to distinguish their number and comparative dimensions. The terraced-slopes of North Tynedale are not only striking in appearance, and generally well defined, but they are of more frequent occurrence in this district within a limited compass than in, perhaps, almost any other part of the county, nor have they hitherto been described. The Rev. John Hodgson, the distin- suished historian of Northumberland, indeed, refers to examples situated, the one near to Falstone, and the other to Ryal, in his ‘Minutes of a Journey-to Mounces, 1814.’’+ And our learned * Proceedings of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club,” 1862, Vol. IV., p. 448. Also com- pare Ibid, p. 160, and Vol. V., pp. 6 and 190, and some remarks on a few of the North Tyne- dale examples in a Memoir by the writer on ‘“‘ Ancient British Remains, near Birtley and Barrasford,’’—Archxologia Aliana, Vol. VII. +‘ Memoir by Dr. Raine, Vol. I., pp. 142 and 150-1." b4 REV. G. R. HALL ON Vice-President, the Rev. Dr. Bruce, in his ‘‘ Roman Wall,” * has also had occasion to mention incidentally the series of simi- lar ‘‘ entrenchments,” as they are sometimes called, which he observed at Wall and High Warden. But these observers con- tented themselves with a simple reference to these singular works. The locale of the terrace-lines (which I now venture to describe more at large, before proceeding to mention some of the best- ascertained theories respecting their origin, and my own con- clusions on that intricate question) may, for convenience, be separated into two groups, centring around the villages of Birt- ley and Wall respectively. Both groups lie in the southern portion of the vale of North Tyne, below the junction of the River Rede, and with a single exception are found on the left or eastern bank of the North Tyne, at some little elevation on the sunny slope of the river basin. BIRTLEY GROUP. In a lateral opening from the vale of the Rede to the south, through which runs the Steel Burn, are numerous terraces, the longest lines being nearly four hundred yards, narrowing as they ascend towards the Watling Street, in conformity to the irregu- lar triangular shape of the escarpment. The site is now covered with heather, and strewn with boulders and ancient slag-heaps from early iron-workings under the limestone higher up the hill. The excavations of Sir W. Armstrong for iron ore and limestone on the same declivity have recently encroached on these terrace- lines, as well as on a more distinctly-marked series at a greater elevation, and more to the south, where ten different ledges can be counted from a distance, about one hundred and fifty yards in length. Both of these terraced slopes face the west, with a point to the south. Across the adjoining Buteland ridge, about a mile-and-a-half distant, is a second series of at least seven or eight distinct terraces, several yards broad, and from five to seven feet high. Their aspect is due south towards Low Shields Green. *P. 166, 3rd Edition. TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 30 A third series, but less distinctly marked, is met with on the western declivity of the same ridge, immediately below Buteland House, about one mile distant. Here facing due west, towards the North Tyne, as it encircles Countess Park, the whole slope is covered with ‘rig and rean”’ cultivation, intermingled with which, where the descent is more abrupt, are six or seven ter- race-lines, averaging three feet in height and many yards in breadth. The fourth and last series of the Birtley group is that remark- able example, half-a-mile to the west of the village, the lines of which run nearly at aright angle to each other. As these sin- gular terraces are exceedingly well defined, and may be taken as typical of all the rest in the district, I have made a more care- ful examination of this than of any of the other series; in which I have been aided by a tracing from the Ordnance Survey, kindly given me by Lieutenant H. Helsham Jones, R.E. The western side of the incomplete rectangle is over three hundred yards in extreme length, the southern face being one hundred and ten yards. The former is cut into six terrace-lines or ledges of un- equal length, having a shorter one inserted about mid-way ; and the lowest projects outwards in a convex manner from the usual horizontal straight line. Making allowance for the gradual de- trition, or wearing down of the soil, the terraces average three, five, six, seven, one-and-a-half, and five feet in height, reckoning from the base; and the platforms are fourteen, eight, and the three uppermost, nine yards in breadth. Other lines of small relative elevations exist at the summit, intermingled as in the west Buteland example, with the broad furrows of comparatively recent cultivation. About mid-way in the length of this west face the escarpment reaches its greatest height above the river, and from that point has a gentle inclination to north and south. The terraces themselves, towards the north, now begin to les- sen considerably in altitude, but usually retaining their previous breadth ; until crossing the road to Birtley Shields, the three up- permost ledges, for more than a hundred yards, do not rise above two or even one foot above each other. They then are seen to coalesce gradually into the level surface of the ground towards £ 5 : 35 REV. Go Re eA ON Oo the Mill Knock Camp. Between the southern and western faces is a broad slope about six yards wide, separating between them at the angle, and preventing their junction in horizontal paral- lels. The five terraces cut into the southern escarpment are of nearly equal length; but a shorter ledge is again inserted, this time at each end of the second from the top, measuring about one-third of the whole terrace-line, or forty yards. There is also a segmental break in the direct course of the lowest bank, at the west end, of a similar length. The comparative rough- ness of its surface, so different from the smoothly-cut slopes and levels of the other terraces, may denote an outburst of the free- stone strata. These lines abruptly terminate, probably from the same cause, at their eastern extremity in apparently artificial ex- cavations. In this face also there is a decided dip of the ground towards the angle; the various heights of the ledges, measured as before, are six, ten, seven-and-a-half, seven, and five-and-a- half feet. The level spaces widen as they ascend gently towards the east, but about mid-way are seven, eleven, ten, and fifteen yards respectively in breadth. WALL GROUP. There is an interval of four or five miles between the last example and the first of the present group. Proceeding down the valley to the park of Swinburne Castle, we come upon a long freestone escarpment which is cut, at intervals, throughout its length into two series of well-marked terrace-lines, with smaller banks or ledges on the summit, running at right angles away from the sloping ground. The first shelves are about two hundred yards long, and curve inwards at their southern extre- mity almost like seats in an amphitheatre. There are five very distinct ledges, besides others in the more level space beneath, two of them five feet, one three feet, another six, and the up- permost ten feet high; whilst in breadth they measure, two of them ten yards, one eight, and the remaining one twelve yards. These terraces are scooped out, as if artificially, at their north- ern end; and beyond them, separated by an out-crop of the TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 37 strata, and broad eross-lines of culture, running at right angles down the gentle declivity, another and second terraced slope, as continuation of the same escarpment, occurs, of an equally de- fined character, and about the same length. In height, the ledges average five, three, eight, and the uppermost nearly twenty feet, bemg in breadth about fourteen, twenty, and twelve yards. These all face due west. One more example, at least, may also be seen about fifty yards nearer to the castle, where the carriage drive skirts a rounded hill of small elevation, the western face of which has two terraces, ten and six feet high, and twelve and eight yards broad. The different series of terraces at Swinburne are very remarkable. Almost as singular is the second example of this group, half-a- mile north of Wall village, and between it and the line of the great Roman barrier. It lies facing the west, with an inclination to the north, on a lower slope of the steep declivity of Wall Camp Hill, and consists of four or five terraces, overhanging a precipitous descent of nearly forty feet. The ridges breast the brow of the undulating escarpment, and neither retain their hori- zontality nor their parallelism during their course of more than two hundred and fifty yards, four of them scooped out at the northern end, as in the last example. They rise five, seven, twelve, and four-and-a-half feet above each other, and are nine, six, four, and five yards wide. The upper are much shorter than the lower terraces, being adapted to the nature of the ground, like the Steel series. On the gentle slope above, and in the level space beneath, the whole surface is furrowed with traces of late cultivation. The third and remaining series of terrace-lines of this group may be distinctly seen from the Wall Camp Hill on the opposite side of the valley. They lie on the slope of Warden Hill, be- neath the great British Fort, facing nearly due east, near High Warden House, and consist of three or four ledges, all more or less distinct, from six to twelve feet high, and of a proportionate width. The uppermost shelf, after running about sixty yards, suddenly dips to a lower level, and continues for seventy or eighty yards further, whilst two shorter terraces towards the 38 REV. G. R. HALL ON opposite or northern extremity, and at a lower elevation, pass along the declivity. Such are the terraced slopes of North Tynedale which I have seen for myself; some of them bearing a very marked character, and all of them deserving, perhaps, more than the incidental refer- ence which has been hitherto given to a few examples. The dif- ficult question of their origin, whether natural or artificial, or partaking of both of these characters, now faces us, and I confess to considerable diffidence in endeavouring to state fairly the various theories that science and observation have put forward to account for them, and the conclusions at which I have myself arrived. Naturat Oricin.—Here we enter on the domain of the geolo- gist, and retire into the dim mysterious ages of the far-distant past, which witnessed the gradual preparation of the earth’s sur- face by Divine power and wisdom for the requirements of human existence. Above the present beach or sea-margin of our own country, and along the shores of nearly all Western Europe, fol- lowing the bays and recesses of the land, are, it is well known, various ancient or raised beaches. It is supposed that these terraces on our coasts and on the banks of estuaries prove either an elevation of the land or a depression of the ocean, and the former presence of tides and waves at these successive levels. Sometimes a mere shelf or line on a hill side, of no greater mag- nitude than the terraces of North Tynedale, attests the change of relative height between former and existing sea-margins. With respect, however, to these beaches or terraces, which are found belting the slopes of inland valleys, unless we have reason to consider them as estuaries in the seas of geological times, another but similar agency has been suggested. They are held to give evidence of previous water-levels, and seem to ‘‘ point to a time when the valley was occupied by a lake at that height, or when the plain stood at that level, and before the river had worn its channel down to its present depth.’’ These long horizontal ter- races or ledges of sand or gravel and silt have attracted much attention during late years. Sir Chas. Lyell, it will be remem- bered, speaking of the ‘changes of surface during and since the TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 39 emergence of the Newer Pliocene strata,’ gives a striking in- stance of this configuration in connection with the same moun- tain limestone formation which prevails here; and he further illustrates his subject by an engraving. He says, ‘‘In the lime- stone districts of the Val di Noto (in Sicily) the strata are for the most part horizontal, and on each side of the valley form a suc- cession of ledges or small terraces, instead of descending in a gradual slope towards the river plain in the manner of the ar- gillaceous formations. When there is a bend in the valley the exact appearance of an amphitheatre, with a range of marble seats, is produced.” * Something slightly similar to this pic- turesque appearance has been remarked in connection with the Swinburne terraces in this valley. When these long level es- carpments occur near to the present channel of rivers, of which every one has seen an example, it is easily perceived how they denote changes, often recurring in the river bed itself by the disintegrating action of winds and rain, and the erosive force of floods. It is, however, in cases like those now under consi- deration, where the terrace-lines are found on the higher slopes of a valley or glen, that we pass from a simple to a more com- plicated phase of the subject, and from comparatively modern times to the indefinite remoteness of the later geological periods. This has been especially the case with the wonderful terraces or ** Parallel Roads of Glen Roy.” Sir C. Lyell, in his ‘ Antiquity of Man,” + treats them at considerable length, and concludes that these and the terrace-lines of some neighbouring valleys ‘‘were formed on the borders of glacier lakes,” that the vales themselves then formed shallow lakes, whose level is marked by the uppermost shelves, the escape of water over any ‘‘col,”’ or parting ridge of lower level between the glens, being prevented by the protrusion of a glacier from above so as to rest like a barrier on the flank of the hill; and the lower shelves or terraces would afterwards be formed by the shrinking of the ice into less dimensions, and the escape of the waters of the lakes over and *“ Principles of Geology,” 4th Edition, Vol. IV., p. 7. ¢ 2nd Edition, Class XITII., pp. 252 to 264. 40 REV. G. R. HALL ON through the mountain passes, as the blockage by glaciers or ice- bergs was removed from time to time. This theory for the for- mation of the Glen Roy terraces, and of some others on a much smaller scale, seems now to be generally followed. And, indeed, — there are in this district of Western Northumberland some tra- ces of glacial action, which might, to a certain extent, account for similar phenomena, and influence us so far as to assign, per- haps, a portion of the terraced slopes of North Tynedale to that efficient cause. If we go in imagination back to the strange ’ epoch of the ‘‘ Drift formation,” as it is usually termed, when an Arctic climate rested on these islands, we see only a few summits of our present mountains and hills appearing above the great sea, like islets, beneath which lie submerged the pleasant valleys and fertile plains that we now behold. This valley and its tributary vales would then form a series of lakes—a chain of ‘‘loughs,’’ of various degrees of depth, of which there are a few minor representatives along the line of the Roman Wall still re- maining in what we call our ‘‘ Northumbrian lakes.’’ Above the present junction of the North Tyne and Rede there would be, at that remote period, such a lake, until the softer strata between the Garrett Holt Hill and the Buteland ridge were worn through by the eroding pressure from above. Another lake must have engulphed the now open space of the valley between this barrier and the hard free-stone strata which crossed from the Chipchase Park House quarry to the southern bank of Wark Burn. A still more extensive tract must have lain under water (perhaps divi- ded off for a time into two lakes by the great basaltic ridge crop- ping out at Gunnerton) between the barrier at Chipchase and another high free-stone ridge, once closing up the narrow pass between the Wall and Warden Hills. From many a vantage- sround, such as the Gunnerton Crags, the ancient outline of this inland lake is very marked, with the hilly slopes so perfectly en- circling it, that it would not be possible for the spectator, if a stranger, to tell where the long-imprisoned waters had at length burst their primeval barrier, and escaped through the estuary of the Tyne valley into the great glacial sea. We are not left merely to our imaginations in picturing this scene. Undoubtedly there THRRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 4] would be originally many traces of the successive levels at which these inland lakes had stood at different times, excava- ted on the slopes of the valley and its transverse openings on similar sites to those whereon we now find the parallel ter- race-lines. But what vestiges, if any, remained subsequent to the far more powerful action of the descending ice-bergs and ice- floes of the ‘drift period,” is the difficult question to decide. There are evidences yet to be discerned of the passage of gla- ciers down North Tynedale, when it was either a firth or arm of the sea, or a chain of inland lakes. What are these proofs of glacial action, then, to which with good reason the formation of the Glen Roy terraces, and to some extent our own parallel ridges might be ascribed? They are found in the general phy- sical characteristics of the valley; in the fact that glacial cur- rents from the colder north to the warmer south, in the short summer of that pleistocene, or boulder drift period, have worn and denuded the crags and hills on its eastern bank, whilst the rugged strata of the opposite slopes are marked with thick ac- cumulations of clay, sand, and gravel. The direction of the stream is the ordinary one of that period, nearly from north- west to south-west ; and by its agency have been laid bare such bold head-lands as the Mill Knock, near Birtley, and the basaltic range between Gunnerton and Barrasford, which confront the west or north-west. Then, again, the same tremendous trans- porting power could alone account for the moraines of sand, and gravel, and boulders, found, for example, along the great es- carpment above the Steel Burn, and on the platform above the Birtley terraces—the debris of huge water-worn blocks, espe- cially, brought down and detached from the under surface of the brief summer avalanches or slowly melting ice-bergs.* As these gradually forced their ponderous masses along the valley, they have further left their unmistakeable traces here and there in the smoothing and grooving, and scratching of the rock surfaces, which were of too enduring a nature to be displaced; and this, *Near to the top of the Wark Mote Hill, on the north side, Mr. Hodgson noticed on his visit to Mounces in 1814 ‘‘an alluvial block of granite, about a ton in weight.—M/emoir, Vol. L., p. 140. 49, REV. G. R. HALL ON too, in one direction only, parallel with the valley itself. One of the best sites for observing this is in the neighbourhood of the last great barrier through which the ice-bergs must have forced their way, that is, near Wall village. The Rev. W. Greenwell, in his address in 1863,* as President of our Society, remarks— ‘In a cutting, through which the railway is carried, were seen instructive sections of the glacial drift; and many specimens of polished and striated pieces of limestone were observed in the clay of which the drift consists, showing unmistakable evidence of their having been set, so to speak, in ice, and subjected whilst so imbedded to a lengthened course of attrition, which had given them almost the polish of glass, and then scored deep lines on the polished surface.”’ + Seeing, then, that the same natural agencies have been at work here as elsewhere, to which the most experienced geolo- gists have attributed the formation of terraced slopes (as at Glen Roy and in the Val di Noto, in Sicily), it would be too much to presume to say that no portion of these parallel ridges in North Tynedale is owing to natural forces,—fully competent, as we have perceived them to be, to produce such phenomena. My own opinion is that, so to say, the framework of some of the terrace-lines probably originated in the denuding operation of water, and the abrading action of the glacial currents; but that man afterwards, when ages had elapsed, came upon the scene, and made these rude escarpments of nature’s work subserve his own purpose, by altering and adapting them, and, it may be, forming others after their pattern, but better fitted for the pre- cise object he had in view, on the same or similar sites. ArtIFIc1aAL Ortcin.—Some observers (and I could mention more than one excellent geologist, among them, for example, Mr. G. Tate, F.G.S., Secretary of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Field Club, as to those near Heathpool, before referred to) have given it as their firm belief that to man’s handiwork alone should * “Transactions,” Vol. IV., p. 12. + Similar traces of glacial action in a limestone boulder were lately noticed by Mr. Green- well and the writer in the railway cutting under the Buteland ridge. TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 43 these parallel ledges be attributed—that they are wholly artifi- cial, and not natural in their origin.* They would remark that the terraces of the kind now under consideration are unlike those of the Glen Roy and the Fluviatile terraces of gravel, as in the Somme valley, and elsewhere; the results being too small for such mighty efficient causes. They would point to the physical features of this district of Western Northumberland as marked by all the peculiarities of the carboniferous or mountain lime- stone formations, its alternations of harder and softer strata, its protruded basaltic crags and conical heights, and freestone or limestone headlands and escarpments, superimposed upon or un- derlying its coals, shales, ironstones, and clays. And they would ask us to account for the comparatively small number of the ter- races under such favourable conditions—why both sides of the valley and of the transverse dales had not been furrowed in more places, and along a greater extent of the hill-sides than we find them, as at Warden Hill and Buteland ridge. They might rea- sonably desire to know how in each lake of the North Tynedale chain in the glacial period the various series of terraces are at different relative levels from each other. And above all, why we find the separate ledges dipping out of the horizontal line so much as they do, as in the Birtley example ; and, not only ceas- ing to retain their parallelism, but actually mosculating and run- ning into each other, which is the case in almost every instance. Such arguments must necessarily have great force. Looking at the most striking series of these ledges, that near Birtley, no one could avoid being struck with is very artificial character. It is manifest at a glance. Why, then, were they formed by man’s * Compare, however, Mr. Tate’s remarks on the Humbledon Heugh terraces (Proceedings of Ber. Nat. Club, Vol. 1V., p. 160) which I have seen since writing the above. In this par- ticular case he says,—‘‘ Such places near the heugh have been further levelled and trimmed by art and used by the early inhabitants of the district for the purposes of cultivation.”’ The reference is to the terraces formed on gravel at the base of the porphyry hills along the shores of the valley of the Till, which appeared as the land emerged from the waters of that estu- ary. It is, perhaps, probable that in a few instances of this kind a natural origin of terraced ledges may be found, as a friend has suggested to me, in a sudden fall, or succession of falls, or depressions of the face of an escarpment from the percolation of water beneath the soil, or underlying strata. On a small scale, the action of such quicksands is often observable on the slopes of railway cuttings and embankments. 44 REV. G. R. HALL ON labour solely in most instances, or, as I think, in a few cases, specially adapted to his purposes and uses ? Many ingenious theories have been proposed, some, no doubt, very improbable. Hutchinson conjectures that these terraces have been formed by art, for the purpose of marshalling the mi- litia of the county, and showing them to advantage. Pennant inclines to a similar notion.“ One of the most ingenious, but at the same time, most fanciful ideas respecting their object I met with in the upper part of the vale of the river Gelt, near Castle Carrock, in Cumberland. There, along the southern face of a high escarpment, is a series of terrace-lines of extraordinary length, and great variety of dimensions and appearance. My guide informed me that a local antiquary considered that these ledges, which curve into the hill slope towards its base, were formed by the Romans during their occupation of the country (it is about four miles south of the Roman Wall), and they made them serve as a kind of natural amphitheatre; so that, seated on these terrace-ledges, all the cohorts of the neighbour- ing stations and the native spectators could more easily observe the movements of the Roman galleys in the naval reviews and regattas, which, he conceived, must have often taken place on the bosom of the broad lake beneath, which is now a depression of the dry land by the river margin ! ; The most feasible of these problematic opinions, however, is, that such terraces were originally intended as lines of entrench- ment—field earthworks—thrown up for defence where the enemy might be supposed to be at hand, and in great force. We know that it was the custom of the Romans thus to entrench them- selves in their legionary camps (one of which may be seen a little *Mr. Tate (see antea.) observes:—‘ This, however, is a mere fancy, destitute even of probability.” And Pennant, himself, elsewhere ccnjectures rather inconsistently that the terraces are similar to those made for husbandry in Palestine described by Josephus. Mr. MacLauchlan considers that certain parallel terraces in connection with the Kippie Hill tumulus and the ancient remains of the Camp-field, near Cornhill, on the Tweed, which have between them in some cases natural or artificial depressions for water, are not of an early date, and have been made as ‘‘a garden of pleasure,’ probably in peaceful times.— Notes on Camps in Northumberland, p. 31-2. See also, for a discussion concerning the ‘“‘ Lynchets,” or Shelves of Wiltshire, Motes and Queries, Third Series, Vol. VII., pp. 241, 301, 330, 562, 422, 463, and Vol, VIII., p. 59. TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 45 to the south of the Steel terraces, and west of the Watling Street, near Four Laws Inn); and this on every successive evening of their march. It has been remarked that, “till the employment of fire-arms in war, it is probable that the manner of occupying sround for military purposes which had been adopted by the Romans continued to be used by the nations formed on the ruins of that empire.” The natural obstacles of a country, such as es- carpments, were undoubtedly made available in ancient times; and just as the Scottish army occupied the British camp on the Otterburn ridge, before the battle of Chevy Chase, so an army at various times may have entrenched themselves on the wide platform surrounded on two sides by the Birtley terraces, if these terrace-lines existed previously, as I think they undoubtedly did. Though they have not followed the precise Roman pattern of a continuous line of parapet around the site of encampment, we know that as recently as in the wars of the last century, strong defensive works were thrown up in the Austro-Prussian cam- paigns of the Great Frederick. And again, in the late campaigns of Northerners and Southerners in the United States, the spade was almost as important a military adjunct as the sword itself. As to the Birtley series of terraces, my own first impression, as it would be that of many observers, was in favour of their origin as military defences of an army in the field. When I was asked for my opinion in connection with the Ordnance Survey of the district, a few years’ since, I mentioned a probable date, also, for such occupation. That is, the first warlike expedition of the youthful King Edward III., in 1827, whose army crossed over the Tyne, as Froissart informs us,* and remained for some time in a strong position about twenty-siw miles from Neweastle (an estimate of distance very nearly accurate in this-case), hoping to intercept the invading forces under Murray and Douglas on their return into Scotland. I found afterwards, from a conver- sation with a woodman in one of the glades of Countess Park, that popular tradition endorses the opinion of their military ori- gin. My informant mentioned that his father had a book, now * Chroniques, Livy. IV., chap. 19. See also Joshua Barnes’ ‘Account of the Reign of Edward III. ;"’ and Rymer’s “‘ Foedera,” Tom. I'V., p. 300 f.f. 46 REV. G. R. HALL ON unfortunately passed into other hands and lost (it was not the first History of Northumberland, by Wallis, the Curate of Simon- burn, as I believed for a time), which told of a great battle having been fought on and near to this terraced escarpment, one army being stationed there, flanking and protecting Birtley (anciently Birkley) Castle, the ruins of which are still visible, and the other army occupying the British fort in Countess Park, beneath which we then stood. He added the report that it was at the time when Welsh soldiers garrisoned the castle, and Northumbrians were transferred to the Welsh marches in their stead :—a local remi- niscence, perhaps, of the rebellion of the valiant Hotspur, his al- liance with the princes of Wales, and his possession of estates at Walwick Grange, and elsewhere, in North Tynedale.* When Lieut. Sitwell, R.E., came to make his final corrections for the Ordnance Survey, I had the opportunity of consulting a compet- ent authority. Though he, like others, decidedly inclined at first to the supposition of their being lines of entrenchment, he soon pointed out many objections to it from a military point of view ; the chief of which were the trivial heights, comparatively, of the western terrace-lines for one-third of their length, which would make them useless as a defensive precaution, and especially the broad inclined approach or descending slope at the angle of junc- tion with the southern face, which would never have served as a redan, or advanced position, either to aid in the defence or to annoy besiegers in flank. If this supposition (held, too, by our historian, Hodgson,} in regard to such terraces) of their being * See ‘‘Feudal and Military Antiquities,” Chap. XIII., p. 261, by Rev. C. H. Hartshorne. +‘‘History of Northumberland,” Part II., Vol. III., p. 402. It may be remarked here that terraces in direct connection with, and immediate proximity to, ancient camps are met with in the valley; but they are of quite a different character from those now under dis- cussion, occurring as part of the defences of British forts, and strengthening the ramparts and ditches in such a manner as to prove they were an intentional portion of the original castrametation, in the examples in which they are found.—See Mr. MacLauchlan’s Notes, &¢c., respecting several instances near Keilder, pp. 58, 61, 65, and 68. Dr. Bruce perhaps refers to such a terrace partly encircling the camp on Wall Hill, beneath the rampart on the west and south, which is very marked; though the adjoining series of similar ledges, many hundred yards distant, seem also to be alluded to in the following passage :—‘“‘ Lines of en- trenchment may be seen near the summit of Warden Hill, which lies upon the fork of the two rivers, and upon the hill behind the village of Wall, which is seated upon the left bank of the North Tyne. These are probably ancient British Works.’—“ Roman Wall,” 3rd Edition, p. 166. TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. Aq military earthworks does not hold good of the Birtley terraces, whose rectangular area (completed by an imaginary line on the east and north) would have included nearly eight acres of ground, it must be a fortiori much more improbable in the case of any of the other terraced slopes of North Tynedale. From independent investigation, therefore, I am shut in to the conclusion that they have a different origin from any of these al- ready suggested. That is, we find in them the early attempts at cereal cultivation of the ancient British inhabitants of the valley. Most of us have seen instances of terrace cultivation, if not in our own country, at least in foreign lands. The traveller by the Calais or Boulogne route to Paris is struck by the appearance of the northern declivity of the Somme valley, near Abbeville and Amiens, where the peasants still cultivate the ancient river mar- gins, which are in places parallel to each other, being level ter- races of gravel, in patches chiefly of wheat and the vine. These, no doubt, are natural or fluviatile ledges ;* but they illustrate the advantage of using such sites, which are more secure from the wasting effects of sudden rains, and more sheltered than sloping soils could be, that, bearing with them the seeds or young plants, might be washed away, and the labour of the cul- tivators rendered vain. The terraced vineyards on the banks of the Rhine, in Provence, and in Switzerland, as on the south- ern slopes of the Jorat, between Lausanne and Vevay, will also be recalled to mind, as having been expressly formed or made available for culture. Dr. Hooker has described some parallel terraces, more analogous, indeed, to those of Glen Roy, in the upper valleys of the Himalaya mountains.+| But elsewhere in In- dia, as in the picturesque district of the Aravulli, in Raj-pootana, Colonel Tod and others have noticed the series of terraces rising * Compare Sir J. Lubbock’s “ Prehistoric Times,” p. 310. + “ Antiquities of Man,” 2nd Edition, p. 261. In the ‘‘ Proceedings of the Society of An- tiquaries of Scotland,” Vol. I., p. 127, I find that Mr. R. Chambers illustrates the terraces of Peeblesshire by a reference to similar works, not only in England, France, and Germany, but also in Hungary, Peru, and Palestine. My attention has also been drawn to such instances in the island of Madeira, and in the valley of the Mississippi, by travellers who had ob- served them. In the latter case the so-called ‘‘ Ancient garden beds,” or Indian corn-hills, “may be meant. 48 REV. G. R. HALL ON up from the mountain’s base, sometimes on each side of a valley, if the aspect is favourable, with their rich crops of sugar-cane, cotton, and rice, and their simple but ingenious plans of irriga- tion. Further eastward, in China, too, such terrace cultivation is spoken of by Du Halde as carried to great perfection; and Dr. Abel, accompanying Lord Amherst’s embassy, describes them as occupying the precise position of the North Tynedale culture lines, being confined in a great measure to their ravines, undu- lations, and gentlest declivities. And here, I may remark, how well their sites coincide with the instructions of Columella, Cato, Varro, Pliny, and Palladius, all the Roman writers, de re rustica, agreeing as to the best situation for culture, which has been un- consciously followed by the common-sense instinct of our remote British ancestors. The Rev. Adam Dickson, in his rare book, ““The Husbandry of the Ancients,’* translates the remarks of Palladius thus :—‘‘ The best situation of lands is not so much on a level as to make the waters stagnate, nor so steep as to make it run off with violence, nor so low as to be buried in the bottom of a valley, nor so exposed as to feel the violence of storms and heats, but that in all these a mediocrity is always best :—cham- paign lands exposed, and whose declivity affords the rain a free passage, or a hill whose sides gently decline, or a valley not too much confined, and into which the air has easy access, or a mountain defended by a higher top, and thereby secured from the winds that are most pernicious, or, if high and rugged, at the same time covered with trees and grass.” + Similar sites to those recommended by their best writers, the Roman conquerors of Britain seem to have used in the neighbourhood of their great towns along the Wall. Speaking of Borcovicus, the ‘‘Tadmor of Britain,” Dr. Bruce observes, ‘‘ A little to the south of it, and stretching westward, the ground has been thrown up in long terraced lines, a mode of cultivation much practiced in Italy and in the east. Similar terraces, more feebly developed, appear at Bradley. I have seen them very distinctly marked on the banks * Vol. I., p. 158, f.f. + Compare Smith’s ‘‘ Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities,” 2nd Edition, p. 45, Art. “ Agricultura.” TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 49 of Rede Water, at Old Carlisle, and other places.’’* Within late years also much attention has been paid to the terraced slopes of Palestine (built upon parallel ledges on the limestone hills and their escarpments) as a proof of the ancient fertility of the Holy Land, according to the Biblical description, and as a means of future climatal as well as social improvement. After noticing the encircling ledges of the limestone strata, making the hills on the upland plateau between Jerusalem and Hebron to resemble so many ‘‘ straw bee-hives,” and lamenting their present utter bar- renness, Dr. Norman McLeod, in “ Kastward,’’ adds:—“ Yet it is obvious, as has been remarked by every traveller, that an in- dustrious population could very soon transform these barren hills into terraces rich with ‘corn and wine.’ Were these limestone ridges once more provided with walls to prevent the soil being washed down into the valley by the rain floods, and were fresh soil carried up from the hollows, where it must lie fathoms deep, magnificent crops would very soon be produced. It is well known also,’’ he observes, ‘‘how soon the moisture of the climate would be affected by the restoration of the orchards.”’} Thus we see that such terrace-cultivation, as we suppose either wholly originated or greatly modified the parallel ledges on the hill slopes of North Tynedale, has been no unusual or peculiar method of securing the “kindly fruits of the earth.”’ Sometimes, as in an example at the junction of the two sources of the River Gelt, in Cumberland (to the east of the terraces I before referred to), we meet with parallel ledges, apparently built up like those of Palestine and other countries, where this mode of culture is *“ Roman Wall,” 2nd Edition, p. 192. In the 3rd Edition, p. 191. + Dean Stanley (‘‘Sinai and Palestine,’ Chap. II., p. 120) quotes a passage from Dr. Olin’s Trayels, which clearly shows the necessity of terraces for cereal cultivation where the rainfall is abundant, as it would be in Northumberland, and especially on the flanks of the Cheviot range, when primeyal forests, in which the cultivated spots were mere clearings, covered the face of the land. ‘‘ The entire destruction of the woods which once coyered the mountains, and the utter neglect of the terraces which supported the soil on steep declivities, have given full scope to the rains, which have left many tracts of bare rock where formerly were vineyards and corn-fields.”’ In Smith’s ‘‘ Dictionary of the Bible,” Vol. I., p. 28, Art. “ Agriculture,” it is said, ‘‘ The lightness of agricultural labour in the plains set free an abundance of hands for the task of terracing and watering, and the result gave the highest stimulus to industry.” D 50 REV. G. R. HALL ON still employed, with low stone ramparts for the more careful pre- servation of the soil. There appear to be traces of this in the Birtley series, though I would not rest much upon its occurrence. A section of the terrace face in various places would alone make sure of this peculiarity. But wherever those unhewn supporting walls appear, they prove beyond a shadow of doubt the presence of man’s handiwork in the origin of such terraced slopes. In the other case, where it was possible for nature to be made subser- vient, it must be concluded, as Dean Stanley remarks of many instances in the Holy Land, that the sides of the hills have them- selves been formed by natural agencies into horizontal, or, as in the Holy Land, ‘‘ concentric rings of rock,” and that these rock ledges must have served in ancient times as supports to the ter- races when they were under cultivation.* The only reasonable objections to the conclusion that our North Tynedale terraced slopes were early culture-plots of a primitive people are these two, and they are not very difficult to meet. One is, that some of the terrace-lines have a frontage which a practical agriculturist of the present day would consider unfa- vourable, namely, that their aspect is too northerly, so that the cereals would not receive the full benefit of the sun’s rays, and that the primitive cultivators could as readily have chosen sites in the immediate vicinity for their excavation, which would not have been open to this objection. The prolonged front of the Birtley series was taken as an instance. But on examining the Ordnance tracing, or larger map of the district, it will be seen that the terrace-lines run with their faces almost west by north, and not north-west, or nearly due north, as supposed by the ob- jector (an authority on such matters); so that even these slopes would bask in the rays of the afternoon sun.t And as all the other terraces have their slopes varying from due south to due west (and most of them have been actually under tillage within the last hundred years) it will be seen that the early agriculturists * ‘Sinai and Palestine,’ Chap. II., p. 158, 3rd Edition. + The Rey. Mr. Greenwell informs me he has noticed on the Yorkshire Wolds, near Mal- ton, instances of terraces on a great scale, with a northerly aspect, clearly, as he believes, for cultivation. OS Oe TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 51 were at least fair judges, not only of the best elevation midway up the hill slopes, but also of the most favourable aspects for their simple husbandry. The other objection has been suggested in connection with the smallness of the portion of cultivated ground on the level plat-— forms of the terraces, in comparison with the supposed require- ments of the ancient people who formed them. And, indeed, if we were to judge from the data afforded by the social habits and necessities of the inhabitants of the valley in the present day, or even in medieval times, it would be so valid as to be insuperable. But we must remember that the rude population whom we con- sider to have used this terrace-culture, though perhaps more nu- merous than at the present day, were probably only emerging from a state of comparative barbarism. ‘There is every reason to believe that the cleared banks or terraces, then closely sur- rounded by dense natural woods, represent the whole area of soil devoted to the growth of cereals by the pre-Roman occu- pants of the rude encampments, the hill forts, and the lowland fastnesses, of which so many vestiges yet remain in the district. Probably they were Celts, not of the earlier but of the later mi- gration—not the Gadhelic but the Cymric branch—who left only occasionally the fishing in the meres and ‘‘loughs,’’ or forsook the hunting-field (where they pursued the elk, the deer, the bear, the wolf, and the wild ox—whose remote descendants still exist at Chillingham—ain the primeval forests which once clothed these valley slopes and uplands under the Cheviot range) to till these very ledges with such inefficient implements, made, it may be, of stags’ horns and crooked branches of trees, as were used by the inhabitants of the lake-dwellings of Switzerland in contem- porary times, previous to or in the beginning of the Christian era. Several querns (hand-mills of a primitive form, in one in- stance of red granite, but usually of hard freestone, for crushing and grinding the corn) have been found on the sites of early British forts in the immediate vicinity of the terrace lines, as in the Warden Hill camp, which encircles ‘about three acres with its triple rampart ; and in the High Shield Green camp, opposite to the culture-ledges on Buteland ridge. A most instructive fact 5s) REV. G. RB. HALL ON is that each group of these terraced slopes, both near Birtley and Wall, is found where the aboriginal, or Celtic vale dwellers, have been most numerous. Broomhope camp-field, and the smaller forts at the Orchard and above the Steel Burn, are near the Steel terraces. The High Shield Green, Countess Park, and Buteland camps enclose two series of such culture-ledges. Around the Birtley terrace-lines are the Mill Knock, the Dene, Carry House, and West Farm forts closely adjoining. Between the last named camp, which lies to the south, and that series of terraces the farmer informs me he discovered, when draining a few years since in the low-lying intervening hollow, a kind of broad road or pavement of stones, about six yards wide, evidently leading from one to the other through what must have been once a very marshy spot. Again, the Swinburne terrace-lines are overlooked by the chain of forts on the Gunnarton Crags, at no great dis- tance; and those near Wall are immediately beneath the brow of the freestone headlands on which a strong British fortress has stood. Within these ‘‘ camps,’ as they are usually called, are still to be seen the circular huts or dwellings of those primitive tribes, who lived more by hunting and fishing, like the rest of the inland people of Britain, whom Cesar describes,* than by cultivating the ground. Here and there, as in the family barrow opened not long since near Warkshaugk, and noticed on a for- mer occasion, we find tangible relics, such as flint knives, and rudely baked and scored pottery, which teach us something **: De Bello Gallico,” Lib. V., Chap. 14. Compare Lyson’s remarks, ‘“‘Our British An- cestors,” p. 41, f.f. During the Roman occupation no doubt a much larger area was brought under cultivation by the native tribes dwelling near the Wall and the Watling Street. Mr. Wright, in ‘‘The Celt, the Roman, and the Saxon,” thinks it probable that the Emperor Julian’s corn ships came for their cargoes to the Tyne or the Humber.’’—Chap. 4, p. 206. On heather-clad wastes, long given up to pasturage, are traces of early cultivation, not in terraces, but in broad furrows. Between the Gunnerton Money Hill foot and Camp Hill (see ‘Nat. Hist. Transactions,” Vol. I., p. 152) I have noticed such vestiges, which local tradi- tion refers, as a farmer whom I met near the spot informed me, to some period ‘‘when the Pope of Rome put all the ploughed Jand in England under his curse, and people then went farther up the slopes of the hills, where the ground hed never been under the plough, that they might still get a crop, and be no worse for it!” This curious legend unmistakeably points to the Papal interdict in King John’s reign; and it is elsewhere met with, as I find it mentioned by Mr. Wright, and Mr. Sullivan in ‘‘ Cumberland and Westmorland,” p. 245. This ancient tillage of land, which has lain fallow for ages, is more likely to be the work of Roman or subject-British ploughmen. TERRACED SLOPES IN NORTH TYNEDALE. 53 further of the social life of these pre-historic dalesmen, who seem also to have been in the habit of depositing a portion of the corn grown on these terraces within the burial cist itself (to judge from the pulverised contents of an urn found therein) for the use of their departed friends in their journey to the ‘‘unseen land of Annwn’’—the “happy hunting grounds” of the yet unchristian- ised Briton. In conclusion I would wish merely to sum up the process and results of the present enquiry in a few words. We have seen how comparatively numerous are the examples of these singular and much contested terraced-slopes in this southern district of North Tynedale; that, though the era of the glacial drift has left traces of erosive action in the valley, it is very questionable whether such traces are exemplified to any appreciable extent in the parallel ledges now existing ; that, moreover, certain pecu- liarities in their present form militate against the suppositions, equally of their purely natural origin, and of their artifical forma- mation as military lines of entrenchment. And that, passing by various untenable notions on the subject, we are led to adopt, as the sole remaining alternative, the theory which views them as examples of that terrace cultivation seen to have been in use among many different nations, and well adapted to meet the meagre requirements of the semi-savage tribes who inhabited the neighbouring hill forts and valley fastnesses, probably both in the Neo-lithic or later Stone Age, and in times verging on the dawn of recorded history, as well as afterwards in the Ro- man-British period. In this inference drawn from separate and independent data, as to its salient points at all events, it is satis- factory to have the strongly-expressed opinions in agreement therewith of several well-known and experienced archzologists,* among whom may be specially mentioned the Rev. W. Greenwell, Mr. Geo. Tate, F.G.S., and Mr. H. MacLauchlan, F.G.S., who have accompanied the writer in an examination of the chief pre- historic vestiges yet existing in the district. " *See the remarks of Sir R. Colt Hoare on this subject, quoted in “The Celt, the Roman. and the Saxon,”' Cap. 2, p. 88. b4 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON Tfl.—Notes on various Species of Ctenodus obtained from the Shales of the Northumberland Coal Field. By Aupany Han- cock, F'.L.S., and Tuomas ATTHEY. THE curious genus Ctenodus was founded by Agassiz on a single specimen of a palatal tooth procured from the compact coal of Tong, and preserved in the Leeds Museum. It was named C. cristatus, and was described in his ‘‘ Recherches sur les Poissons Fossiles,’’ where it is tolerably well figured. He mentions two. other species, under the respective names of C. alatus and C. Robertsoni—the former from Ardwick, the latter from Burdie House ; but we can find no specific description of either,* though there is an account and figure of the microscopi¢ structure of C. Robertsoni; but these do not assist us at all in determining its specific identity. So far as we are able to ascertain, C. cristatus is, then, the only described species of this genus belonging to the Carboniferous system. We are, therefore, gratified to find ourselves in a position to add several new species of Ctenodus to the fauna of our Coal-Measures. During a long-continued examination of the shales in the neigh- bourhood of Newcastle we have not only procured divers spe- cimens of Agassiz’s species, but have also obtained five or six others, all of which are distinguished by well-marked characters. It is our intention to give in this communication short descrip- tions of the whole of them, reserving for some future occasion more lengthened details of their characteristic features. In the first place, however, a few remarks may be made respecting the fishes to which this beautiful armature belonged. Agassiz thought they were Placoids; and so they were deemed to be for several years, until Hugh Miller} obtained and described similar palatal plates attached to the roof of the mouth of a small fish belonging to the Old Red Sandstone, which had previously been described under the generic appellation of Dipterus by * From a remark in Agassiz’s ‘‘ Monogr. des Poiss. Foss du Vieux Gresrcuge,”’ it appears that both species are inedited. + Sce ‘t Footprints of the Creator,” p. 62. VARIOUS SPECIES OF CTENODUS. 55 Sedgwick and Murchison ;* thus at once removing Ctenodus from among the Sharks and Rays, and placing it in the order Ganoidei. Since that time Ctenodus and Dipterus have been considered synonymous, and have recently been transferred to a distinct family named Ctenododipterini—Ceratodus and T'risti- chopterus being provisionally associated with them.t There is, nevertheless, some doubt as to the propriety of merg- ing the genus Ctenodus in that of Dipterus. In the early part of this year (1867) we were fortunate enough to meet with a small fish in the shale at Newsham, which, though in a very imperfect condition, exhibited some features that perhaps should make us pause before we lay aside altogether the generic appellation Cte- nodus. The specimen alluded to is proved to belong to this genus by the presence of four dental plates (two palatal, two mandibular), three of which are distinctly displayed in the crushed head, and the fourth is inferentially recognisable. Now the scales of our specimen, which are in a disturbed state, seem to differ consider- ably from those of Dipterus, in which they are described to be perfectly cycloidal; that is, that they are circular and imbri- cated.{ In the Newsham species, which is named in the sequel C. elegans, though they must be considered also of the cycloidal type, yet they are not truly so, notwithstanding that they are im- bricated. When detached they are seen to be parallelogrammatic in form, with the posterior or exposed end well rounded, the anterior only slightly arched ; the sides are nearly parallel, being a little inclined inwards or hollowed; in length they are nearly twice their breadth. Some few, however, differ very much from the above description, being shaped like a battledore. These have the posterior half greatly enlarged and rounded, the an- terior portion being much narrowed and truncated. They are all thin and delicate, but large for the size of the fish, and are minutely grooved or plaited from end to end, the ridges being * “Transactions Geological Society,” Ser. 2, Vol. III. (1835). +‘ Huxley, ‘Memoirs of the Geological Survey,”’ Decade 10, p. 24. { Fred. M‘Coy, ‘‘ Synopsis of British Paleozoic Fossils,” p. 591. 56 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON very finely denticulated and curved towards the centre of the rounded extremity, where they become confused and irregularly nodose. Thus in the centre of the exposed portion there is a sort of rosette, which is defined posteriorly by incomplete con- centric wrinkles; a few similar wrinkles or marks of growth ex- tend to the anterior extremity. The whole surface is covered with a coating of enamel, which considerably obscures the mark- ings. On the exposed extremity the enamel is thickened and is very finely granulated, but here it is never perfect, the greater portion of the ornamentation being always exposed; or, at least it is so in our specimen. The under surface of the scale is also erooved lengthwise, but with great inequality, and the grooves are so strongly and irregularly pitted that the ridges which bound them are distinct only at the margins. On the whole, then, it is evident that the scales of our fish differ considerably from those of Dipterus, in which they are de- scribed as nearly circular when detached ; the sculpture or orna- mentation of the surface also seems to vary. There is likewise another and perhaps more important difference found in the den- tal plates. In Ctenodus these plates are what the name implies —solid expansions of dense matter apparently composed of den- tine and bone; and the ridges are equally solid outgrowths of the surface of the plates, bearing tubercles or denticles; or, in other words, the plates are covered with denticulated ridges. In Dipterus, on the contrary, the dental organs are uniformly spoken: of by Hugh Miller as ‘patches of palatal teeth ;”’* and Agassiz describes the ridges or ‘‘carine”’ of specimens obtained in the Old Red Sandstone of Russia as ‘‘composed of series of imbrica- ted and articulated teeth ;’’ + and the figures representing them entirely confirm the description. In the Ctenodi this arrange- ment cannot be said to exist, though there are in a few of the species slight traces of something of the kind, particularly in C. elegans. - It may, however, be doubted how far such characters should * Op. cit. } ‘‘ Monographie des Poissons Fossiles du Vieux Gres-rouge,”’ troisieme livraison, p. 123, Tab. XXIII. VARIOUS SPECIES OF CTENODUS. oF be considered of generic importance. They point out, neverthe- less, the propriety of retaining for the present, at least, until more is known respecting them, the generic appellation of Cte- nodus for our Coal-Measure Ctenododipterini. The body of the Newsham specimen is not well defined; but as far as the general characters can be determined, they agree with those of Dipterus. The head is apparenly round and short, being about one-fourth the length of the entire fish, which is three inches long; and it exhibits in a distinct manner the un- der side of the basisphenoid and the preesphenoid bones united together. They assume the form of a rhomboidal plate, with a flattened process extending from the anterior and posterior angles; the bones bearing the dental plates have been displaced. The two opercula, which are each formed of a single piece, are equally distinct; they are thick and well-rounded, being only slightly elongated transversely, and have the upper or hinge- margin flattened, the surface irregularly granulated, punctured, and enamelled. The tail is in a confused state; but there can be little doubt that it is heterocereal, of the rhomboidal type. And there are traces of an anal and a ventral fin immediately before the caudal; but it is impossible to say whether or not they are lobed, There are a few slender curved bones scattered about behind the head, which have the appearance of ribs; these, and the bones of the head alone have been ossified ; the vertebre have all disappeared. Such is the description of the C. elegans, go far as it can be determined by the imperfect remains of the specimen in our pos- session. That it is specifically distinct from the Old Red Sand- stone species is evident enough; and it seems quite probable that it even differs from them generically. It is much smaller than most of the Dipteri, though it is apparently not full-grown, as the teeth are considerably smaller than the largest specimens of them belonging to this species in our possession; and, on ac- count of its minuteness when compared with the largest species of Ctenodus from the Coal-Measures, there is some doubt whe- ther it may not be generically different also from them. It is not more than three inches long, as has been already stated, while 58 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON three at least of the larger species cannot be less than four or five feet from head to tail. The sphenoid bones previously men- tioned of C. elegans are together about half-an-inch long; the same bones of the large species alluded to must have been at least eleven inches in length. From the fragments of a large sphenoid and palatal bones in our possession, it is possible to restore this portion of a skull that probably belonged to C. cristatus, which is not the largest spe- cies; and we are thus enabled to form an approximate estimate of the size of the head, which must have been upwards of twelve inches long and nine broad. ‘Therefore, assuming the propor- ~ tions to be similar to those of C. elegans, we arrive at the con- clusion that these large Ctenodi were not less than four or five feet in length. This estimate of the size of these animals receives some sup- port from the fact that very large opercular plates occur in the same shales in which the palatal armature is found. ~ We have in our possession six or seven different kinds of opercula, all having the essential characters of those found in connexion with the head of C. elegans; that is, they agree with them in the roundness of their form, in being composed of a single solid piece, and in the surface-granulation and enamel. So similar are they, indeed, to those of the small species (C. elegans) that it is impossible to deny the high probability of their having be- longed to species closely allied to it; and at the same time they are readily divisible into species. The largest of these plates is 5} inches in diameter ; it is al- most orbicular, with the hinge-line flattened, and with a rounded process projecting a little at each end limiting its extent: three or four specimens of this large operculum have occurred. The next in size, of which we have two specimens, is four inches across its longest diameter; it is considerably elongated in the transverse direction, being pretty regularly oval; the hinge-line is straight, and strongly defined by two lateral processes. The third operculum is 24 inches in diameter. It has a finely gra- nulated surface, and the contour is circular and somewhat sinu- . ous ; the hinge-line is well defined by two rather acute processes, VARIOUS SPECIES OF CTENODUS. 59 and is longer than usual. Another orbicular species, about the same size, has the margin less sinuous, and the hinge-line shorter and not so well marked by lateral processes. Besides the above, one or two much smaller but rather obscure kinds have occurred, as well as separate plates of C. elegans. And one belonging to C. obliquus has been found connected with the palatal teeth and scales. This and the scales will presently be described, along with the oral armature of that species. Now, should it be denied that these large opercular plates be- long to the Ctenodi, it may be asked to what other fishes of the Coal-Measures can they be assigned? MShizodus, Rhombopty- chius, and Megalichthys are the only large species that occur to which they could, with our present knowledge, belong. The other large Coal-Measure fishes are all Placoids, and are there- fore out of the question. Rhizodus and Rhomboptychius are, however, apparently closely allied to Holoptychius, in which the operculum is composed of more than one piece; and in the for- mer, therefore, the gill-cover is in all probability similarly com- posed; while in Megalichthys the character of the enamel and form of the operculum sufficiently prove that the large opercula above alluded to cannot belong to it. In the same shales likewise occur strong well-arched ribs, the largest measuring six or eight inches in length. These also pro- bably belong to the larger Ctenodi; and this probability becomes almost confirmed when we refer to the fact of the ossification of the ribs in C. elegans, and that the proportion they bear in this species to the length of the fish is just about the same that those large ribs bear to the larger Ctenodi, which have been already estimated at four or five feet long. These ribs cannot have belonged to any of the other large species of our Coal system, as none of them have, as far as known, ossified ribs; neither can they be assigned to Campylopleuron, a new genus recently proposed by Professor Huxley* for some large Coal-Measure fishes found in Ireland, which have not only ossified ribs, but have also large opercula. These opercula, however, being *** Geological Magazine,’’ Vol. IIL, p. 166, 60 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON ‘characterized by a raised longitudinal rib,” differ from those of Ctenodus, which have no such process or ‘‘ rib.” All the tooth-plates described in the sequel of this communi- cation have such a general resemblance to each other that there can be no doubt of the close relationship of the fishes to which they belong. And, moreover, the bones to which many of them are found attached closely resemble each other. The palatal tooth (or that which has been so designated) is seated on a broadish flattened bone, which, with one exception, is never more than twice the length of the tooth, and is usually consider- ably shorter ; and it is always much expanded at the posterior extremity. This is probably a maxillary bone; and the two branches, when united, have much the appearance of an upper jaw. ‘The propriety, therefore, of calling these palatal plates or teeth may be questioned. The homologies, however, of these parts must be left for the present untouched.* The mandibular tooth is always much narrower than the palatal; and the branch of the mandibulum on which it is placed is not so wide as the bone supporting the palatal tooth, neither is it so much expanded at the posterior end; it is, however, strong and rather massive. There are two species that have the surface of the teeth with smooth ridges not tuberculated or denticulated, as they are in all the other kinds. These two have consequently some resem- blance to the palatal plates of Ceratodus, apparently a closely al- lied form. When further research shall have thrown more light on these obscure species, it will then be time enough to consider the desirableness of dividing this apparently natural group into separate genera. We shall now conclude this brief communication with concise descriptions of the various dental plates that have come under our observation, retaining the denomination of palatal plates or teeth for the upper pair, though the bones to which they are attached have all the appearance of maxillaries, and so they will be named in the following descriptions. * This matter is undoubtedly discussed in Professor Pander’s ‘‘ Monograph on the Cteno- dodipterini;’’ but we have not seen that important work. VARIOUS SPECIES OF CTENODUS. 61 1. CrENopUS cRIstaTus, Agassiz. Poissons Fossiles, Vol. Ii1., p. 187, Pl. XIX., fig. 16. Tooth plate-like, rather thin, irregularly elliptical, inclining to ovate, 24 inches long, 13 inches broad; the upper surface somewhat hollowed or concave; the inner margin well arched, the outer much less so; the whole surface is covered with twelve close-set transverse ridges, which are studded from end to end with closely arranged conical tubercles; the ridges increase in size as they approach the outer margin, and, being inclined to- wards the anterior and posterior margins, assume a tendency to a radial disposition ; the grooves between the ridges are angu- lated ; the tubercles are perfect only at the outer margin, where they are covered with a coat of brilliant enamel, and here they are seen to have the outer face flattened, the base of each tubercle or denticle being subtriangular ; elsewhere they are much worn and somewhat compressed at the sides in the direction of the ridges, the whole surface of the tubercles and ridges exhibiting a coarse irregular granulation. The above description is of a palatal tooth which hag the en- tire right ramus of apparently the maxillary bone attached. The tooth itself is considerably more than half the length of the bone, the posterior extremity of which is very wide and truncate. Four or five other specimens have occurred, but they are con- siderably worn, the tubercles in some instances having almost disappeared ; two are mandibular, two palatal; the former are very much narrower than the latter. There can be little doubt that this is Agassiz’s species, though our specimens are scarcely so broad as that represented in the ‘Poissons Fossiles,” and they have likewise the posterior mar- gin a little more produced. All the specimens are from the band or dark shale overlying the Low-Main Coal Seam at Newsham. 2. CTENODUS TUBERCULATUS, N. sp. Tooth plate-like, thick, with an irreeular ovate outline, 23 in- ches long, 1§ inches broad, the narrow end posterior; the in- ner margin gibbous or angulated in the centre ; the outer margin 62 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON a little convex ; the surface is slightly convex, and is furnished with twelve or thirteen deep, sharp, parallel, approximate ridges, which are strongly tuberculated towards the outer margin, and divided by narrow, deep, angulated grooves; they are arched posteriorly, and enlarged towards the exterior border, but do not at all assume a radial arrangement; the anterior ridge, which is wider than the others, is reflected and prolonged for some dis- _ tance beyond the outer margin; the tubercles are conical, with obtuse points; those next the external border are coated with shining enamel, and are well produced. The mandibular tooth differs from the palatal in being nar- rower, and is so convex as to resemble the longitudinal section of a cylinder; the two or three anterior ridges, too, are much shorter than the rest, the inner margin sloping rather rapidly away in front. There are half-a-dozen of this species in our collection, all of which were obtained at Newsham; and in the Newcastle Mu- seum there are two others, which were likewise procured from the same locality, and are from the collection of G. B. Forster, Tisq. They are all in excellent condition, agree perfectly well in every respect, and can be at once distinguished from C. cristatus by the deep and sharp ridges and by the form of the tubercles, which in C. tuberculatus are always exactly conical (when they are in a fresh state) at the outer margin. When worn, how- ever, they are flattened at the sides in the direction of the ridges; and then they are wedge-shaped, and they and the whole of the ridges become granulated. 3. CTENODUS CORRUGATUS, 0. sp. Tooth plate-like, thin, subtriangular, three inches long, two inches broad ; the surface is slightly convex, and raised into nine stout somewhat irregular rounded ridges or wrinkles, the grooves dividing them being wide and rounded; the ridges die out to- wards the inner and outer margins, but are enlarged a little as they approach the external border, and are indistinctly and irre- sularly tuberculated ; the inner margin is nearly straight, the VARIOUS SPECIES OF CTENODUS. G3 outer slightly convex, the anterior slopes forward from the inner margin, and the posterior is produced and rounded. ‘The whole surface is strongly and irregularly punctured. We have seen only one specimen of this fine large distinct spe- cies; it is a palatal tooth, and is in a very good state. It was obtained from the Collingwood Main Pit, and was presented by George Johnson, Ksq., to the Newcastle Museum. It is readily distinguished from its allies by the fewness of the ridges, by their roundness and wide separation, as well as by their greater size and general form. 4. CTENODUS OBLIQUUS, 0. sp. Tooth depressed, lanceolate, 14 inches long, $ths of an inch broad; the inner margin regularly and much arched, the outer only slightly curved ; the surface with six or seven strong, com- pressed, sharp-edged ridges, placed transversely in a somewhat radiating manner towards the outer margin, where, being en- larged, they are curved downwards and denticulated ; the ante- rior ridges are very oblique, being much inclined forwards; the denticles or tubercles are much compressed in the direction of the ridges, and are lancet-formed, with sharp points; they are coated with brilliant enamel in finely preserved specimens. The above is the description of the palatal tooth; the mandibular is narrower than the former, and is broadest in front, tapering pretty regularly to the posterior extremity; the anterior ridge is very wide, and much produced beyond the outer extremities of the others, and they are all more curved downwards than those of the palatal tooth. This is a very distinct form, and cannot be confounded with any of the other species. We have collected between forty and fifty specimens of it, most of which were procured from the Low- Main shale at Newsham; the rest are from Cramlington. Many of them have the jawbone attached in a very perfect condition. The palatal tooth is a little more than half the length of the bone, the posterior extremity of which is much expanded and G64 . MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON truncated. The mandibular bone is not much widened poste- riorly, and is about half as long again as the tooth. The specimens vary much in size, the largest being a little over 12 inches long, while the length of the smallest is not more than 3ths of an inch. The former has seven ridges, the latter six; so that it is evident that age does not make any material change in this respect. This is highly satisfactory, as we can with greater assurance assume that the number of ridges is a good specific character. The anterior . ortion of a fish of this species has occurred at Newsham, exhibiting one of the gill-opercles and two of the den- tal plates with the denticles interlocked; numerous scales are also displayed, but they are in such a mashed-up state that the characters cannot be determined with precision. Hnough, how- ever, is seen to show that they agree with those of C. elegans, . though the ridges or plaits ornamenting the surface are not so numerous, and are considerably coarser; the rosette, too, in the centre of the exposed portion is not so conspicuous, and seems to be smaller. The opercular plate, which is upwards of an inch across its longer diameter, and a little more than ths of an inch in the other direction, is thick and irregularly ovate, with the margin sinuous ; the hinge-line is long, and has a slight projection in the centre; the surface is strongly punctured and granulated, 5. CTENODUS ELEGANS, 0. sp. Tooth depressed, triangular, upwards of ths of an inch long, and 32;ths of an inch broad; the inner margin is produced and angulated in the centre, whence it slopes in front and behind to- wards the outer margin, which is gradually but slightly arched ; the surface is provided with eight strongly denticulated ridges, which radiate from the inner marginal angle, where they are very minute, to the outer border; the anterior ridge is a little produced at the outer margin beyond the rest; there are six or seven den- ticles or tubercles on each ridge; they are much compressed at the sides, are sharp pointed and lancet-like, with the inner limb a little shouldered, where there is occasionally a minute toothlet ; © VARIOUS SPECIES OF CTENODUS. 65 the denticle and ridges are coated with enamel, and shine very brilliantly. There are sixteen specimens of this minute species in our col- lection; they were obtained at Newsham and Cramlington. The mandibular tooth is very similar to the upper one, but is a little narrower; the latter is somewhat more than half the length of the maxillary bone, the posterior extremity of which is not much enlarged, and is diagonally truncated. This is the tooth before alluded to as having been found in connexion with the head of the entire fish, of which a general description has already been given. It is therefore unnecessary to say more respecting it on the present occasion. 6. CTENODUS IMBRICATUS, 2. sp. Tooth depressed, very thick, hollowed or slightly concave, 2+ inches long and upwards of an inch broad, with the inner mar- gin well and regularly arched, the anterior slope being much longer than the posterior; the outer margin is nearly straight, but on account of the projection of the surface-ridges is coarsely denticulated ; there are six of these ridges or plaits; they en- large rapidly towards the outer margin ; they are strong, smooth, and somewhat distant from each other, and, though mostly in- clined forwards, are laid over towards the posterior end, having an imbricated appearance ; the grooves dividing the ridges are angulated ; the surface is minutely granulated, and the edges are enamelled. The mandibular tooth is very narrow and fusiform ; the ridges are not imbricated, and the grooves are scarcely angu- lated. This species is not common: we have found only six or seven specimens of it; they were all obtained at Newsham. Two of these, an upper and a lower, are large and in an excellent state of preservation ; the others are quite small, but, like the large ones, have six ridges, and agree with them in every particular. This, and the following species, have some resemblance to E 66 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON Ceratodus, but correspond in every respect to Ctenodus, except in the deficiency of tuburcles or denticles on the ridges. 7. CTENODUS ELLIPTICUS, 0. Sp. Tooth flattened, thin, elliptical, 13 inches long, and 3ths of an inch broad; the inner and outer margin irregularly arched; the surface with five transverse, smooth, distant, angular ridges, in- creasing in size towards the outer margin ; the furrows are wide and round, and the anterior and posterior margins of the tooth are extended a little beyond the ridges before and behind; the whole surface, including the ridges, is minutely punctured. The mandibular tooth is narrow with the inner border gibbous; in other respects it agrees with the upper or palatal tooth. The maxillary bone is considerably more than twice the length of the tooth, and has the posterior extremity greatly expanded and truncated. Five or six specimens of this tooth have come into our posses- sion. ‘They occurred at Newsham, and are all fully developed and in good condition. This well-characterized species is not likely to be mistaken for any of those above described. The only one with which it might possibly be confounded is C. imbricatus; but the comparative thinness of the plate and the non-imbrication of its ridges suffi- ciently distinguish it. IV.—Notes on the Remains of some Reptiles and Fishes from the Shales of the Northumberland Coal Field. By Awpany Hancocr, F'.L.S., anp THomas Atrury.* (Plates I., II., III.) Tue coal shales of the Low Main Seam at Newsham and Cram- lington, near Newcastle-upon-Tyne, so prolific in fish remains, have also yielded some very interesting reptilian fossils, the * Read at a Meeting of the Natural History Society of Newcastle-upon-Tyne and Tyne- side Naturalists’ Field Club, March 12, 1868. REMAINS Of REPTILES’ AND FISHES. 67 largest and most important of which are the posterior and upper portions of two crania that are undoubtedly Labyrinthodont. These are apparently closely related to Loxomma Allmanni de- scribed by Prof. Huxley in the Proc. Geol. Soc., Vol. XVIII., p. 291 (1862), though apparently generically distinct from that form. Two sets of sternal plates have also been found in the same locality, as well as several ribs, a few vertebre, two of which have the neural arch complete and most of the processes attached. Several premaxillaries and three or four portions of mandibular bones, with the teeth attached, have also occurred. All these most probably belong to the same large Labyrintho- dont Amphibian. Besides the above interesting remains, an almost entire indi- vidual of a new species of Ophiderpeton, Huxley, has occurred, as well as several other fragmentary reptilian fossils. And what we now propose is, to give in the following pages more or less detailed descriptions of all these, and likewise of some fish re- mains that have been found in the same locality. PTEROPLAX CORNUTA, nobis. The two cranial fragments of the reptile designated as above are each composed of the two quadrate supra-occiptals, the two parietals, portions of the elongated frontals, the post-frontals, and the epiotic bones, all of which are firmly united into one great pyriform shield by well-knit serrated sutures, which can be traced with sufficient accuracy. This shield corresponds very well in form to the central portion of the fragmentary skull figured in the paper already referred to, by Prof. Huxley; but in the new form it is less angulated. The frontals, too, appear to be longer, though their anterior extremities are broken away ; the post-frontals are arcuated in the same manner, but not to the same degree, forming the inner posterior boundary of the large orbits, and their connexions with the parietals and frontals are similar. The parietals widen backwards; and the foramen, which is situated in the line of the median suture, where there is an elongated eminence, is a little behind their centre, and is 68 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON slightly lengthened in the antero-posterior direction. In the larger specimen it is 4th of an inch in length; in the other it isa little shorter. The occipital margin is concave, the epiotic bones projecting boldly backwards, and each terminating in a slightly arched, pointed, diverging horn or spine, about an inch long. Tn neither specimen are these horns (which are very similar to the ‘‘postero-internal cornua”’ of Keraterpeton*) perfect ; but in the smaller individual the upper surface only is wanting. The external surface of the cranial shield is strongly sculp- tured in the usual manner observed in Labyrinthodonts ; that is, it is covered with anastomosing ridges separating pits and srooves. But this peculiar ornament is not equally distributed ; it radiates from the centre of the shield, where it is almost ob- literated, and is strongest at the margins. Here the pits and erooves are deep and strongly defined. A rather wide rounded eroove extends along the outer margin of the frontals, resem- bling the mucus grooves of the Labyrinthodonts. The larger of these shields is seven inches long, including the posterior horns, and 83 inches wide. The other is 64 inches in length, and nearly three inches wide at the broadest part. Prof. Huxley estimates the width of the skull of Lowomma All- manni, including the lateral portions, which are entirely want- ing in our specimens of Pteroplax cornuta, at 10% inches; and as it appears that the central portion, or that which corresponds to the cranial shields above described, is about one-third the entire width, we are enabled to form an approximate estimate of the width of the skull of the new form, on the assumption that it had similar lateral cranial expansions. On this basis our new Labyrinthodont must have had a skull 114 inches wide at the posterior or widest part; and, following up Prof. Huxley’s esti- mate, it could not be less than 15 inches in length. If the body, therefore, was only seven times the length of the cranium, which is about the proportion of these parts in Keraterpeton Galvani, a comparatively short species, then Pteroplax must have been eight or nine feet long. This new genus, though it seems, as above stated, to be nearly *‘“ Transactions” Royal Irish Academy, Vol. XXIV., ‘‘Science,’’ p. 351, Plate XXTI. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 69 related to Loxomma, resembles not a little, in the general form of the skull, as far as it can be determined, Dasyceps Bucklandt.* The concavity of the occipital margin and the two lateral cornua are very similar in both species; but in the latter, these pro- cesses or horns are more robust, and do not look so spine-like as in Pteroplax cornuta. The proportions and forms of the com- ponent bones, too, are very different ; and the parietal foramen in Dasyceps is much nearer the occipital margin, as are also the orbits, which are likewise very much smaller. The resemblance, also, of these cranial bones to those of Keraterpeton cannot be overlooked, so far as they can be compared. The general form of the crown of the head, with the narrow projecting frontals and concave occipital margin, together with the ‘‘ postero-internla cornua,” are all remarkably alike in the two forms; but, from the deficiency of surface sculpture in that animal, and its com- parative smallness, it would seem that they cannot be considered congeneric. Four left premaxillaries have been obtained; and all of them have a portion of the nasal bone attached, as well as several teeth more or less perfect. The premaxillary is about 23 inches long, and upwards of half-an-inch wide; it is arched most strongly towards the anterior symphysis, which is oblique and coexten- sive with the width of the bone; behind it is prolonged, the articular portion being wedge-shaped; the surface is strongly sculptured into elevated anastomosing ridges and depressions ; and they all exhibit two strong, wide, round grooves on the ex- ternal surface, one of which passes from the front, the other from behind, converging and meeting at nearly a right angle, close to the alveolar margin. These grooves are similar to what have been denominated mucus-grooves in the Labyrinthodonts, and are exceedingly like those figured and described by Prof. Owen on the muzzle of Labyrinthodon leptognathus.| And in this instance they seem to indicate the boundary of the nasal bone, which is apparently of a lozenge form, probably somewhat prolonged backwards. Half the circumference of an external *“ Memoirs’ Geological Survey, 1859, p. 52. t+ ‘ Transactions’’ Geological Society, Ser. 2, Vol. VI., p. 417, Plate XLIII., fig. 1. 70 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON nasal orifice is distinctly perceptible in two of the specimens ; it is circular, and about 4th of an inch diameter. The two must be placed considerably apart from each other, and not much in ad- vance of the posterior margin of the nasal bone; at least it is only a short way in front of the posterior mucus-groove. There are five or six conical teeth in each premaxillary ; they are stout, grooved, and circular at the base, with the crown com- pressed in the direction of the length of the jaw; they are pro- vided with wide cutting edges, and are rather abruptly pointed. The largest are upwards of half-an-inch in length, allowing for their lost apices. The three anterior are much larger than the rest, and they are placed at some little distance apart, there being large depressions between them in the alveolar groove, ap- parently for the reception of the crowns of the mandibular teeth. The two or three posterior teeth are comparatively small, and are placed nearer together than the anterior. Two specimens of the anterior portion of the left mandible have also occurred, the largest and best preserved of which is four inches long, and about 23 inches wide. The surface ex- hibits the same ornamentation as the other bones. The sym- physial surface is perfect; it is considerably longer than the width of the ramus, being extended by a process from the inner or lower margin of the bone; there is a trace of a mucus-groove along the inferior border of the ramus. None of the teeth in these specimens are perfect ; but enough is left to show that they are similar to those already described. The first tooth is small, and is placed close to the symphsis; the second is very large, and is immediately behind the first; it is half-an-inch in diame- ter at the base ; a large depression $ths of an inch wide, succeeds this, and then four small teeth placed close together, the two pos- terior of which are larger than the anterior pair, but one of them is indicated only by a mere fragment of dentine; then comes another large depression, half-an-inch wide ; but whether or not this is for the reception of the crown of a maxillary tooth, or is the impression of the base of a tooth belonging to the mandible, it is difficult to say. Close to this depression is the base of ano- ther tooth equal in size to the large anterior one. At this point REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 71 the alveolar groove is broken away; and shortly after, the frag- ment of the ramus terminates. The aveolar groove is distinctly defined, but widens inwardly to accommodate the bases of the large teeth, which consequently have the appearance of being placed within the smaller ones; they form, however, with the latter, only a single row, and the outer borders of all are placed on the same external line. The other ramus is very imperfect ; but, as far as they are traceable, the teeth have the same arrange- ment. Besides the above, we have also obtained from the same loca- lity portions of three other mandibles: one belongs to the left ramus, and is ina bad condition ; two are ina good state of pre- servation, but, unfortunately, they both represent the same por- tion of the right ramus, the anterior part of each being wanting, as also the proximal extremity. They each measure about six inches in length, and widen a little backwards, where they are 2% inches broad. If we add to the length of these fragments that of the anterior portion before described, and allow for the parts that are wanting, it would appear that the ramus could not be less than 12 or 13 inches long. The internal cartilage having been removed, the lateral bony walls have collapsed and are in- clined inwards. The jaw is consequently comparatively thin and flattened. The external surface exhibits the peculiar ornamen- tation in a very beautiful manner. It is the same as on the other bones, the sculpturing extending over the whole surface in the form of smooth elevated ridges composing an irregular reticula- tion, with the meshes or depressed spaces deep and of various forms, frequently angular, sometimes rounded, but most com- monly elongated; so that the reticulated ridges, on the whole, have a somewhat dendritic appearance. ‘This striking embossed ornament closely resembles that of Labyrinthodon leptognathus and L. pachygnathus ; only it is considerably finer.* The inner surface of the bone is smooth, as well as the external border of the alveolar ridge; and there is a groove along the lower mar- gin extending the whole length of the fragment. *See Prof. Owen's Paper, “Transactions” Geological Society, Ser. 2, Vol. VI., Plates XLIUI., XLVI. 72 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON The teeth exhibit very distinctly on the upper portion or crown the wide, compressed, sharp cutting edges, and on the base the strong fluting or grooves. In several, the points are quite per- fect, and are decidedly lancet-shaped. The teeth are anchyloged to the bottoms of shallow pits in the not by any means deep al- veolar groove. In one of the fragments there are seven teeth; in the other, four perfect and three imperfect. In the latter the anterior tooth is a little more than half-an-inch long, and the others gradually diminish in size backwards, and are placed considerably apart from each other, the spaces between them being nearly ths of an inch wide. In the other fragment the four most perfect teeth appear to be situated at the posterior extremity of the alveolar groove, though the jaw is continued for a considerable distance behind them. The anterior of these four is not quite half-an- inch long, and the others diminish gradually in size posteriorly, the last being not much more than half that length; but its ex- tremity is not quite perfect. The three imperfect anterior teeth are very much larger than the four posterior ones; the largest of them, which is the centre one, cannot have been less than an inch in length, and 3ths of an inch wide at the base. They are all placed considerably apart from each other; but they are not quite so widely separated as those in the other fragment. We have two other fragments of jawbones of this reptile ; but they are in such an unsatisfactory condition that not much can be said about them. One of them, however, is probably a max- illary bone; it is 6} inches long, and 13 inches wide; but it is so imperfect that its form is not determinable, and it is much encumbered with other bones. A portion of the alveolar border is nevertheless distinctly displayed, with five close set teeth, the largest of which is upwards of half-an-inch long. Other frag- ments of teeth are scattered about. We have also a confused mass of apparently cranial bones, which show the peculiar sur- face sculpture. A portion of a jaw with a tooth or two is mixed up with these fragments. For some time these portions of mandibles were all supposed to belong to Rhizodus lanceiformis, Newberry, as the teeth REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 73 attached to them are undoubtedly similar to those of that reputed fish. But on considering that the sculpture of the bone surface is exactly like that of the cranial and premaxillary bones, that the teeth of the latter are similar to those of the mandibles, and that the teeth of both exhibit precisely the same Labyrinthodont structure when examined in transverse section, the conclusion that these mandibular fragments really belong to this new La- byrinthodont is quite irresistible. The piscine nature of R. lan- ceiformis is therefore questionable. Certainly the teeth usually so designated belong to this reptile; and unless other evidence be forthcoming this reputed species of Rhizodus will have to be erased from the list of Carboniferous fishes. The two sets of sternal plates are characterized by the same surface ornament which we have found on the other bones; and though neither of them is perfect, sufficient is preserved to en- able us, by the aid of both, to form a very good idea of their shape and characters. In the finer and larger specimen all the three plates are present, and by their position exhibit, though considerably displaced, their relation to each other. The pos- terior ends of the two lateral plates lie in juxtaposition, over- lapping the anterior portion of the central plate, and diverging backwards; a portion only of the posterior margin of the cen- tral plate is exposed. By removing the matrix, however, from the underside in both specimens, the entire form of this plate is developed. The arrangement and general appearance of the three plates are very similar to those of Loxomma Allmanni, figured by Prof. Huxley in the paper already referred to; only the central plate is not so much produced posteriorly, and the lateral ones are much more elongated, agreeing apparently in this latter respect with Archegosaurus, in which Prof. Owen re- marks that the lateral plates ‘‘ are shaped like beetles’ elytra.’’* Those of Pteroplax certainly resemble in form elongated elytra ; but, unfortunately, these plates are not perfect; even in the best preserved specimen only the posterior extremities are entire ; they are rounded diagonally, the slope being apparently upwards and outwards. What remains of the most perfect plate measures * * Paleontology,” p. 179. 74 MESSRS. HANCOOK AND ATTHEY ON upwards of seven inches in length, and #ths of an inch wide. That which seems to be the external margin is thicker than the inner or opposite margin; and here the surface sculpture, which is like that of the other bones, is strongest. The central plate, which in Labyrinthodonts is usually rhom- boidal, is peculiar in form; the two lateral angles are much pro- duced, forming broad rounded lobes or wings (hence the generic appellation) ; their anterior margins have a sigmodial curve ex- tending to the anterior angle; the posterior margin is almost straight, but is a little produced in the centre, where there is a broad flat process extending backwards; this, however, is not perfect in either specimen. Here the plate is thickest, and on the surface there is a strong sinuous ridge which extends trans- versely from side to side, just a little in advance of the posterior margin. When the lateral plates are in their proper position, their posterior extremities would, no doubt, rest against this ridge, the anterior extremities converging forwards. The cen- tral plate is upwards of four inches long and 63 wide. The sur- face is not sculptured in the usual manner, and must be almost entirely overlapped by the lateral plates. The other set of sternal plates is very imperfect. The cha- racters, however, of the central plate are well developed; and it fortunately happens that while the right lobe of this plate in the former specimen is imperfect, the right lobe of this is quite en- tire, the other one being injured; so that, by the aid of the two specimens, the form can be perfectly restored. The two vertebre with the neural arches complete are in a very good state of preservation. The centrum is quite perfect in one, and almost perfect in the other; and between the two all the processes can be determined more or less completely. They were found at Newsham, but at different times. These very in- teresting relics closely resemble the figure of the vertebra of An- thracosaurus given by Professor Huxley in the ‘‘ Journal of the Geological Society,’’ 1863, Vol. XIX., p. 63. Our specimens, however, are larger; the neural arch differs a little in form, and there is a very minute notochordal foramen. The body or centrum is biconcave, and appears to be considerably flattened REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 75 lengthwise. The margins of the articular surfaces are reflected, so that in section the faces of the body would present a sig- moid curve from the centre to the margin. The height is a little more than the breadth, and the circumference at the sides and below is well rounded, though there is here and there a tendency to angularity; but whether this arises from original conformation or from accidental and unequal reflection of the margin, cannot be determined. The upper margin of the anterior face is produced a little in the centre, forming a rounded ele- vation immediately below the neural arch, and is angulated at the flanks. The same region in the posterior face presents a shallow concavity, exactly similar to that represented in Prof. Huxley’s figure referred to. The sides of the body are somewhat concave, and transversely wrinkled or coarsely striated. The minute notochordal foramen, which is only large enough to admit a stout knitting needle, is difficult to determine, though there can be no doubt of its ex- istence. The neural arch is comparatively small; it is oval, the long axis being perpendicular. The lips of the arch are produced a little in front ; behind they do not appear to be so. The walls of the arch are very stout and pass upwards to form a long high spinous process, which is nearly as high as the centrum, and is thin, being much compressed laterally. The anterior zygapophyses are large; their articular surfaces are hollow and elongated transversely ; their inner borders are confluent. The posterior pair are much distorted; but they appear to form wide transverse articular surfaces, the faces of which look downwards. The transverse processes are perfect in neither vertebra, though in one of them the extremities only are lost; they are broad and much compressed from front to back, and originate apparently in the sides of the neural arch and the upper surface of the cen- trum. They project almost horizontally ; but so much of their extremities is wanting that there is no distinct evidence that they are divisible into an upper and a lower portion, corresponding 76 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON to the head and tubercle of the rib. The upper portion, how- ever, is thicker than the lower. The measurements of the larger vertebra are as follows :— Inches. Height of the body of the vertebra..............csecseeeeeeeeees 1°9 hransversediameteteraseccteaececeecescos seo scceees ccc 1°8 Teen othe Benaccseat ieee eceec cence ae anise oneeioe deielc elses aeeimniata stems 0°8 Height of meuralcanchy scence. tiitsace sel sesceonschacsentatectecber 0-4 Height of spimous ProCeSS .........cceceeseeseseceeereeeceeeeeees i Length of GHETON fy sasidatinn ddan actions euieltet wcrtdbegiasudeer 1-0 Thicksess) Of) Vo ittO ws pa sues onsets sessile sissies - 02 Width of transverse Process)......-.-.cccsesecscceseeesoneseeseen 07 Thickness of EGO is Vancaisde ucisemne occu monten aeeeneee ates 0:3 Several other well ossified vertebral centra have occurred at Newsham; they have all, however, lost the neural arch and most of the processes. Some, having a minute notochord, probably belong to Pteroplax: and two in particular, one of which is 14 inches high, and about the same wide, agree perfectly well in form with the two above described. These have on the upper surface two peculiar, wide, arched, transverse, sessile processes or lobes, with the anterior faces a little hollowed. There can be no doubt that these belong to this Labyrinthodont, and are pro- bably caudal vertebre. : There are three or four other vertebre, quite as large as the above, with a notochord nearly half-an-inch wide, and the re- mains of lateral processes. These may probably belong to fishes, ~ but we know of no fish in our coal shales to which they can be assigned. The four or five ribs that have turned up at Newsham are not well preserved. Two are lying in contact with one of the cra- nial shields, one above, the other below it; but in both instances the extremities are either lost or much injured. The largest is 51 inches from end to end, and #ths of an inch broad; it is well and regularly arched, and appears to be a little flattened ; a wide sroove extends along the surface; and one of the extremities, which is crushed flat, exhibits distinct traces of a tuberculum and capitulum, the latter projecting quite ¢ths of an inch be- yond the former, and continues the concavity of the inner REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. aT margin of the rib. The tuberculum is reflected a little, so as to interrupt the convexity of the opposite margin. In short, this rib, as far as can be determined, agrees very closely with that of Anthracosaurus as figured and described by Prof. Huxley (loc. cit. p. 63). In another specimen the proximal extremity is bet- ter preserved; and in it the head and tubercle are quite in ac- ~ cordance with the above description. Another rib, which probably belongs to this or to some other equally large Labyrinthodont, differs considerably from those just described. It is not quite four inches long, and near to the proximal end it is upwards of half-an-inch wide; the sides are flattened from before backwards, and exhibit a wide shal- low groove from one end to the other. The tuberculum is scarcely distinguishable from the capitulum, except by its pro- jecting boldly outward from the convex margin of the rib; its articular surface is continuous with that of the capitulum, form- ing with it a wide diagonal termination. Thence the rib tapers rather rapidly to the distal extremity, which is a little recurved. Two or three limb bones have likewise been found, which, from their size, probably belong to this species. One of these, apparently a femur, is 14} inches in length and ths of an inch wide at the middle of the shaft, which is much compressed from front to back, and is a little arched in the same direction; there is a longitudinal depression extending from end to end. The extremities are much expanded, and they both appear to have double articular surfaces ; that which is assumed to be the distal extremity is more expanded on one side than on the other. From the shortness of this bone it would seem that the limbs of this animal were but feebly developed in comparison with the size of the body. In concluding this description of the remains of this fine large Labyrinthodont reptile, a few words may be desirable on its re- lationship with the generic forms previously known. It has been already stated that it is closely allied to Loxomma, with which it agrees in having large and probably oblique eyes, placed near together, and in a backward position. It agrees pretty well, too, with it in the general form of that assemblage of bones 73 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON which we have called the cranial shield, though the curves are more flowing. But the parietals differ considerably in shape: in Loxomma they appear to be simply elongated, and scarcely, if at all, enlarged behind ;* while in Pteroplax they are much enlarged posteriorly, and the frontals seem to be more produced. The sternal plates likewise differ from those of Prof. Huxley’s genus, in which the lateral ones are quite short; but in Pterop- lax they are much elongated, agreeing in this respect with Ar- chegosaurus ; and the central plate in Loxomma is devoid of the remarkable lateral lobes which characterize that of our genus. We have also seen that this new reptile resembles to some extent Dasyceps, particularly in the two occipital horns; but the small eyes, backward position of the parietal foramen and exter- nal nostrils, and the difference in the form of the cranial bones, as well as the smallness and different character of the teeth of that genus, sufficiently distinguish it from Pteroplax. This new genus is also related to Anthracosaurus, as is appar- ent by the similarity of the vertebre, the only difference of im- portance being that in this new Labyrinthodont there is a minute notochord, while the centrum of Anthracosaurus is completely ossified, and the neural arch of the former is oval instead of being triangular as it is in the latter. The occipital region, also, in the two forms is very different: and the teeth disagree both in form and minute structure; indeed, the strongly compressed crown, with its wide cutting edges, seems very characteristic in Pteroplax cornuta. When the tooth is seen in transverse section converging spaces are observed dividing the internal vertical folds or plice of den- tine: these spaces are widest towards the periphery of the tooth, and are nearly all lost before they reach the pulp cavity, the plice having coalesced at their internal extremities.t The plice are much undulated or lobulated, and have, extending through *“ Proceedings”’ Geological Society, Vol. XVIII., p. 292, Plate XI. } Since the above was in print we have examined other sections of the tooth, and find that the radial spaces dividing the plice of dentine are occasionally continuous with the pulp cavity ; it would therefore seem that in the minute structure the tooth differs less from that of Anthracosaurus than we supposed. EMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 79 the centre in a radial direction, a double line of granular matter, divided by a thin, clear, homogeneous substance. This com- pound line takes an undulatory or zigzag course, and sends a simple process from each angle into the lateral lobes or undula- tions. The two granular lines are continuous with a similar line that follows the sinuosities of the peripheral dentine; and the clear layer between these granular lines appears to be continu- ous with the clear coating of the tooth, which would seem to be composed of cement, the enamel probably not extending to the base of the tooth. The Labyrinthodont structure of the tooth would therefore appear to be formed by the vertical infolding or plication of the peripheral wall of dentine and its external coat- ing. It is evident, then, that the minute structure of the tooth of Pteroplax differs considerably from that of Anthracosaurus, in which, according to Prof. Huxley, the radiating plice are not formed in this way. OPHIDERPETON NANUM, 0. Sp. A single individual of a curious serpent-like Labyrinthodont, which apparently belongs to this genus, has been found at New- sham; it is not, however, in a good state of preservation, though the characters are sufficiently distinct to permit of the determi- nation of its specific and generic relations. From the head to the caudal extremity, which appears imperfect, it is 5} inches long, allowing for the sinuosities: as it lies it is about an inch shorter. The head is so much crushed that none of its charac- ters can be determined. In its disturbed state, however, it is zoths of an inch long, and nearly 7ths broad. Thirty-three vertebre can be counted in a pretty continuous series extending from the head ; they may, however, be estimated at forty. They do not appear to vary much in size: the largest are 4th of an inch long, and they are decidedly hour-glass shaped. The pro- cesses cannot be determined, though it is evident enough that the spinous process is not much elevated, and that it is shorter than the centrum. Numerous rather long, delicate, slightly curved ribs are scat- tered along the sides, from the head almost to the caudal 80 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON extremity. The proximal end is bifid, the capitulum being longer than the tuberculum. The ventral shield is distinctly displayed ; it extends from about half-an-inch behind the head almost to the other extremity of the body, in the form of a broad band, and is composed of very numerous, delicate, slightly curved, much elongated scales, with the extremities pointed. They are ar- ranged transversely; and the ends of the parallel rows overlap each other laterally. The extreme delicacy of these scutes, which are almost filamen- tous, distinguishes this species from O. Brownriggu, described by Prof. Huxley.* Its diminutive size is also characteristic. No trace of sternal plates or of anterior and posterior limbs are observable. REPTILE, species undetermined. A single specimen of the central sternal plate of a second large Labyrinthodont was obtained at Newsham some time ago. It is nearly five inches long and about 3ths of an inch wide, and is pretty regularly lozenge-shaped, with the posterior angle pro- duced, forming a wide, depressed, tapering process half-an-inch broad at the termination, which is truncate. The sides thence to the lateral angles are a little concave, and from the lateral angles to the anterior extremity (which is not much produced) are slightly convex; the anterior slopes are much shorter than the posterior ones. The surface is very rugose, with the usual Labyrinthodont structure, which, however, is not so sharply de- fined as it is in Pteroplax. The depressions and ridges have a radial disposition; the plate is about #th of an inch thick, but diminishes in substance towards the margins. In this interesting fossil we have evidence of the presence of another large Labyrinthodont in the Northumberland Coal Field, which, judging from the measurements of the plate, cannot be less than the large species previously described. And if we look to the form of the plate and the character of the surface orna- ment, it would seem probable that it belonged to a reptile not * “ Transactions”’ Royal Irish Academy, Vol. XXIV., p. 351, ‘‘Science,” 1867. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 81 only specificaliy but likewise generically distinet from Pteroplax cornuta. Two or three other different kinds of small sternal plates have likewise been found; but particular allusion will be made only to one species, which appears to be the best characterized. The others must be left for further elucidation. Of this species there is a set of three plates lying in juxtapo- sition, apparently not very much disturbed ; two are very nearly perfect, the third is partially destroyed. They are rounded and somewhat elongated, particularly one, which is probably a lateral plate ; it is upwards of half-an-inch long. Tn form and size these plates resemble those of Keraterpeton, and in structure they are almost identical. These specimens, as well as those figured of that genus by Professor Huxley in the memoir before quoted, appear to have lost the external surface, and the bone fibres beneath are exposed to view, radiating and anastomosing in a very regular manner from the centre of os- sification, which is a little elevated. The appearance is very peculiar, and not a little resembles that of some specimens of Synocladia from the Magnesian Limestone. In the species be- fore us the bony reticulation is not quite so fine as it is in K. Galvan. Rutzopus Hrpserti, sp., Agassiz. The teeth of this species have not yet been found in the shales of our neighbourhood; but large scales which appear to belong to it are not by any means uncommon at Newsham and Cram- lington. They are rarely found perfect; sufficient examples have, however, been obtained to enable us to identify them with the seales of Rhizodus Hibberti described by Dr. Young in vol. xxil., p. 599, of the ‘‘Journal of the Geological Society.” The largest we have seen measures three inches in diameter. They usually appear quite thin, and are of an irregularly rounded form, with the front margin a little flattened, the posterior a little produced, and the sides only slightly arched. The surface is marked with numerous sharp concentric lines of growth, and FE 82 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON minute, close, radiating strie, requirmg a good lens to show them. There are also a few distant delicate ridges, extending from the centre to the anterior border. Such scales are undoubtedly in an imperfect condition. When complete, they are considerably thicker, and the under surface has a smooth bony appearance, exhibiting nevertheless decided concentric lines of growth, a subcentral elongated boss, and nu- merous small pits, particularly on the posterior portion, which, however, we have never seen in a good condition. On the pos- terior or exposed area there are a few obscure, irregular, radiat- _ ing ridges, which are rendered still more indistinct by the gran- ular tubercles that are scattered over the surface. The smaller scales, which are usually about 13 inches long and scarcely 14 inches wide, have all the characters of the larger scales; but they are generally more elongated in form, and the minute ra- diating striz are coarser. Besides these scales, several bones have occurred at Newsham, which, from the peculiar surface sculpture, most probably also belong to this powerful fish. We were anxious to prove this by comparing them with some authenticated fragment of the bone _ of Rhizodus showing the surface ornament, but have failed in our endeavour. They agree, however, in this respect so well with the descriptions that we cannot hesitate to assign them provi- sionally to this species. Of the two most remarkable bones of this collection, one ap- proaches in form to the malar of the Alligator, and reminds one somewhat of the bone in Asterolepis, considered by Agassiz to be a premaxillary ;* but in our specimen the articular portion is wanting. The other bone is apparently the posterior part of a mandibular ramus with a wide articular process at the hinder- most part, not perfect though very distinctly displayed. The former of these bones is quite 43} inches long, and upwards of one inch wide at the broadest part; it is thin in front, thickens backwards, and bends rather abruptly down at the posterior ex- tremity, which is broken. Along the under margin there is a * Poissons Fossiles du Vieux Grés Rouge, troisieme livraison, p. 95, Table XXXIL., figs. 18, 19. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 8&3 wide, flat, thin, squamous process, probably for the articulation of the maxilla. The opposite margin is not perfect; but in a smaller specimen of the same bone a similar flat articular process extends from the upper margin also. The bone which we suppose to be the posterior portion of a mandibular ramus is nearly five inches in length and 14 inches wide, including the lateral squamous expansions ; it is thin, flat, and rounded in front; behind it is much thicker. And though the posterior extremity is wanting, the greater portion of the articular process is present; it has a wide oblique glenoidal sur- face. The lateral squamous expansions will undoubtedly articu- late with the dentigerous bone. Other interesting bones have also occurred, some of which can be identified as jugulars. One distorted and folded mass com- prises two large jugulars, apparently the pair of principal plates. A considerable portion of one of them is well displayed, exhibit- ing in very good condition the surface ornament. Were this plate unfolded it would be about seven inches long and 234 inches wide. Three or four inches of what seems to be the posterior portion lies flat upon the matrix, and shows the contour quite perfectly. The plate is apparently equally thin throughout; and the outer margin seems, judging from the portion that is dis- played, to be pretty regularly arched, and the porterior margin to be rounded and sloped a little forwards towards the inner border. Another bone, probably also a jugular, is worthy of notice. This appears to be an anterior plate; nearly one-half of it can be made out: it is symmetrical, having a stout angular midrib with two lateral wing-like expansions. When entire it would be 44 inches wide, and 1% inches long. It is impossible to over- look the resemblance of this bone to the jugular plate of Astero- lepis; and, like it, this probably fitted into the top of the arch formed by the junction of the mandibular rami. In Lhizodus, however, there appear to be two other plates, as we have already seen; these would lie one on each side of the median line, im- mediately behind the anterior plate, which is very nearly as wide as the two others put together. 84 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON All these bones, as well as several other fragmentary speci- mens, have the surface covered more or less densely with strong vermicular sculpture composed of hollows and ridges; the latter in some become tubercular, but in others stream over the sur- face smoothly and regularly, with here and there an occasional bifurcation ; in others, again, the vermicular grooves are intyri- cately involved, and sometimes they are broken up to form circular pits. These are the dominant markings in the bones already before us; but the sculpturing on the surface of some opercular plates which we also assign to the same large fish, and which will presently be described, is somewhat modified. In these the vermicular ornament is less developed, and the pitted and tubercular predominate, the ridges being rough and much broken up. It is on account of these peculiar surface characters that we deem these bones to belong to Rhizodus ; but this is not the only evidence. On the slab, with the anterior jugular plate, there is a portion of a scale of Rhizodus; and on that with the two large jugulars several scales of this fish are found lying in contact with them. If we are right in attributing these scales to Rhizodus, we have in the above facts strong corroborative evidence that these bones also belong to it. The opercular plates above referred to are four in number: three are opercles, one is apparently a preoperculum. They are all crescentic in form, having their anterior margins well hol- lowed, and both extremities considerably produced. The largest operculum is six inches from point to point, and is upwards of 24 inches wide; the posterior margin is a little sinuous, and is bordered with several parallel depressed lines, probably indicative of growth; the anterior margin is bounded by a wide, smooth, articular surface, which is divided from the rest of the operculum by a ridge. ‘The preoperculum is similar in form to the opereu- lum, but it is wider in proportion to its length, and there is a single groove following the sinuosities of the posterior border, the anterior margin is concave, with a very narrow articular surface. Norz.—It is the intention in this and the following notes to REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 85 comment on the value of the various genera and species recently proposed by Prof. Owen in his paper on the ‘‘ Dental Characters of Genera and Species, chiefly of Fishes, from the Low-Main Seam and Shales of Coal, Northumberland.’’* It has become necessary to do this, as the anticipated beneficial results from the former ‘‘ Criticism” of the ‘‘ Abstract’ of the paper as read have not been realized,} though the influence of this criticism is distinctly traceable in the text of the published paper, as well as in the appended foot-notes. The first genus we have to refer to is that named Mioganodus (pl. 8), which is founded on the section of a tooth that in no respect differs from that of the so-called Rhizodus lanceiformis, Newberry. We have shown in the former part of this communi- cation that this reputed fish is most probably a Labyrinthodont amphibian ; but be this as it may, we have teeth of this species attached to the dentary bone exactly similar in contour to, and not larger than, the figure of the tooth of this so-called new genus: and when a longitudinal section of these teeth is exam- ined under the microscope, there is no perceptible difference in the minute structure from that of the tooth of Mioganodus ; even the concentric layers of dentine, which are considered character- istic, are equally well marked. Certainly, when the tooth of R. lanceiformis is perfect, the base exhibits the Labyrinthodont in- folding of the peripheral wall of dentine ; but when the tooth is found detached (and that figured by Prof. Owen was so found), the basal portion is rarely if ever present: and then the dentinal walls are observed to thin out from the interior and to terminate below, when seen in section, in sharp wedge-shaped points, just as they are represented in the figure of Mioganodus laniarius. The tooth, then, on which this genus is founded is merely the upper portion or crown of a tooth of the so-called Rhizodus lan- ceiformis. RHIZODOPSIS SAUROIDES, sp., Williamson. Several specimens of the elegant fish upon which Professor * “Transactions ” Odontological Society, 1867. 9 + ‘* Geological Magazine,” Vol. TV., pp. 323 and 878. 86 MESSRS. HANCOOK AND ATTHEY ON Huxley founds the genus Rhizodopsis* have occurred at Newsham. They are all in a very incomplete state, though, with the aid of the whole series, many of the characters can be determined. The most perfect specimens are between five and six inches in length; the largest is eight inches long, exclusive of the tail, which is wanting; and the smallest is not more than two or three inches in extent. There is proof, however, that this spe- cies sometimes attains a considerable size. A crushed head has been found that measures nearly 3} inches in length; and ossi- fied vertebral rings have occurred that are 3%ths of an inch in diameter. In all respects our specimens agree well with Dr. Young’s de- scription of this species in the ‘‘Journal’’ Geological Society. (loc. cit.) The scales are usually well preserved ; all the fins, as well as the tail, can be determined; and the gill opercles, man- dibles, and upper jaws, in a more or less entire state, with the teeth attached, are all displayed. The scales vary, of course, greatly in size. On the smallest fish they cannot be more than 4th of an inch long, while large detached scales measure an inch in length. They are all, how- ever, so perfectly similar that it is impossible to deny their spe- cific identity. The coarseness of the surface sculpture and the thickness of the scale vary, as might be expected, with its size ; but no other difference can be detected. It is therefore only left us to follow the prudent caution of Dr. Young, and to wait for further information before doing anything so rash as to divide specifically the thin and delicate from the thick and compara- tively coarse scales. There is one character, however, which seems to have escaped the notice of this paleontologist, and which is pretty distinct in one or two of our examples. The dorsal and ventral fins are protected in front by a series of thick enamelled scales, which are brilliantly glossy and minutely punc- tured, not at all like the body scales, but similar to those in front of the fins in Megalichthys. The first or proximal scale is very stout, if not a solid cylinder, and is $ths of an inch long, it looks almost like the base of a spine, but is probably composed of two *“ Quarterly Journal”? Geological Society, Vol. XXIT., p. 596, 1866. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 87 lateral plates. This is succeeded by a double longitudinal series of elongated rectangular pieces, which extend apparently almost to the distal margin of the fin. The premaxillary bones, which were wanting in Dr. Young’s specimens, are present in some of ours; and they, as well as the mandibles, have a large, slightly curved laniary tooth at the distal extremity. This is succeeded by a series of numerous small conical teeth, of the same size and character as those of the maxilla. These, as well as the small mandibular teeth, are placed at pretty regular intervals, though it is not uncommon to observe two or three pressed close together. ‘Traces of two or three additional laniary teeth can be observed in the mandibles, situated on a line a little within the row of smaller teeth. The premaxillary bone is unusually long. The maxilla is shorter than the former, and is narrow in front and expanded considerably behind. The mandibles are long, narrow bones, with the margins nearly parallel and the distal extremity rounded. The surface of all these bones is rugose, with irregular reticu- lated ridges, or wrinkles and punctures. All the bones of the jaws frequently occur detached. A large series of such have been procured, many of which are associated with the scales of the fish. The anterior laniary teeth are nearly always present in both the premaxille and mandibles; but the additional large teeth of the latter are seldom present. In four or five instances, however, they are distinctly displayed ; and in one specimen there are five laniary teeth, including the anterior one. Im the detached state the form of these bones can be well ob- served. The maxillaries are usually 3% ths of an inch long, and about >%5ths of an inch wide at the broadest part. They are flat thin bones, produced and pointed in front, and widened ra- ther suddenly behind, as already stated; the alveolar border is nearly straight; the upper border in front is parallel with the alveolar border for some little distance backwards; it then sud- denly ascends to the posterior margin, which slopes backwards and downwards. There is, at a little distance from the ante- rior extremity, a well-developed narrow articular process, which 88 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON stretches upwards and forwards. The teeth vary somewhat in number; they are usually about twenty-five, which are arranged along the alveolar margin in regular order. This regularity, however, is frequently disturbed by the approximation of two or more ; sometimes three or four are placed close together. The premaxillaries are long narrow bones, about as long as the maxillaries, being usually 37% ths of an inch in length, and nearly 3%;ths of an inch broad. ‘The alveolar margin is almost straight ; the opposite margin gently slopes backwards in a some- what sinuous course, so that the bone is pretty regularly wedge- shaped, the posterior extremity being pointed. There are about the same number of teeth as in the maxilla, with the addition of a large conical laniary tooth in front, immediately before which is a small tooth or two. The mandibular bone we have never seen quite perfect: one of the most complete in the series measures 1;4;th inches in length, and about =2;ths of an inch wide near the front; the upper and lower margins are nearly parallel; it is rounded in front, and appears to taper a little at the posterior extremity ; the ante- rior extremity is slightly bent upwards. There are from fifteen to twenty teeth in our fragments; the number must be much greater in the entire ramus. There is likewise a large laniary tooth in front, and three or four others placed along the ramus, in a line within the small teeth; in front of the anterior laniary there is a small tooth or two like those in the premaxilla. These, however, are not always to be seen; and the posterior laniary teeth are very rarely present, or are perhaps frequently buried in the matrix. They are placed at some little distance from each other ; and the small external teeth, like those of the upper jaw, frequently exhibit considerable irregularity, though on the whole they are placed apart at pretty regular intervals. The above description of the jaws applies to those of the usual size; but we have a mandibular bone which, if complete, would be up- wards of three inches long, and a maxillary or two of corres- ponding dimensions. The laniary teeth are grooved at the base, and here the periphe- ral dentine is a little infolded or plicated; and in fine specimens REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 89 the surface of the crown exhibits a thin film of enamel. Traces of enamel, too, are occasionally found on the small teeth; but they are most frequently without it, probably in consequence of erosion. One curious fact in connexion with the occurrence of this spe- cies is worth recording. Several of our specimens were found concealed within the stems of reed-like plants, which have some- what the appearance of Calamites. A single individual occurred in each stem, nearly fillimg it. How they got into this position, whether accidentally or otherwise, it is impossible to form an opinion ; but as out of a score of individuals that have been found four or five have been so placed, it would seem that some- thing more than mere chance has had to do with it. Norr.—It is apparently on fragments of the jaw bones and on the teeth of Rhizodopsis sauroides that Prof. Owen has founded his Dittodus parallelus, Ganolodus Craggesti, Characodus confer- tus, and the Batrachian genus Gastrodus. The figure of Ditto- dus parallelus (pl. 1) seems to us to represent nothing more than a fragment of either a mandible or maxilla of this fish, with a few pairs of the teeth in juxtaposition, the rest having been re- moved either before deposition or in making the section. When two teeth grow up close together, as we have seen is not unfrequently the case in this species, the peripheral dentine of the two is often united at the base, and then we have a “‘twin tooth”’ in all respects similar to those figured of this so-called Dittodus, and just as well entitled to be compared to the ‘‘ Sia- mese twins.’ We have now before us numerous sections, many of which were made several years ago, demonstrating this fact ; and in one or two instances there are even three or four teeth so united. That which is denominated ‘“ osteo-dentine,’’ in the apical part of the pulp cavity, is, we apprehend, a mere film of the inner layer of dentine. A similar substance occurs in many of our sections, exhibiting the general appearance and dotted struc- ture given to it in Prof. Owen’s figure; and this is undoubtedly 90 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON the inner film of dentine, and the dots are the orifices of the calcigerous tubules. When the film is a little thicker the dots become elongated ; and in other specimens they gradually as- sume the regular tubular appearance, in accordance with the in- creased thickness of the section. Ganolodus Craggesu is founded on a mandibular bone of the same fish. This fragment is a little distorted, and has the pos- terior extremity broken off and turned forwards; and all the laniary teeth, with the exception of the anterior one, are lost, as we have already seen is frequently the case in the mandibles of Rhizodopsis. The size, form, and surface sculpture of the bone, which latter is well represented in the wood-cut, as well as the character, size, and arrangement of the teeth, all prove this. There is no difference whatever between this mandibular ramus and several that are now before us of Rhizodopsis. Ganolodus Craggesii, Owen, will therefore have to give place to Rhizodopsis saurotdes, sp., Williamson. Ganolodus sicula (pl. 7) is very intimately related to a very different fish. The tooth on which this species is sought to be established is perhaps the commonest in the shales of the Low-Main seam; it belongs to Megalichthys, and is apparently a laniary tooth of a young specimen. There is not the slightest perceptible difference in the form and structure of the tooth, as represented in the figure of this so-called species, and the form and structure of the numerous sections of teeth of Megalichthys which we happen to possess. That the specimen figured was grooved and plicated at the base, like the tooth of this fish, is proved by the remnants of the plicex, as may be seen on referring to fig. 16, pl. 7. Prof. Owen calls these fragments ‘‘part of the parietal dentine.’ Were this strictly correct, the calcigerous tubules would be seen cut across, producing the appearance of dots more or less elongated, as is well represented by Mr. T. West in pl. 14, fig. 4 (Gastrodus). On the contrary, the tubules in the fragments alluded to are all exhibited lengthwise, as they are in the cut edge of the peripheral dentine—proving to demon- stration that these fragments are portions of the basal plice. To REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 91 be satisfied of this, it is only necessary to examine a longitudinal section of the tooth of Megalichthys, or any other tooth with a plicated base. The variety G. undatus (pl. 7, fig. 7) is most assuredly the tooth of Strepsodus sauroides, Huxley: the double bend of the apex and general proportions of the crown put this beyond doubt. A fragment of a maxillary bone of Rhizodopsis has, it is im- possible to doubt, served for the establishment of the so-called Characodus (pl. 18). Here there is not one tooth left, they are all broken away; but the form of the fragment itself, tapering at one extremity and suddenly expanding at the other, as like- wise the columnar structure of the bone for the support of the teeth, prove this to be an imperfect maxillary of Rhizodopsis sauroides. These peculiar pillars of bone supporting the teeth are very characteristic of the jaw-bones of this fish; but in the maxilla they are most developed. Some of our specimens (Plate I., fig. 5) are precisely similar to that figured as Characodus, the teeth having been all broken away, with the exception of three or four. The display of this curious structure depends much on the plane of the sections; it is possible to cut it nearly all away, leaving merely the external layer of bone on one side ; and it is never developed to the same extent in the premaxilla and mandible. The premaxilla is the basis of the genus Gastrodus (pls. 14, 15) the supposed Batrachian, as is evinced by the shape of the fragment, the size, form, character, and disposition of the teeth ; nor is there any important difference in the minute structure of the teeth in this so-called genus. According to Prof. Owen's measurements, the dentinal tubules in Dittodus parallelus have a diameter of z>%55 of an inch, in Characodus zz455 of an inch, and in Gastrodus zo}05; While in Rhizodopsis we have ascer- tained that they are likewise about +935, of an inch in diameter. The teeth of the so-called Gastrodus are certainly represented to be without enamel ; but we have seen that it is frequently absent in Rhizodopsis ; and many of the teeth, as exhibited in the figure, are cut diagonally short, so that their form and proportions are destroyed. The appearance thus presented is very common in 92, MESSRS. HANCOOK AND ATTHEY ON sections of minute jaws; and, unless clearly understood, may readily lead to error. The diagonal section of a quill illustrates this very well. The bone-cells of the jaw of Rhizodopsis are quite as Batra- chian as are those figured of the pseudo-Gastrodus; and so are those of Megalichthys, and many other sauroidal fishes. There is, then, no evidence in the paper referred to of a mi- nute air-breathing Batrachian of the age of the lower seams of the Northumberland Coal Field, the so-called genus Gastrodus being resolvable into Rhizodopsis sauroides, a Ganoid fish. CTENODUS CRISTATUS. Since the publication of the paper on Ctenodus,* the matrix has been carefully removed from the upper side of the large sphe- noid bone of this species by which the size of the fish was esti- mated. And now this interesting specimen reveals to us the cranial bones of the occipital region in an undisturbed and ex- cellent state of preservation. The whole of the bones of one side are almost perfect, so that there is no difficulty in restoring this portion of the cranium, the constituent bones of which are arranged exactly as they are in the figure of the ‘‘ cranial buck- ler” of Dipterus given by Hugh Miller in his ‘“‘ Footprints of the Creator.” The bones vary little in size, and, with the exception of the central occipital and parietals, are most irregularly pentagonal. There are three occipitals; the central one is not much larger than the lateral; the former is nearly as wide as it is long, and is seven-sided, with the anterior margin a little pointed in the centre, and the posterior margin nearly straight. The lateral occipitals are connected with the postero-lateral margins of the central occipital, and, diverging in front, admit a bone on each side, which is wedged in between them and the antero-lateral borders of the central occipital and the external margins of the parietals. External to these bones, and in connexion with their ** Annals and Magazine Natural History,’”’ Feb., 1868. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 93 outer margins, are three other bones, which form the lateral bor- ders of the cranium. In all there are five bones on each side of the central occipital and posterior part of the parietals. Only a small portion of the left parietal is preserved; but enough is pre- sent to show that this pair of bones are elongated, being widest apparently a little behind their centre, and having their posterior margins slightly divergent to receive the anterior angle of the central occipital. The surface of the bones is not ornamented with ‘‘ waved and 5) bent lines,” as those of Dipterus are described to be by Miller (ibid p. 61), but is minutely granulated and punctate, similar to that of the opercles described in the paper on Ctenodus already referred to, and here and there are indications of the radial bone structure beneath. The original estimate of the width of this head was nine in- ches. It is now evident that it really was 8} inches across the occipital region, without taking into account the fragmentary bone, probably a portion of an operculum. Were this added to the above measurement, the width would be ten inches. The external characters of the palatal plates of the various species of Ctenodus were described in the paper on that genus mentioned above. Nothing, however, was said of the internal structure, such matters of detail having been reserved for some future occasion. But it is now perhaps desirable to give some account of the microscopical character of these peculiar dental plates. In sections made across the transverse ridges that cover the whole surface of the plates, a very beautiful structure is presented to view. The entire substance is found to be composed of a minute reticulation of bone-like matter, the meshes or medullary canals being large and much complicated. The ridges stand up from the surface in the form of conical tooth-like processes ; and the reticulated matter of which they are composed is perfectly continuous with that of the plate or base; but the meshes or medullary canals in them are a little elongated, and the surface is protected by a compact, rather thin layer, which is only distinguishable from the rest of the tissue by its density and 94 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON darkness of colour; on this layer there is a thin external coat- ing of enamel. At the base of the plate there is a stratum of considerable thickness, in which the reticulation becomes somewhat closer, and which is characterized by numerous short elliptical bone- cells, the radiating canaliculi of which are frequently obliterated, but in well-preserved specimens they can be observed distinctly. The net-work of this stratum is continuous with that which lies immediately above it, but is at once distinguishable by its darker colour, greater density, and the presence of radiating cells. The substance forming the reticulation of the upper portion of the plate is, on the contrary, devoid of bone-cells, and is pale and transparent; but it is coated with a thin layer of a darker mat- ter, in which are numerous branched tubules. When the section is made very thin these tubules, however, ail disappear, and the substance is then, to all appearance, perfectly homogeneous. These tubules are likewise very frequently invisible, even in com- paratively thick sections, probably on account of the state of the fossil; or it may be that the canaliculi have all disappeared un- der the influence of the balsam used in mounting the specimens. The peripheral enamel is very often wanting; and even the dense continuous layer of bone-like matter immediately beneath it is frequently entirely worn away; and then the section pre- sents a rugged margin. The microscopic structure of Ctenodus has been figured and described by M. Agassiz, in his ‘‘ Poissons Fossils’’ (vol. i., p. 166, tab. M. f. 3). The figure is very good, so far as it is worked out; but when the author describes the “ cellules calei- feres’’ at the base of the plate as without ramifications, it is evident he has been deceived, probably by the use of balsam ; or it is just as likely that the canaliculi had not been preserved — in the specimen he examined. He is also wrong in his assertion that ‘‘la substance qui forme la surface extérieure de la dent est parfaitement homogéne, sans trace de structure quelconque.”’ If his sections had been made very thin, this substance would un- doubtedly have appeared so. The examination of many speci- mens is frequently necessary to correct errors of this nature. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 95 Norr.—It is on the palatal tooth or plate of Ctenodus, pro- bably of Ctenodus obliquus (or, perhaps, C. elegans, or it may be on a minute plate of one of the larger species) that Prof. Owen has founded his genus Saganodus (pl. 12). This is one of the genera on which no remark was made in the ‘‘ Criticism”’ of the ‘* Abstract ;’’ but a mere glance at the figure in the paper is suf- ficient to satisfy us that it represents nothing else than a small imperfect palatal plate of this genus. One of the authors of-the present communication has had in his cabinet for many years numerous sections of the palatal plates of C. obliquus; and on comparing them with the figure of the ‘‘teeth and a small por- ? tion of the jaw”’ of the so-called Saganodus, no difference of the slightest importance can be perceived. The six wedge-shaped ridges seen in transverse section stand up from the bony net- work of the plate in the form of conical tooth-like processes, all inclined a little to one side, and increasing in size towards the same side, and having their reticulated substance continuous with that of the plate. In all these respects the resemblance to the figure is so great that no one can doubt for a moment that the so-called jaw and teeth of Saganodus are identical with the pa- latal tooth of one of the Ctenodi. In the example figured by Prof. Owen, as also in many of our specimens, the external enamel and the peripheral walls of con- tinuous matter have been worn away. His section is evidently a little diagonal, as proved by the increased depth of the plate (‘‘jawbone’’). And the minute structure, as rendered in fig. 38, is perfectly similar to that of many of our specimens. In the so-called Saganodus we see a remarkable example of the danger of trusting entirely to sections of minute objects, the planes of which are not understood. The oral armature of Cte- nodus we have seen is composed of plates having on the surface several transverse wedge-shaped ridges, which are usually denti- culated or tuberculated. Had it been understood that the speci- men examined was a section cutting such ridges transversely, it never could have been described as a fragment of a ‘‘ jaw sup- porting conical teeth.” It has been already stated that the enamel is frequently worn 96 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON away. It is, however, generally persistent towards the outer margin of the plate; a little further back it is almost invariably removed ; and still further back, on the older portion of the plate, the peripheral wall of hard matter is scarcely ever found, having undoubtedly been worn down by the action of the jaws. It is, therefore, clear enough that, in accordance with the line of the section, we might have the margins of the tooth-like processes rough, without any distinct peripheral wall, as in the figure of the so-called teeth of Saganodus; or there might be such a wall, without any external enamel; or, again, both the enamel and peripheral wall might be present: and such a series of sections of Ctenodus we possess. Were we, then, ignorant that the sec- tions were made from different parts of the same object, we might readily be led to erect three distinct genera on the palatal plate of a single species of Ctenodus. And again, were we dis- posed to create species, various degrees in the obliquity of the section would afford excellent opportunities for so doing, as the tooth-like processes would vary in length and form in each sec- | tion. PaLmoniscus HGERTONI, Agassiz. Two large patches of scales, representing the greater portion of the fish have occurred at Newsham. ‘The scales are in a very good state, and show the characteristic markings of this very pretty species; when examined with the microscope, it is per- ceived that the surface of enamel is regularly covered with ex- tremely minute punctures or dots. The larger patch is 13 inches long, and upwards of 2ths of an inch wide. The fins are not displayed ; neither are there any traces of head or tail. Several other Palgonisci have been found in our shales, as well as one or two species of Amblypterus. There is also in the collection a specimen or two of what we take to be a species of Eurylepis, Newberry. Though these are not in a very perfect condition, they are in a much better state of preservation than the specimens of P. Egertoni. In many of them the head is REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 97 present; and both the tail and fins are frequently determinable. Several of them are probably new; but at present we cannot enter more fully on this branch of the subject, and must leave it for some future opportunity. A few words, however, may be said on the dentition of these fishes, particularly as it seems to be little understood ; indeed it appears that little or no attention has been given to this matter. M. Agassiz, in his great work, ‘‘ Poissons Fossiles,” states that the teeth of Palgoniscus are ‘‘en brosse”’ (tome i1., pt. 1, p. 42); but the words which immediately precede this expression must be taken to qualify it. They are—‘‘ Mais les dents sont si excessivement petites qu'il est trés-rare de pouvoir les distin- From this it is pretty evident that this distinguished na- } guer.’ turalist knew very little about the matter. Succeeding writers, however, appear to have rested satisfied with this description. Mr. Binney, indeed, so long ago as 1841* figured the jaw of Paleoniscus Egertoni, showing a row of large, conical, sharp- pointed teeth, as well as a few of the small external ones. He says that the jaw is ‘‘ armed with sharp conical teeth of a nearly uniform size, inclining from the front.’ This communication, however, has been unfortunately overlooked. The teeth of these jaws are not ‘en brosse,’’ neither are they of that feeble ‘‘villiform”’ structure so much insisted on of late. They are disposed in two distinct rows, one within the other, much in the same fashion as in Megalichthys and Rhizodopsis, but still much more like that which obtains in Pygopterus, in which the teeth are likewise arranged in two rows—one being of large laniary teeth, the other of small external ones. And, according to M. Agassiz, they do not in this genus form ‘une ’ brosse ou rape comme les dents du Polypterus.”’ The inner row in Palgoniscus (Plate II., figs. 3, 4, 5) is composed of a few comparatively large, curved, sharp-pointed, conical teeth, which are placed at some little distance apart from each other. In the outer row the teeth are numerous, small, conical, and pointed, occasionally crowded, and in some species apparently not quite in regular order. * ‘Transactions Manchester Geological Sociciy,’”’ Vol. I,, p. 167, Plate V., fig. 12, 1841, G 98 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON It is this outer row of comparatively small teeth that appears to have been seen and described by M. Agassiz, the inner row of laniary teeth having escaped his observation. Nor is it any wonder that such a matter of detail should have been overlooked by this naturalist; and, indeed, many such omissions are found in the great work alluded to. But when we consider the no- velty and vastness of the matter before him, and especially that the bent of his mind was directed mainly to the larger problems of his subject, the only marvel is that such blunders are not more numerous. The laniary teeth are very frequently con- cealed in the matrix; and when the jaw is in its natural posi- tion, they are liable to be obscured by the external row, which stands up on an elevated ridge of the alveolar margin. The laniary teeth vary in number in the different species, and probably, in a limited degree, even in the same species; but this is difficult to determine, for it rarely happens that the row is complete, these large teeth being frequently broken off. Never- theless in several of our specimens they can be observed arranged at pretty regular intervals, evincing that the series, as far as it extends, is complete. In one mandible, in which the row is nearly entire, there are eighteen or nineteen teeth; and in the mandible of another species fourteen or fifteen can be counted. The teeth in the maxille appear to be equally numerous. The teeth themselves (Plate III., figs. 1, 2) are, as we have already said, sharp pointed and conical; they are a little re- curved, the bend being usually greatest a short way above the base. Fine large specimens are upwards of }th of an inch long; — but they are generally much less; they vary considerably in this respect in the different species. They are most frequently wide at the base, and contract rather suddenly immediately above ; thence the attenuation is very gradual, until within a short dis- tance of the apex, a little below which the crown is slightly swelled ; from this point the sides of the tip incline more rapidly towards each other, and unite to form an extremely sharp apex. In some species the apex is much produced and attenuated, in others it is comparatively short; but in all it is characterized by its sharpness. The sharp pointed tip or apex is formed of a REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 99 thick cap of enamel, and is usually quite smooth and highly pol- ished. Below the cap, in all the species examined, the crown has a subdued lustre, and is fretted in a very beautiful manner with numerous minute, short, close-set, longitudinal depressions, which, being arranged lengthwise, have occasionally a lateral in- clination: hence the peculiar fretted appearance of the surface. On making a longitudinal section (Plate III., fig. 2), the pulp- cavity is seen to conform to the shape of the crown; the cavity is wide below and narrow above, tapering gradually towards the apex, and terminating just within the extremity of the dentine. The tip of enamel fits on to the top of the dentine like a ferrule, and is in the form of an inverted V, with the angle filled up for some distance, and the stout limbs turned out a little below, and mortised, as it were, into the dentine. The enamel-cap varies a little in form in the different species ; but it varies still more in accordance with the plane of the section. When the section is made directly through the centre, the solid apical portion of the enamel is seen to be much produced, and very sharp. By making the section a little eccentric, the solid tip is reduced in length and sharpness; and by carrying the process a little further, the enamel-cap becomes a mere thin covering, like a transverse section of a low-pitched roof; and at last it entirely disappears, and is replaced, as it were, by a somewhat obtuse point of dentine. In the finest specimens, the whole tooth below the enamel- cap is coated with a distinct film of enamel, which is perfectly colourless ; in others, traces of it are observed only here and there; but in by far the greater number it is entirely wanting: when this is the case the surface of the tooth is frequently ob- served to be roughened as if by erosion. And it may be here stated that it is not merely the enamel that is eroded, but it fre- quently occurs that in the teeth of Palgoniscus, as well as in the teeth of other small fishes, the dentine itself is worn away to such an extent that very little of it is left to protect the pulp- cavity. It is, therefore, not unlikely that all the teeth of Pale- oniscus were originally coated with enamel; or it may be that in some species there is an external coating of enamel, and in 100 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON others it is wanting. When the tooth is perfect its walls are thick in proportion to the calibre of the pulp-cavity. The calci- gerous tubes are very fine and numerous. Notr.—After the above description of the tooth of Palgonis- cus, it is scarcely necessary to say that there is no character by which it can be distinguished from that of the so-called genus Ganacrodus of Professor Owen (pl. 6): the teeth of the latter and former agree in size, form, and structure. We have found the enamel tip to exist in P. comtus and other species from the Marl-slate, as well as in the species from our Coal-Measures. This we have proved in the most satisfactory manner, not by taking the teeth at random as they are scattered through the matrix, hut by taking the jaws from the heads of well authenti- cated Palgonisci, and examining the teeth both externaily and in section. After having done this in a great number of speci- mens, we are enabled to state that the small enamel-tipped teeth found detached in the Cramlington and Newsham shales are ex- actly the same as those attached to the jaws. ‘They are of the same size and form, with the same bright tip of enamel and finely fretted walls; and in section there is no difference whatever, the general form, the enamel-cap, the pulp-cavity, and dentine are all precisely the same; and all precisely agree with the tooth of the so-called Ganacrodus. It is, therefore, hard to understand what is meant by the use of such terms as ‘‘the villiform teeth of Amblypterus and Pal@oniscus,’”’ ‘‘the vague and ill-defined cha- b) racters of those en brosse of Paleoniscus and Amblypterus:”’ such expressions may indeed mislead, as they or similar words ap- pear to have misled their author, but they can never for a mo- ment obscure the light derived from a thorough examination of the facts. The laniary teeth of Palgoniscus and Amblypterus agree in all essential characters ; and the tooth of the former is in every re- spect similar to that of Professor Owen’s ‘‘new genus.” Conse- quently this genus can never be adopted by paleontologists. With regard to the coating of enamel on the crown of the tooth, on which much stress is attempted to be laid, we can only REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 101 say, in addition to what has been previously stated, that it is most frequently absent from teeth attached to the jaws, and that by far the greater number of our specimens are deprived of it, (as we are inclined to believe) from the effect of erosion. Be this, however, as it may, the fact remains unchanged. Authen- ticated Palgoniscus teeth in connexion with the jaws agree in all respects with the tooth of Ganacrodus, even to the absence of enamel on the crown of the tooth. Paleoniscus, however, is not the only genus in which this beautiful enamel-cap exists. Although Prof. Owen is pleased to ignore what is stated in the previous ‘‘ Criticism’’ on the subject, we here venture to assert that the teeth of Pygopterus, Amblypterus, Gyrolepis, and Cycloptychius have a perfectly simi- lar tip of enamel. This we have determined by our own inde- pendent research, and can prove the fact by numerous sections of the teeth of all these genera. Considerable importance, however, appears to be attached to the supposed novelty of this peculiar tooth structure in the paper so often referred to. Prof. Owen therein states, on this subject, ‘that he had not before met with any similar tooth in the whole range of his odontological researches.” Betwen twenty and thirty years ago, however, M. Agassiz described and figured the very same structure in the teeth of Pygopterus,| Saurichthys, } Polypterus, and Lepidosteus,§ the last two being recent sauroid fishes. After giving a full description of the general characters of the tooth of Pygopterus, M. Agassiz says, ‘‘ Un cone de dentine en- toure cette cavité pulpaire de tous cdtes; il est plus massif au milieu, la ou se voit le renflement extérieur, plus mince vers la base et vers le sommet, et recouvert en haut d’un capuchon en émail, qui occupe a-peu-prés le tiers de la dent et forme a lui-seul toute la pointe. En examinant la dent a la loupe, on * Pamphlet reprinted from the ‘‘ Transactions of the Odontological Society,” p. 29. + ‘‘ Poissons Fossiles,’’ Vol. II., Part II., p. 152. t Ibid, Vol. II., Part I1., p. 153, tab. H., figs. 2-4. § Ibid, Vol. II., Part II., pp. 27, 43, tab. G., figs. 9-12. 102 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON reconnait au plus fort du renflement extérieur une ligne circulaire qui indique la limite du capuchon emaille et de la dentine. La dentine elle-méme n’offre rein de remarquable. Les tubes cal- ciféres . . . . . Ceux du sommet se continuent, comme chez le Polypterus, dans l’émail, ou ils paraissent plus roides, mais en méme temps plus fins et moins régulicrement disposes que dans le dentine.” Of Polypterus the same author writes as follows :—‘‘ Cette dentine forme la plus grande partie de la dent; elle n’est recou- verte qu’au sommet par un petit capuchon d’émail trésdur, et dans lequel je n’ai pu reconnaitre ces fibres composées de petits cubes superposes, telles qu’on les a reconnues chez les mammi- feres. L’email du Polypterus (fig. 12) est transparent comme du cristal, sans trace de structure, et ce n’est que dans sa base que pénétrent les derniéres extrémités effilées des canaux calciferes de la dentine,”’ etc. Respecting Saurichthys it is stated :—‘‘ Cette difference entre le socle et le sommet est encore plus frappante, lorsqu’on exa- mine leur structure au microscope; le premier est compose de dentine, le dernier d’email. La cavité pulpaire est un cone creux entoure d’un cone de dentine massive, sur lequel repose le ca- puchon émaillé comme dans les dents du Polyptére.” This de- scription of the structure of the tooth of Sawrichthys is very different from that given in the ‘‘ Odontography,”’ p. 170, where the cap of enamel is certainly described, but not recognized as such; the author apparently not being aware of the difference between the base and the summit, pointed out by M. Agassiz. And, indeed, the description seems to be confined to the ena- melled or upper portion alone, the basal portion evidently. having been deficient in the specimen examined. Similar passages might be quoted repecting Lepidosteus ; but perhaps enough has been said on the supposed recent discovery of the ‘“‘emamel-tipped spear teeth.’’ We have seen that M. Agassiz fully described and accurately figured this form of tooth in four genera (Plate III., figs. 3, 4) between twenty and thirty years ago (1833-1844); and we have determined its existence in four other genera, and have likewise verified the accuracy of REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 103 M. Agassiz’s observations in Pygopterus, Lepidosteus, and Sau- richthys, making in all eight in which a cap of enamel is found. It is therefore highly probable that, when the subject is fully investigated, enamel-tipped teeth may prove to be not at all uncommon. But how has all this escaped the observation of the learned author of the ‘“‘ Odontography ?”’ for escaped him it assuredly has, or he never could have written as he has recently done respecting Palaoniscus, Amblypterus, Pygopterus, Polypte- rus, and Lepidosteus. AcantHopopsis Warpt, sp., Hyerton. For some time past one of the authors of this paper has had in his collection several jaws of a fish with large triangular teeth, five or six in number, and appearing like processes of the bone ; and of so peculiar a character are they that it was impossible to say even to what family of fishes they belonged. It was not until similar specimens were found associated with other remains that any light could be obtained respecting them. At length a crushed head or two were procured, exhibiting the same peculiar jaws, with the like curious teeth attached, lying in juxtaposition with the spines of one of the Acanthodei, partially buried in what appeared to be the broken up skin of the fish, crowded with minute rhomboidal scales. In one specimen the two pectoral spines are placed in their proper position behind the head, and united to it by the continuity of tissue, so as to leave no doubt that they and the head belong to the same fish. The uniting tissue, too, was mainly composed of granule-like scales of a loz- enge form. A tail likewise of an Acanthodian has occurred in the same locality, the scales on which agree both in size and character with those found with the heads. It is therefore quite certain that the jaws alluded to belong to the Acanthodei, not- withstanding the abnormal character of the teeth, which in this family are usually described as minute and conical. In the genus Acanthodes, indeed, the teeth appear to have been determined only in one species, though M. Agassiz states, in his description of the genus, that fine teeth disposed in a 104 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON simple range appear to garnish the circumference of the mouth.* The species in which the teeth have been determined is A. pusil- lus; and of this the same author writes that the mouth is ‘‘ gar- nie de trés-petites dents qui, méme sous une trés-forte loupe, ne paraissent que comme des petits points noirs.”’+ This is so definite that it is impossible to doubt its accuracy; we are there- fore forced to the conclusion that in this genus, as at present understood, there are two very distinct kinds of dentition, so dis- tinet, indeed, that it seems necessary to establish a new genus for the reception of those species, which, like A. Wardi, may have large triangular teeth, similar to those alluded to. We therefore propose the generic appellation of Acanthodopsis for those Acanthodet with this peculiar dentition. The remains in our possession of such fishes are divisible into two species by the characters of the spines, scales, and teeth. One of these is very much larger than the other. It is the smaller of the two that appears to be identical with A. Wardi. The larger species is probably the same as that of which Sir P. Kigerton had obtained the head and anterior parts, and which is supposed by him to ‘‘ have measured two feet six inches in length.”’ + A pectoral spine of this is stated to have been 83 inches long. The mandibular ramus of A. Wardi (Plate II., fig. 6) is about 13 inches long and 3th of an inch wide at the broadest part, which is near the proximal extremity, whence it tapers gradually to the distal end, which is rounded; the proximal end turns upwards, and presents a well-defined concave articular surface. The dentigerous bone is very thin, and its walls are usually pressed close together; the outer wall is irregularly striated longitudinally, the inner wall is smooth; the lower margin is strengthened by a stout styliform process, c, which is very liable to detach itself, when it assumes the appearance of a cylindrical spine graduating to a point in front; it is united behind to the ** Poissons Fossiles ’’ du Vieux Grés Rouge, premiere livraison, p. 39. t Ibid, p. 36. $‘‘ Quarterly Journal Geological Society,” Vol. XXII., p. 470. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 105 articular process, and is probably nothing more than a prolonga- tion of the angular bone. This styliform process has been described as the entire man- dibular ramus in some of the Acanthodei, and is seen oceasion- ally attached to the head, the dentigerous bone, with the teeth, having been detached. In Sir P. Egerton’s figure of A. Wardi these styliform bones, so denuded, are seen still articulated to the head and thrown backwards; the teeth are frequently found attached to the thin-walled dentigerous bone, the styliform pro- cess having probably been left so attached to the head. The teeth are never found separated from the bone. There are five or six in each ramus, two of the larger being in the centre, the smaller ones in front and behind; they are com- pressed in the direction of the jaw, and when seen in this posi- tion they have the shape of as many equilateral triangles with the lateral margins a little hollowed towards the apices, which are recurved; they are expanded at the base, where they be- come confluent, and are coarsely and irregularly striated from one extremity to the other; and the surface being liable to ero- sion, the striation is frequently exaggerated. The upper jaw is co-extensive with the mandible, and is ap- parently formed of one piece. The teeth are like those of the under jaw, and lock very accurately into them; they are of the same size and character, and are equal in number to those of the mandible. The largest teeth are nearly 3th of an inch in length ; they are much wider than they are thick from back to front. On making a longitudinal section of the teeth in the direction of the jaw, the structure is found to be very peculiar. The jaw itself is composed of very dense bone on the surface, in which the Haversian canals are well defined, and the radiating cells are very numerous and minute; they are elongated fusiform, with the canaliculi (when observable) sufficiently abundant, and arranged for the most part at right angles to the long axis of the cells. In the superficial and denser portions of the tissue the cells and tubules are the most minute; in the deeper portions they are larger and less regular in form, and the bone becomes 106 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON riddled with medullary cavities, until at length it is entirely re- duced to a sort of cellular structure. This curious cellular tissue is continued into the teeth, and forms their central mass, there being apparently no distinct pulp-cavity, or if any, it is confined to the base. This tissue becomes less open as it approaches, and gradually forms a dense layer at the surface of the teeth, in which layer the Haversian canals are as distinct as they are in the bone of the ramus, and the cells, diminished in size, assume their regular elongated form, and at the extreme margin they disappear. This peripheral layer, which represents the denti- nal wall of ordinary teeth, is found to be continuous from tooth to tooth; it differs, however, in no respect from the dense ex- ternal surface of the ramus. Indeed it is quite evident that the bone of the jaw is continued into and forms the teeth; they may, therefore, be looked upon as processes of the jaw. We have failed to detect the least trace of enamel on the surface of the teeth. A considerable portion of one of the pectoral spines lies near to the crushed head of this species, in which the jaws are dis- tinctly displayed with the teeth interlocked. The spine has lost its distal extremity; the fragment, however, is flattened towards this end; at the basal extremity it is thickened, and assumes a triangular form; a groove extends along the anterior margin. Detached spines have also occurred, agreeing exactly with Sir P. Kgerton’s description of the pectoral spine of this species. The scales are minute rhombs, with the upper surface smooth and slightly convex. Some appear to be minutely and irregu- larly granulated. Perfectly similar scales clothe the heterocereal tail which was procured at Newsham, and which we believe to belong to this fish. It is about 3ths of an inch wide, and, in- cluding the pedicle to which it is attached, it is 13 inches long; the under lobe is not much produced, and the upper is rather obtuse ; no rays are perceptible. The scales are well preserved, and are in an undisturbed state. Some of them are brilliantly glossy, and have, towards the posterior angle, a boss-like swel- ling; others are dull and minutely granular. Which is the true natural surface it is difficult to say, though it seems probable REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 107 that the latter is. Be this as it may, both kinds of scales are found seattered in the vicinity of the head and spine. ACANTHODOPSIS HiGERTONI, N. sp. A crushed head, with the pectoral spines attached, a detached jaw or two, a few separate spines, and some scattered scales are all the remains that have occurred of the large species alluded to. The head, which could not have been less than 2} inches long, has one of the mandibular rami well displayed, with the teeth attached ; but they are, unfortunately, in a very imperfect state. The ramus is very similar in character to that of A. Wardi; but the dentigerous bone does not appear to be striated ; the styliform process is not much arcuated at the proximal ex- tremity, and tapers gradually to the anterior point. The teeth are arranged in the same manner as in the smaller species, that, is, with the larger in the centre, and smaller at the extremities of the jaw; with the aid of a detached mandible we are able to ascertain that there are seven or eight in each ramus; they are not nearly so wide at the base as in the previous species, and they are more regularly and finely striated. Some of the bones of the head are finely and regularly tuberculated ; these are pro- bably the orbital plates. The similar plates of the other species appear to be irregularly granular. The spines attached to the head are upwards of 21 inches long, though they are not entire; but the largest detached spe- cimen in our possession is quite an inch longer, though in it, too, the point is broken. This must have been longer than the largest mentioned by Sir P. Egerton ; it is upwards of 1th of an inch broad, and is flat and curved like the others, resembling the blade of a scimitar; towards the base the inner margin is thickened and angulated, and a depressed line or groove extends from end to end a little within the anterior or arched margin ; a few fine longitudinal lines are seen near to and almost parallel with the opposite margin ; the point appears to be rounded, but is not quite perfect in any of our specimens. The scales which are found associated with the head and spines 108 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON are very similar to, but they seem to be smaller than, those of the other species, as pointed out by Sir P. Egerton; they also appear to have the surface more elevated and rounded. From the character of the scales and great size of the pectoral spines, but more particularly from the difference observed in the teeth, we consider ourselves justified in dividing this from the A. Wardi, and beg to dedicate it to Sir P. Egerton, who was the first to point out the probability of its specific distinctness. We therefore propose for it the name of Acanthodopsis EKgertont. GYRACANTHUS TUBERCULATUS, Agassiz. The gigantic spines of this little-understood fish occur pretty frequently at Newsham and Cramlington, in a fine state of pre- servation. In conjunction with Mr. J. W. Kirkby, one of the authors of this paper pointed out in 1863 that these spines were not, as usually thought, dorsal, but were paired spines, most pro- bably pectoral.* We have now before us seventy-one of these formidable weapons ; and the first thing that strikes the observer is, that by far the greater number have lost the apical extremity, and that they are not merely bent from front to back, but are also laterally curved. On closer examination it is found that there are as many bent to the right as to the left side, and that of such bent spines there are just twenty-four pairs. Thus twenty-three spines are left unaccounted for; these may be con- sidered straight, being bent only from front to back, and their points are entire. But first respecting the paired spines: we have said that they have all lost their points; they are not frac- tured, however, but are all worn smoothly down diagonally at a very acute angle; and, what is still more interesting, this wear- ing always takes place at the side opposite to that of attachment. Assuming, therefore, that these spines are pectoral, and that they were inclined backwards and downwards, as assuredly they would be, then the wearing of the points is exactly such as * See paper entitled ‘‘ Fish Remains in the Coal Measures of Durham and RoutnGMber” land,”’ by Messrs. T. Atthey and J. W. Kirkby, read in the Geological Section at the New- castle Meeting of the British Association. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 109 would take place by their coming in contact with the ground. And again, the largest or oldest spines are uniformly the most worn; some, indeed, are reduced to mere stumps. In one such specimen now before us, which is seven inches in circumference, and which must have been one of the largest, only 10} inches are left. Another example, six inches in circumference, is only seven inches long, including the portion buried beneath the skin. All this seems to demonstrate, beyond doubt, that these are really paired spines, most probably pectoral. And from this wearing we may fairly assume that Gyracanthus was a ground fish, and that the spines assisted its motions at the bottom of the water. The straight spines, or those which are not laterally bent, are all regularly arched from before backwards; and their distal or pointed extremities are all perfect, not being in the least degree worn. These are apparently dorsal spines; and that there is only one of such in each fish seems probable from the fact that they occur in the ratio of one to two of the paired spines, as shown by our previous division of the seventy-one specimens. The dorsal spines are considerably smaller than the paired ones; they are more compressed, and the posterior denticulated keel is more strongly developed; the extreme point is smooth, compressed, and rounded in front. The largest are about eleven inches long, and 34 inches in circumference at the thickest part. The paired spines are fifteen or sixteen inches in length, and up- wards of 63 inches in circumference. One or two specimens of the species denominated G. formosus have likewise occurred ; and as the same spine of G. tuberculatus is occasionally found with both tuberculated and smooth ridges, the former can scarcely be considered a good species. M. Agas- siz’s figure of G. formosus,* like G. tuberculatus, is laterally bent. Large flat triangular bones are frequently found associated with the spines, measuring sometimes 8} inches long, and 63 inches broad at the widest part. Their structure is very open ; and as they are seldom well preserved, they are probably only imperfectly ossified, the bone fibre radiates from the apex to the * ‘Poissons Fossiles,”’ vol. iii., tab. V., figs. 4, 5, 6. 110 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON expanded base. There can be little doubt that these are carpal bones, similar to those in connexion with the pectoral fins in the sharks and dogfishes. This bone is thickest at the apex, which is rounded, and thins out towards the distal expanded margin or base. The large longitudinal groove at the root of the spine pro- bably corresponds to the lower or anterior margin of this bone ; or it may be that it was fitted to a lower carpal which was co- adjusted to this bone, but, being entirely cartilaginous, has dis- appeared. However this may be, it can scarcely be doubted that this triangular bone supported, directly or indirectly, the great pectoral spines. There are found also frequently associated with the remains of Gyracanthus large thin layers or patches of matter, almost en- tirely composed of minute compressed bodies, of which there are - two kinds. One, much smaller than the other, and by far the more numerous, is upwards of sth of an inch high, and not quite so broad; it has usually two, sometimes three, conical, re- curved, diverging points rising from an expanded base. The large kind is usually 7th of an inch high, and is somewhat wider at the base; it is sometimes a little larger, but more fre- quently much smaller. It is much compressed, and the base is considerably widened; the upper margin is divided into from four to seven much recurved conical denticles, which are sharp pointed, and have four or five stout longitudinal ridges on the arched or dorsal surface. Several large patches of these bodies have occurred, one of which measures twenty inches by fifteen inches. It is therefore pretty clear that they cannot be teeth, which are not usually found together in such vast multitudes ; they are much more likely to be dermal tubercles, and these patches to be the remains of the skin of Gyracanthus. It should also be mentioned that Cladodus mirabilis has occurred three or four times at Newsham, and always associated with these der- mal patches. May it not, therefore, prove to be the tooth of Gyracanthus ? Notze.—Mitrodus quadricornis of Professor Owen (pl. 3) is un- doubtedly nothing more than the larger kind of these dermal REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 1i1 tubercles. In size, proportion, and form it agrees exactly with them; and in the minute structure there is no difference what- ever, as is demonstrated by the numerous sections of them which we have had the advantage of examining. This ‘‘ minnow,”’ then, of our shales is found to be identical with Gyracanthus tuberculatus, perhaps the largest fish of the Coal-Measures. In the figure of Mitrodus only a small portion of the denticles is shown; the points, being strongly recurved, are necessarily cut away in such a section as that represented. It is only the base of the toothlets that Professor Owen has seen; and, conse- quently, his knowledge of the true form must be very imperfect. The angles represented at the margin of the denticles indicate the external ridges described above. DipLopus GrBsosus, Agassiz. This is a common fossil at Newsham and Cramlington, and is usually found in connexion with a thick granular layer of a sub- stance resembling shagreen, large patches of which frequently occur studded all over with it. One such patch has been ob- tained, which measured fifteen inches long, and about seven inches wide. On this the Diplodi are comparatively few in num- ber, and are scattered about. But in another patch, of which there are fifty-six square inches, they are very numerous, and are crowded together without order. There can be little doubt that these shagreen-like patches are the remains of the skin of some large fish, and that the Diplodi are dermal tubercles in connexion with it, and analogous to the spinous tubercles of the Rays. At the same time it must be ad- mitted that it is possible enough that the larger specimens may have clothed the lips or jaws with a spinous pavement resem- bling in arrangement the oral armature of the Rays or Cestra- cionts ; or they may have ranged along the back or sides of the body in serial order, as the dermal spines frequently do in the Rays; or perhaps they may have been scattered here and there among the smaller ones, as is not unfrequently the case with such tubercles. Diplodus has usually three recurved spines, two being large, 112 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON the third quite small; they stand up from a common, rather deep, rounded or oval base. The two large or lateral spines are ranged side by side; they are stout, conical, and divergent, both being curved from before backwards, and a little compressed in the same direction. The small spine is similar in form, and is placed immediately behind the large ones, at their basal junc- © tion; and in front of them, in a similar position, is a large, rounded, depressed tubercle. All the spines are strongly cari- nated at the sides from the apex to the base; and in well deve- loped specimens there are two other ridges, one in front, the other behind, extending downwards for some distance from the apex. These are the norma! characters of Diplodus; but it is very variable in form. The spines are not unfrequently found stiff and short, and much bent and divergent; on the other hand, they often occur much elongated, almost parallel, and compara- tively slender. The number of spines also varies; sometimes there are only two, sometimes only one. When the latter is the case, the specimen is usually exposed in profile, and the long heel-like projection is well displayed; when, however, a com- plete tubercle is buried in the matrix with only one of the lateral spines and its base exposed, the appearance is much the same. A tubercle so seen is represented by M. Agassiz in ‘‘ Poissons Fossiles,’’ vol. i., tab. 22 0, fig. 5. If Diplodus differs much in form, it also varies greatly in size. The largest are ths of an inch from the base to the apex of the large or lateral spines; the smallest, measured in the same way, are not more than ;3;th of an inch in extent. Between the two extremes, tubercles of every size occur. Now the smaller indi- viduals, which are by far the most numerous, agree very well with Diplodus minutus of Agassiz, so far as the imperfect speci- mens described and figured by that author permit a comparison. M. Agassiz says he was not able to discern the median cone ; but this is not to be wondered at, for none of his figures repre- sents the base entire. ‘Notr.—Dittodus divergens, Aganodus apicalis, Aganodus undatus, “REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 113 Pternodus productus, and Ochlodus crassus, deseribed in the paper ‘“‘On the New Coal Fishlets,”’ are all referable to Diplodus. The genus Dittodus is established on two very dissimilar fossils: D. parallelus is, we have already seen, founded on the fragment of a jaw with a few of the teeth of Rhizodopsis sauroides ; Dittodus divergens (pl. 2) is apparently nothing more than Diplodus mi- nutus* of Agassiz; and, like his figure, that given by Professor Owen is represented without the small central spine: indeed it is scarcely possible to show it in such a section as that figured in pl. 2. The size, form, and histological characters all agree with those of our sections of the minute specimens of Diplodus. Pternodus productus (pl. 10) is the single-spined variety of Dip- lodus gibbosus seen in profile, with a well produced base; or it may possibly be a lateral section of a fully developed specimen in which one of the large spines only is exhibited. In either case the same appearance would be presented of the large pro- jecting ‘‘heel,’’ with its outline sweeping into the curve of the spine; and, in fact, the form, proportions, and size all exactly agree with those of similar sections in our possession of the single-spined variety of Diplodus. The minute structure is pre- cisely the same; the greater portion, however, of the basal mar- ginal boundary, from m to b in fig. 1, pl. 10, has been ground away; and that which is designated ‘‘ osseous tissue of jaw’”’ is merely a portion of the osteo-dentine of the pulp-cavity. There are two species of Aganodus described; one, A. apicalis (pl. 9), is based apparently on a section made from before back- wards of a single straight spine of the small variety of Diplodus, The two processes (0) below the spine are projecting portion of the base, the most of the base itself having been broken away, The opening between the two processes is in part a natural ca- vity, frequently seen in sections. A. wndatus (pl. 10) is a lateral section of a single minute spine of the same variety of Diplodus, somewhat abnormal in form. There is no difference of import- ance in the minute structure, and it exhibits, in a most distinet manner, the numerous concentric layers of dentine mentioned by M. Agassiz as characteristic of Diplodus (vol. ili., p. 209). *-* Poissons Fossiles,”’ vol. iii., p. 205, Tab. XXTI., f, 6-8, H 114 MESSRS. HANGOCK AND ATTHEY ON Diplodus has supplied Professor Owen with still another ge- neric form, which is the fourth based upon this variable fossil. Ochlodus (pl. 5) is nothing more than one of the large varieties of this dermal tubercle, crushed laterally, a variety, probably, having originally one of the large spines smaller than the other. A figure of such a tubercle is given by Mr. Binney in the paper before quoted.* From the representation of Ochlodus it is evi- dent that the specimen has been crushed: the dentinal walls are cracked in several places, the upper wall has been forced in upon the osteo-dentine of the pulp-cavity, and the continuity of the tissue of the spines has been severed; the osteo-dentine of the pulp-cavity has, in a great measure, been displaced, and the base shattered to fragments. All these appearances are shown in a section now before us, which was made of a specimen crushed laterally or a little diagonally, and which closely resembles in size and contour Ochlodus. It is evident, too, that much of the fractured base in this genus, and also a considerable portion of the two smaller spines, have been removed in making the section. The thickness of the dentine and the size of the pulp-cavity are very variable features in Diplodus. Even in the same spe- cimen the peripheral dentine occasionally varies considerably at different parts of the circumference, as may be seen on making a transverse section of the spines; and as they are compressed, as we have stated above, the relative size of the pulp-cavity varies with the plane of the section. This is one source of variation ; but were the pulp-cavity quite cylindrical, or rather circular in transverse section, its apparent relative proportion to the denti- nal wall would depend upon the degree of eccentricity of the sec- tion. The pulp-cavity is consequently found to vary extremely in size in Diplodus. In the crushed specimen we have spoken of, this cavity is quite as large as it is represented in the figure of Ochlodus; and, again, in other specimens it is no larger than we see it in the figure of the so-called Pternodus productus. The acute points represented in the section of Ochlodus are not the apices of the spines, as believed by Prof. Owen; the true apices have all been removed in making the section. These * ‘Transactions of the Manchester Geological Society,” vol. I., plate V., fig. 17. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 115 sharp prolongations are merely the ridges or keels described above as extending from the apices downwards, seen still pro- jecting after their base (the dentinal support) has been removed. The same appearance is presented at the apex of the figure of Aganodus undatus, and strengthens our opinion of the nature of that form. At the point of the largest spine of Ochlodus there is evidence of two of those ridges or keels, one probably being a lateral ridge, the other apparently the intermediate or dorsal one. At the extremity of the small lateral spine, one of the strong late- ral keels is well exhibited ; and the small central spine displays distinct evidence of two keels. In many of our sections these ridges assume the very same appearance which we see in this figure ; and they are all found to be composed of enamel, as these points are represented to be in Ochlodus; and there can be no doubt that the trace of enamel described and indicated at g, on the large spine, is a lateral view of the keel, the lower point of which terminates at g. We thus find that Ochlodus does not only agree in general form, but even in the minutest details, with Diplodus; and we can find no distinguishing histological characters on which to found this so-called genus. CTENOPTYCHIUS PECTINATUS, Agassiz. This species is not uncommon in the shales of Newsham and Cramlington. One of the authors of this paper has a large suite of specimens gathered at these localities; they agree perfectly well with C. pectinatus, though they usually have a greater num- ber of denticles than represented in the figure in ‘“ Poissons Fossiles.”” The number ranges from eight or nine to fifteen or sixteen. Well developed specimens measure }th of an inch wide and a little less high. They are in the form of wide, flattened plates, with the upper margin a little arched transversely and denticulated, the denticles being rather obtusely pointed, come from before backwards, and recurved; the marginal surface is concave behind and convex in front, and thickened posteriorly, 116 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON where it is strongly defined from the base by a deep transverse constriction. A lateral section conseqently presents a sigmoid curve, the lower member of which is the larger and less bent. The whole of the denticulated margin, including the denticles, is coated with a thin layer of enamel, only traces of which can usually be seen in sections. The base narrows suddenly imme- diately below the denticulated margin, and is frequently consi- derably longer than the upper glazed or enamelled portion; and the lower margin is often produced into two or more fang-like processes. In the base of each denticle there is a small pulp-cavity that extends only a short way upwards, and is in direct communica- tion with the wide medullary canais of the basal portion, which are for the most part elongated ; but in this respect there is con- siderable variation. The canals are most elongated, as might be expected, in elongated specimens. The dentinal tubules, which are nearly vertical, are coarse, fasciculated, and much branched ; and the osteo-dentine of the base exhibits also a few branched tubules, strongest and most numerous above and at the margins ; below they are comparatively small and obscure. A few specimens have occurred which are much elongated transversely, and have upwards of twenty denticles; these are probably C. denticulatus of Agassiz. Ctenoptychius is probably a dermal tubercle, though it certainly has more the appearance of a tooth then either Diplodus or the spined dermal tubercles which have been assigned to Gyracanthus. Norr.—That Ageleodus diadema of Prof. Owen (pl. 4) is the fossil above described cannot for a moment be doubted. In ge- neral form, size, number, and character of the denticles, as seen in section, all exactly agree; and there is no difference what- ever in the histological features, only the specimen figured and described in the paper referred to is shorter than usual; hence the medullary canals are not so decidedly elongated as they frequently are. Now no paleontologist would hesitate to pro- nounce our specimens to be Ctenoptychius pectinatus of Agassiz. It is therefore futile to assert that the figure of the structure of REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 117 * this genus in the ‘“ Poissons Fossiles’’* that it is generically distinct from Ageleodus; and it is certainly shows ‘‘at a glance’’ g erroneous: the difference is merely a difference in degree. The medullary canals are more elongated and somewhat more regu- larly parallel in Agassiz’s figure than they are in our specimens, in many of which, however, the parallel and elongated character predominates. In fact, there is quite as great a difference in this respect between individuals of our suite of specimens as there is between some of them and Agassiz’s figure referred to. And it must not be forgotten that this figure represents the struc- ture in a different species. We repeat, then, that no generic dif- ference is perceptible at a glance. M. Agassiz certainly states that the substance at the base of the tooth is perfectly homoge- neous. In some of our specimens, too, the basal portion has lost nearly all traces of structure; but such specimens are mounted in balsam, which, we have seen, is liable to render minute struc- ture invisible. It is therefore not improbable that the specimens of M. Agassiz may have been mounted in this medium; and it is equally likely that the minute structure was not preserved in the fossil examined by him. Such discrepancies must be expected in the examination of fossils; and accordingly we have already seen that the minute structure in Ctenodus had escaped the ob- servation of that naturalist. In Ageleodus we see another striking instance of the danger of trusting entirely to the sections of objects not previously un- derstood. From this cause the denticles are described as if their whole contour was seen, whereas there is nothing but the mere stumps left in the section, the crowns all having been cut away in making it. As the denticles are (as we have already stated) recurved, they must necessarily, to a great extent, be removed in such a section as that figured. Had this been previously known, the bases of the denticles could never have been mis- taken for their crowns, nor could the latter have ever been de- scribed as “broader than they are high;’’ nor could it have been stated that they all ‘‘ terminate obtusely ; and this seems to be an original form, not due to wear or abrasion.”’ In fact, * Tome III., plate M., figs. 4, 5. 118 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON Prof. Owen describes merely a diagonal section of the basal por- tion, and supposes that he describes the whole denticle. This author has likewise been deceived into the belief of the existence of a common pulp-cavity, by the removal in the section of the osteo-dentine near the centre of the specimen. Here all the substance has been ground away in consequence of the lateral sigmoid bend before described. A lateral section proves that no such cavity exists; and, indeed, the large series of sections now before us, and which were made many years ago, entirely dis- prove this assertion. The inference drawn from the supposed presence of this cavity is therefore of no avail. We have now examined the whole of the new genera and species of Fishes and Batrachians proposed by Prof. Owen in his paper published in the ‘‘ Transactions of the Odontological Society,” and find ourselves compelled to conclude that there is positively not a single novelty in the whole series. Thirteen genera were enumerated in the ‘‘Abstract”’ of the paper as read, in the paper as published there are only twelve, one (entitled ‘‘Oreodus’’) having been withdrawn. It is unfortunate that some circumspection had not been also observed with regard to the remaining twelve, which we fear are fated to fall into the like obscurity. We have found as we approached the ‘‘New Coal Fishlets’’ that they gradually dwindled away, and at length en- tirely disappeared ; or rather we perceived that they never had had any real existence, and that the ‘‘ Minnows and Sticklebacks”’ of the Northumberland coal-shales have yet to be discovered. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE I. Fig. 1. Sternal plates of Pteroplax cornuta, about half the natural size: aa, lateral plates; 6, posterior portion of central plate appear- ing from beneath the former; c, posterior process. Fig. 2. View of underside of central sternal plate, two-thirds natural size: a, perfect lateral wing or lobe; 6, posterior process. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. REMAINS OF REPTILES AND FISHES. 119 Premaxilla of Pteroplax cornuta, natural size, the apices of the teeth having been restored: a, anterior extremity ; 6, posterior articular process; cc, mucus-grooves; d, external nostril. PLATE II. Cranial shield of Pteroplax cornuta, about two-thirds natural size * a, frontals; 0, parietals; c, occipitals; d, postfrontals; e, epio- ties; f, parietal foramen ; g, posterior horns; A, inner posterior orbital border. Front view of vertebra, three-fourths natural size: a, centrum, showing a minute notochordal foramen in the centre; 5, neutral canal; c, spinous process, restored from another specimen; d, transverse process; e, anterior zygapophysis. Inside view of mandibular ramus of Palconiscus, showing the row of laniary teeth almost perfect, but turned by pressure so as to present their sides; the row of small exterior teeth is buried in the matrix: a, anterior extremity; 6, posterior articular pro- cess; c, impressions of the surface-strie in the matrix, a portion of the bone having been removed. External view of a maxilla of another species of Palconiscus, ex- hibiting both rows of teeth, the laniary and the small exterior teeth appearing to be in the same line, on account of pressure : a, anterior extremity; 6, tooth figured in the next Plate. Inside view of a portion of the alveolar border of the jaw of Pa- leeoniscus, showing the row of laniary teeth within the small ex- terior row; a, laniary teeth; 6, impressions in the matrix of the teeth of the exterior row; cc, three of the small exterior teeth left adhering to the matrix. External view of a mandibular ramus of Acanthodopsis Wardi: a, anterior extremity ; 6, posterior extremity ; c, styliform pro- cess attached to the dentigerous bone, d. PLATE III. Tooth from maxilla of Palconiscus (Plate II., fig. 4 b): enamel- tip. Section of tooth of Palconiscus, exhibiting the cap of enamel, a; b, film of enamel coating the crown, very frequently absent. Section of tooth of Pygopterus, from Agassiz, showing the enamel- tip, a. 120 mR. G. g. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE Fig. 4. Section of the upper portion of the tooth of Polypterus, from Agassiz, showing the cap of enamel, a. Fig. 5 Section of portion of maxilla of RAizodopsis, much enlarged, ex- hibiting the bony pillars supporting the teeth; aa, bony pillars; 6 6. teeth in an abraded condition, the enamel having all disap- peared, and, in some instances, portions of the dentine. V.—On the Crustacean Fauna of the Salt-Marshes of Northum- berland and Durham. By Georce 8. Brapy, C.M.Z.8., &e. (Plates IV., V.) At the Newcastle Meeting of the British Association, in 1863, I read a short paper ‘‘On the Zoology of Hylton Dene,’’* in which was recorded the occurrence of various Entomostraca, Foramin- ifera, and other Invertebrata, in slightly brackish water in the neighbourhood of Sunderland. The subject appeared to me to be one of very great interest, not only as exhibiting the man- ner and degree in which the various denizens of fresh and salt water are able to accommodate themselves to altered conditions, as in the case of the common shrimp and stickleback, but also as affording an opportunity for the study of a group of animals which seem to be inhabitants exclusively of brackish water, and which may be supposed to be modifications of species originally dwelling in the sea, or perhaps in purely fresh water. Further- more, the investigation of the inhabitants of our salt-marshes might be expected to throw some light on the real character of those Carboniferous and post-tertiary deposits which are sup- posed to have been formed in estuaries, or lagoons of brackish water. I have, therefore, during the last three or four years, taken advantage of every opportunity that has come in my way to collect microzoa—especially Entromostraca and Foraminifera —from the salt-marshes of our district ; and I do not know of any such locality in Northumberland or Durham which I have not more or less thoroughly examined. The marshes which I have visited are the following :—Cowpen Marsh at the mouth of the Tees, Hartlepool Slake, Hylton Dene and Claxheugh on the * See ‘‘ Transactions of Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club,” Vol. VI., p. 95. Nat. Hist. Trans N&éED. Vol. LH PLT. penta ence ne se pari oo IF ais pret LEGA Tien ae et J Basie ith. oy Mate yee 3 teete s Lass fi i teen alae eek | i i ry iy estes ve SIO AAG ee a t_Mistlians. NAD. Vol ML PUL. Na ath te Ps . a aie ae a * é tf ‘s J.Bastre lity A. Hancock del. Nat Mist. Trans NAD. Vol. HE PL AML. ” Vv. J Basire ta A. Hancock del, ONS ek nr ll eS eer SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 121 Wear, Jarrow Slake, Seaton Sluice, the mouths of the Wans- beck, Coquet and Aln, as well as Burgh Marsh on the Solway : besides these I have received some scanty gatherings from the Blyth and Tweed; and the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. David Robertson have kindly supplied me with notes of species taken in similar situations in Scotland and the Channel Islands. My attention has been chiefly confined to the Crustacean Fauna, and it is that alone which I have examined minutely, though, for the sake of more general interest, I have always noted such other animals as presented themselves to my attention. There seems to be very little variety amongst the Mollusca in- habiting these marshes. Rissoa ulve@ is the only gasteropod (ex- cepting Nudibranchs) which I have found alive in strictly brack- ish water, where it occurs often in _reat abundance ; but pools further removed from the saline influence, and above the highest limit of spring tides, where, to the taste, the water is quite fresh, are frequently inhabited by a peculiar mixed Crustacean Fauna, seeming to indicate some slightly saline character. In such situ- ations we meet with Linnea peregra and Pisidiwm pulchellum, which are quite fresh-water species. The only marsh in which I have taken any Nudibranchiate species is Hylton Dene, where Alderia modesta occurred in great abundance, in company with a smaller species, Limapontia depressa, which was first found there by Mr. Albany Hancock. These two species have also been found in company at Loughor Marsh, near Swansea, by Mr. C. Spence Bate and Mr. Mugeridge. In the ‘“‘ debateable ground,” between fresh and brackish water, I have also met with the beautiful polyzoon Plumatella repens ; but in this case the ge- neral vegetation and animal life of the pool was decidedly that of fresh water, differing only in the presence of several species of stalk-eyed crustacea, which usually inhabit brackish water.” For further particulars of this interesting locality I must refer the reader to my paper on the Zoology of Hylton Dene. The higher orders of Crustacea are almost always repre- sented in salt-marsh pools by Carcinus manas, Palemon varians, * Palemon varians, Mysis vulgaris, and Corophium longicorne occur in such a situation in Hylton Dene. 122 wr. G. gs. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE Crangon vulgaris, Mysis vulgaris, Gammarus locusta, Corophium longicorne, and Spheroma rugicauda: in Hylton Dene I met also with Orchestia littorea, and at Seaton Sluice with Oniscus asellus. These usually occur in considerable numbers, though very often a pool will be found tenanted entirely by one species to the ex- clusion of the rest, while a neighbouring pool will contain a mix- ture, or perhaps a single different species. In Hartlepool Slake I have seen the water so swarming with Mysis vulgaris that a net could not have been dipped in the spaces between the float- ing balks of timber without capturing scores or perhaps hundreds of them. The Entomostracan inhabitants of salt-marshes seem to be confined to the two orders, Ostracoda and Copepoda. In pools which are subject to the overflow of ordinary spring-tides the Ostracoda met with are Cythere castanea, Cytheridea littoralis, and Loxoconcha elliptica, the last named until recently an unde- scribed, and apparently a rather uncommon species; the other two are of very frequent occurrence, C. littoralis often existing in astonishing abundance. But in the sub-brackish pools slightly above tidal influence, which have been already referred to, we find two Cypridz which seem to have a particular liking for these situations, though both are occasionally found in quite fresh water; these are Cypris salina and Cypridopsis aculeata. The only locality in which I have found the two species in company is a hot-water pond at Monkwearmouth Colliery, the water of which, though of course not at all marine in character, is, never- theless, owing to its rapid evaporation, constantly saturated with salts of lime, &c., which it deposits copiously in a sort of crust upon the vegetation (Potamogeton, Callitriche, &c.) which it con- tains. Besides this locality C. salina has been found only twice by Dr. Baird and myself, and in both cases in pools just above high water. The Monkwearmouth pond seems also to afford the only instance of the occurrence of C. aculeata apart from salt water, unless, indeed, one of the Suffolk ‘‘broads,’’ where it was taken by Mr. EH. C. Davison, be an instance of fresh-water habi- tat. I believe, however, that even this may probably be rightly called a sub-brackish habitat. SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 123 The Copepoda which I have found in brackish water are as follows :—Dias longiremis, Lilljeborg, Temora velox, Lilljeborg, Cyclops equoreus, Fischer, C. Lubbockii, n. sp., Dactylopus tis- boides, Claus, Delavalia palustris, n. gen., Tachidius brevicornis, Lilljeborg, and two species of Cleta, which I have not yet been able to work out satisfactorily. Temora velox appears to be the most abundant of these species, occurring in great profusion in almost all brackish pools on our coast, more especially in the autumn months. I have only once met with it in the open sea. At Seaton Sluice a little mite, Halacarus rhodostigma, Gosse, occurred pretty plentifully. I did not notice it while alive, and can therefore give no account of its habits. The pools at Seaton Sluice have afforded me a decidedly greater variety of Entomos- traca than any other similar locality, and I am disposed to attri- bute this, in part, to the greater abundance of alge which they contain. Vaucheria velutina and Conferva linwm form the prin- cipal vegetation, and certainly harbour a great number of these microzoa, but many species are found very abundantly where there is scarcely any vegetation, as for instance Temora velox and the three species of Ostracoda previously mentioned. Cy- theridea littoralis and the Foraminifera seem to haunt the mud exclusively, and are not to be taken in any quantity, merely by sweeping the weeds, and I am disposed to think that the genus Cleta has the same habit. I am at a loss to account for the constant existence in salt- marshes, of their characteristic pools. They are quite unlike any other pools, being mostly shallow (about six or eight inches in depth), the bottoms perfectly flat, and the sides perpendicular, as if cleanly punched out of the ground, never shelving or saucer- shaped. Wherever a salt-marsh exists pools of this kind are sure to be found, but the mode of their formation is to me a mystery. In the following notes on the species of Entomostraca I have not thought it desirable to give descriptions or figures of any ex- cept entirely new species, or species new to the British Fauna. The rest have been sufficiently described elsewhere. 124 mR. G. 8. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE Crass. CRUSTACEA. Division. ENTOMOSTRACA. OrpER. OSTRACODA. Famity. CYPRIDA. Genus. CYPRIS, Miiller. Cypris satina, Brady. Cypris salina, Brady. Monograph of recent British Ostracoda, p. 368, Plate XXVI., figs. 8-13. Cypris strigata, Baird. British Entomostraca, p. 157. Brady, Intellectual Observer, Vol. I. (1862), p. 452, Woodcut, fig. 6. This species I at one time supposed, with Dr. Baird, to be per- haps referable to Miiller’s C. strigata, the peculiar surface mark- ings agreeing very well with his description; but the shape and proportions of the carapace are so widely different that I now consider it quite distinct, and I am confirmed in this opinion by the fact that another species more nearly approaching the origi- nal strigata has been noticed by some continental authors. The only localities in which C. salina has yet been found are Monk- wearmouth Colliery pond, a pool about high-water mark at Warkworth (G. S. B.), and ‘pool on sea shore a little above high-water mark, at Thornton Loch, Kast Lothian, June, 1835” (Dr. Baird). Genus. CYPRIDOPSIS, Brady. Cypripopsis acuLEATA (Lilljeborg). Cypris aculeata, Norman. ‘Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, Vol. V., p. 147, Plate TII., figs. 7-10. Cypridopsis aculeata, Brady. Monograph of recent British Os- tracoda, p. 876, Plate XXIV., figs. 16-20; and Plate XXXVI., fig. 10. The genus Cypridopsis differs from Cypris in the post-abdomi- nal rami being quite rudimentary. (C. aculeata has been found SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 125 in this country in the following localities :—Brackish ditches at Gravesend (Professor T. Rupert Jones), Sutton Decoy, Suffolk (Mr. EH. C. Davison), Cowpen Marsh, near Stockton (Rev. A. M. Norman), Hylton Dene and Monkwearmouth Colliery pond (Gots. 18))e Faminy. CYTHERIDA. Genus. CYTHERE, Wiiller. CYTHERE CASTANEA, G. O. Sars. Cythere castanea, G. O. Sars. Oversigt af Norges Marine Os- tracoder, p. 32. Brady, Monograph of recent British Ostra- coda, p. 898, Plate XXVIII, fig. 27; and Plate XXXVIII., fig. 6. Occurs pretty plentifully in most of our salt-marshes. Ihave found it at Hylton Dene, Jarrow Slake, and at the mouths of the Seaton Burn, Wansbeck, Aln, and Tweed. Genus. CYTHERIDEA, Bosquet. CYTHERIDEA LITTORALIS, (Brady). Cyprideis torosa. Brady, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, Vol. VI., p. 108, Plate III., figs. 11-23. G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 51. Cytheridea torosa, Brady. Monograph of the recent British Ostracoda, p. 425, Plate XXVIII., figs. 7-12; and Plate XXXIX., fig. 5. There seems to be no valid distinction between the genus Cy- prideis, proposed by Prof. T. Rupert Jones, and the previously established genus Cytheridea, Bosquet. C. littoralis occurs often in very great abundance, and almost always in brackish water. The following are the localities where I have taken it: Slake, Seaton Sluice, mouths of the Wansbeck and Coquet; and Jarrow SE a eee 126 MR. G. 8. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE I have also seen specimens collected by the Rev. A. M. Norman from Hartlepool, the coast of Somersetshire, and Guernsey. Mr. Norman has also taken it in fresh water near Sedgefield, and Professor T. Rupert Jones in brackish water ditches at Graves- end, and in shell-sand on the Devonshire coast. I have found it abundantly in mud from the Sea of Azoff, and sparingly in gatherings from various places in the Levant. The confused synonymy of this species requires a few words of explanation. The specific name torosa was originally applied by Professor T. Rupert Jones to certain fossil carapaces found at Grays, in Essex, which we now know to be identical with the more recently described Cythere lacustris of G. O. Sars. But after preparing his first description, Professor Jones found, in ditches of brackish water at Gravesend, living specimens which he supposed to belong to the same species as his torosa. These were referred to in his ‘‘ Monograph of the Tertiary Entomos- traca,”’ published in 1856, as Cyprideis torosa. In a short paper published by myself (loc. cit.) in 1864, I adopted this view, de- cribing the recent salt-marsh species under the name Cyprideis torosa. But in the preparation of my recently published ‘‘ Mon- ograph of the Recent British Ostracoda,’ having had the ad- vantage of reference to the original type specimens of C. torosa, I found that they (the specimens from Grays) were specifically distinct from the recent brackish water species, and at the same time I became aware that G. O. Sars, not having access to Pro- fessor Jones’s ‘‘ Monograph,” had described the original C. torosa from living specimens, under the name Cythere lacustris, and had also followed me in referring the smoother littoral species to C. torosa, Jones. Under these circumstances, wishing to avoid the neediess introduction of fresh specific names, I proposed in my ‘‘Monograph”’ to retain the name torosa for the species which had already been recognised under that term by G. O. Sars and myself, as also in part by Professor Jones, allowing Sars’s name lacustris to stand for the fresh-water torose form. I was not then aware, as I now learn from Mr. Jones, that his description of the carapace was made wholly from the fossil specimens (from Grays), and the reference to the recent form (Gravesend) was SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 127 made on the ground of similarity of valves to the smoother indi- viduals of O. torosa. Subsequently the limbs of the Gravesend specimens were examined and misplaced to the fossil valves (the fossil valves of Grays and the recent carapaces of Gravesend being regarded as belonging to the same species). It seems, there- fore, unavoidable, that the term torosa must in future be applied exclusively to the fresh-water species (lacustris, Sars), and that the smooth brackish water species (torosa, Sars and Brady) must take an entirely new name: with this view, the specific name littoralis is here proposed. Genus. LOXOCONCHA. G. O. Sars. Loxoconena ELLIPTIcA, Brady. Loxoconcha elliptica, Brady. Monograph of recent British Ostra- tracoda, p. 435, Plate XXVII., figs. 38, 89, 45-48; and Plate XL., fig. 3. I first found this species in May, 1865, in pools near the mouth of the Wansbeck; and in May and July, 1867, more abundantly at Seaton Sluice. Mr. Norman has also taken it in Arnold’s pool, Guernsey. Still more recently I have found it in various localities in Ireland, and have seen it in a gathering from the estuary of the Thames. OrpDER. COPEPODA. Faminy. CYCLOPIDA. Genus. CYCLOPS, Miiller. Cyctops Lussocrt, n. sp. (Plate IV., figs. 1-8.) Superior antennee of the female fourteen-jointed, the eighth joint being incompletely divided, the last two joints the largest, seventh, ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth joints each armed with a single long apical seta, the last jot with six. Penultimate 128 wer. G. 8. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE joint of the inferior antenne bearing on the upper margin a row of eight curved sete, gradually increasing in length from the first to the last. Mandibles broad at the base.. Second pair of foot- jaws feeble and sparingly setose. Fifth pair of feet bi-articulate, cylindrical, first joint short, bearing one long seta, the last joint bearing one long and one short terminal seta. First abdominal segment bearing a small laminar appendage or rudimentary foot, which has four unequal terminal spinous sete. Caudal segmenis very long and narrow, nearly four times longer than the preced- ing abdominal segment, and above half the length of the longest apical seta. Length, 31th of an inch.* Hab.—In pools of brackish water, near the edge of the Slake at Hartlepool, June, 1866. This species is very closely allied to Cyclops insignis, Claus ; but the setose armature of the upper antenne, and the conform- ation of the rudimentary feet, are both strikingly different. The foot-jaws also seem to be much weaker, and less robustly spined. The form and proportions of the joints of the tail and upper an- tenne of C. insignis, as figured by Claus (Weiqgmann’s Archiv., 1857) are, however, precisely similar to those of the present spe- — cies. The only Entomostraca which occurred in company with it were Temora velox and Tachidius brevicornis, both purely brack- ish water species. I have pleasure in inscribing this species to Sir John Lubbock, an author who has contributed largely to our knowledge of this order. CycLops mQquoreEus, Fischer. (Plate IV., figs. 9-16). Cyclops @quoreus, Fischer. Abhandl. der Akad. der Wissen- schaft, Miinchen (1860), Band 8, p. 654, T. XX., figs. 26- 29), Upper antenne of the female six-jointed, short and stout, ra- ther densely setose along the upper margin; fourth joint the longest, third and fifth both very short, the sixth nearly as long as the fourth, and terminating in four sete. Lower antennse * This is in all cases exclusive of the tail sete. SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 129 small, three-jointed, the basal joint bearing one short apical seta, the second none, the last six curved apical sete, and a tuft of three or four—one long, the rest short—from the middle of the upper margin. Upper foot-jaw stout and powerfully clawed ; lower, weak, slender, bearing three long terminal sete and se- veral shorter marginal ones. Mandibles small, and slenderly toothed. First four pairs of feet alike; branches short, and nearly equal, the joints very broad; marginal spines of the in- ner branch ovate-lanceolate, divaricate. First abdominal seg- ment produced at each side into a slender projecting angle from which springs a short bi-articulate seta, representing the fifth foot. To the second abdominal segment is attached at each side a conspicuous triangular lamina, the external margin of which bears four spines, the first and fourth (counting from above) being nearly equal, the second shorter, the third much longer and setiform: margins of the appendage finely ciliated. The lower angles of the abdominal segments are produced down- wards, appearing like slender appressed spines. Terminal or caudal segments short, bearing one short seta in the middle, and four terminal sets, the longest of which considerably exceeds the length of the abdomen. Ovisacs two. Hab.—Brackish pools at Seaton Sluice, Northumberland. My specimens agree so closely in many respects with the ficures and description of Cyclops aquoreus, given by Fischer, that I cannot entertain mucli doubt as to their identity. The lower antennze are, however, considerably stouter than those figured by Fischer, and are, a far as I can make out, only three- jointed; the spinous armature of the triangular abdominal ap- pendage of Fischer’s specimens also slightly differs from that of mine. It appears to me that the small bi-articulate cylindrical appendage, attached just above the triangular plates, is the true homologue of the fifth foot, and that these plates correspond with the very similar appendages which are found in C. Lub- bockii (fig. 6 a) attached to the segment below the last pair of feet. Fischer’s specimens were taken in ‘‘sea-water’’ at Ma- deira. Mr. Norman has specimens from a marsh in the West of Scotland. 130 we. G. S. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE Famiry. HARPACTIDA. Genus. TACHIDIUS, Lilljeborg. Superior antenne short, having no flagellum; in the male bearing a vesiculiform appendage, and hooked at the extremity, in the female stout, and densely setose. Lower antenne small, two-branched ; secondary branch small. First four pairs of swimming feet alike, two-branched ; each branch tri-articulate ; fifth pair rudimentary, and composed of a single setose lamina. One eye. Ovisac single. TacHIDIUS BREVICORNIS (Miiller). (Plate V., figs. 1-9.) Cyclops brevicornis, Miller. Entomostraca, p. 118. Tachidius brevicornis, Lilljeborg. De Crust. ex Ord. trib., p. 196, Tab. XXII., figs. 12-16; Tab. XXIII, figs. 1, 2, 9; and Tab. XXIV., figs. 17, 18. Body gradually tapering from the head downwards; lower edge of each segment distinctly pectinated ; head beaked. First segment of the cephalothorax equal in length to the following three. Superior antenne of the female (fig. 4) swollen at the base, the last five joints suddenly narrower, last joint excessively small, penultimate longer than any of the three preceding; the whole antenna densely clothed with long sete on its upper mar- gin, some of the sete being strongly plumose, or even almost spinous. Superior antenna of the male (fig. 3) bearing, towards the apex, a large vesiculiform sac from the upper margin of which spring a strong curved spine and three long sete; the apex of the antenna forming a strong claw or hook. Lower antenne (fig. 5) two-jointed, the basal joint bearing a small, slender, secondary branch. Third foot-jaw (fig. 6) tri-articulate, slender, chelate. Four pairs of swimming feet (fig. 7), all alike, two- branched, each branch three-jointed. Fifth pair (fig. 9) squa- mous, bordered with long spiniform sete. Terminal joints of the abdomen very short (fig. 8); internal (longer) sete of the tail about half the length of the body, external setx half the SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 131 length of the internal, beset along nearly their whole length with short cilia. Length, ¢s5th of an inch. Hab.—Brackish pools at Hartlepool, and in Hylton Dene, near Sunderland, county of Durham; and at Seaton Sluice, Northum- berland. From the close agreement of my specimens, in most respects, with the figures and descriptions given by Lilljeborg, I have no doubt that they are referable to Tachidius brevicornis, though I have not been able to make out precisely the structure of some of the appendages of the mouth. A species closely allied to the present, 7. minutus, has recently been degeribed by Prof. Claus.* GENUS. DACTYLOPUS, Claus. General conformation of the body as in Canthocamptus. Su- perior antenne mostly eight-jointed, armed with a flagellum ; secondary branch of the lower antennz three-jointed. Lower foot-jaws large, subchelate. Both joints of the first pair of feet tri-articulate, armed with digitiform terminal setx, internal branch prehensile, its first jomt much elongated, apical joint very short. DactyLopus TIsBoIDES, Claus. Dactylopus tisboides, Claus. Die frei lebenden Copepoden, p. 127, Taf. XVI., figs. 24-28; and Die Copepoden-Fauna von Nizza, p. 27, Taf. IIl., figs. 1-7. (Not of Brady, In- tellectual Observer, Vol. VII., p. 22.) Body rather broad and massive, often marked with reddish- brown blotches. Head produced into a short, conical beak. Upper antenne of the female short and densely setose along their whole length, nine-jointed (eight-jointed, Claus), tapering gradually from the base, the penultimate and ante-penultimate joints very short. In the male the joints are twisted, and con- stricted at the sutures ; no vesculiform swelling. The secondary branch of the lower antenna is armed with four setz along its upper margin, and three terminal sete. Last joint of the lower * Die Copepoden-Fauna von Nizza, p. 24. 132 mR. G. S. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE foot-jaw having its margins nearly equally arched, lower margin bearing in the middle a long seta, with several minute ones in front of it; claw long and slender. First pair of feet strong, outer margins of the two branches densely setose and spinous ; outer branch very much shorter than the inner; the long branch bearing on its inner margin a single long plumose seta, which never reaches much beyond the base of the terminal spines. Fifth pair of feet somewhat larger, and less angular in the fe- male than the male, bearing several long apical sete. Abdomen broad, its last segment short; caudal segments also very short, inner tail-setze fully two-thirds the length of the body, outer seta about half their length. Length, #;th of an inch. Hab.—In rock pools at Roker, county of Duriam; and the Great Isle of Aran, Galway Bay. Also in pools of brackish water at Seaton Sluice, Northumberland. This species is less common than that which I at one time supposed to be referable to D. tisboides, and which I published under that name in the ‘‘ Intellectual Observer’’ (loc. cit.). The form of D. tisboides found in brackish water differs remarkably from the marine form in the strength of the spinous and plumose armature of the limbs. I do not know that this variation is pro- duced by difference of habitat, my observation of the species not having been extensive enough to assure me that a similar variety may not be found in truly marine situations. The following re- marks of Dr. Claus on a similar variation in one of a nearly allied genus, will, however, be read with interest :—‘‘ The stronger, and, on the average, the larger form of Harpacticus niceensis has a heavy, strong body, ill-bred apparently, inactive, and wanting in mobility; the antenne clumsy, with their third and fourth joints short and thick, the second joint very long; the second foot-jaw ends in a strong, massive, clasping hand; the first pair of feet are armed with doubly curved claws; the feet, especially the last pair, are strong and clumsy, all the sete showing a ten- dency to become plumose. The smaller and slenderer breed has larger antenne, the third and fourth joints of which are much elongated ; the prehensile apparatus of the foot-jaws and first pair of feet more slender; and there is also a much slimmer, SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 133 slenderer form of the limbs. In general structure and conform- ation of body, in the peculiar arrangement of sete, the serra- tion of the abdominal segments, in short, in those points where distinct species mostly diverge, there is here a striking agree- ment. * * After diligent enquiry, these differences remained unexplained ; and I was inclined to consider them as mere in- dividual variations. But further investigation of all parts of the body convinced me that two distinct forms, with qualities diversely useful, had originated two separate races, one slen- der, swiit, and agile, the other clumsy in figure, but robust and powerfully armed. The two races are so far separate that inter- mediate individuals, partaking of the characters of both, are not met with. The upper antenne, however, in each case, show a tendency to similar variations: at the same time these variations are not so profound that they might not have been acquired singly, or in combination. The differences in the relative size of the claws and prehensile organs may be traced back to the youngest stages of growth, * *“ * Many species may, no doubt, have been founded on characters no more distinct than these, and on mere deviation of character in the joints, which a critical investigation would prove to be worthless.”* It may be noticed that many of the peculiarities here pointed out by Dr. Claus—especially the strong, doubly-curved claws of the first feet in the stronger, and the very slender, simply-curved claws in the weaker, form—have their exact counterparts in the two varieties of D. tisboides here referred to. GENUS. DELAVALIA,} nov. gen. In general form like Dactylopus. Superior antenne eight- jointed, having no flagellum. Inferior antennz bearing a bi- articulated secondary branch. First pair of feet two-branched, *** Die Copepoden-Fauna von Nizza. Ein Beitrag zur Charakteristik der Formen und deren Abinderungen. ‘im sinne Darwin’s’” yon Dr. C, Claus. Marburg und Leipzig, 1866. See also an Abstract of Dr. Claus’s Memoir, by the present author, in the ‘‘ Intellec- tual Observer, Vol. X., p. 327. + From Seaton Delaval, near which place the genus was first found. 134 mR. G. S. BRADY ON THE CRUSTACEAN FAUNA OF THE the external branch three-jointed, the mternal two-jointed, not prehensile ; both branches of the three following pairs tri-artic- ulate ; fifth pair rudimentary, foliaceous. Two ovisacs. This genus differs from Dactylopus and Thalestris chiefly in the structure of the first pair of feet, one or both branches of which are, in those genera, prehensile. The absence of a flagel- lum in the upper antenna, and the presence of two ovisacs con- stitute. further distinctive characters. | DELAVALIA PALUSTRIS, 0. sp. Body of the female robust, the segments not pectinated on their lower margins. Upper antenne short, densely setose on the superior margin, gradually tapering to the ap2x, last joint slender, longer than any of the preceding. Superior margin of the apical joint of the lower antenne pectinately setose; the last three setz longer than the rest, and almost spinous; apex bearing five or six long curved sete; secondary branch slender, bi-articulate. The two branches of the first pair of feet nearly equal in length; the inner bi-articulate, its apical joint narrow, and much longer than the basal, terminating in two long sub- equal spinous sete; external branch composed of three nearly equal joints, the last terminating in two sete, like those of the inner branch. Both branches of the second, third, and fourth pairs tri-articulate, the outer nearly twice as long as the inner. Fifth pair of feet small, subovate, lower margin bearing about five sete. Ovisacs two, divergent. Length, s:nd of an inch. Hab.—In brackish pools at Seaton Sluice, Northumberland. Faminy. CALANIDA. Genus. TEMORA, Baird. Tremors vELOX, Lilljeborg. Temora velox, Brady. Nat. Hist. Trans. North. and Durham, Vol. I., p. 88, Plate L., fig. 16, and Plate ITI., figs. 1-11. This is the most abundant of all the brackish-water Copepoda. SALT-MARSHES OF NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 1385 { have taken it in great numbers at Hylton Dene; also at Hart- lepool, Seaton Sluice, Alnmouth, and Burgh Marsh, near Car- lisle. Myr. Norman finds it in a similar situation in the Isle of Cumbrae. I have only once noticed it in the open sea, and then only one or two specimens were taken; this was on the coast near Sunderland Docks. Genus. DIAS, Lilljeborg. Dias tonerremis, Lilljeborg. Dias longiremis, Brady. Nat. Hist. Trans. North. and Durham, Vol. I., p. 85, Plate I., fig. 14; and Plate IT., figs. 11-18. D. longiremis has occurred in brackish water at Alnmouth, and at Burgh Marsh Cumberland ; but is more abundant and of much ‘finer growth in the open sea. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE IY. CycLors LuBBOCKII. Pig. 1. Upper antenna of female, x 210. Fig. 2. ai A male, x 210 Fig. 3. Lower antenna, x 210. Fig. 4. Upper foot-jaw, x 210. Big. 5. Lower foot-jaw, 400. Fig. 6. Fifth foot of male, x 400. Vig. Ga. Appendage of first abdominal segment, x 400. Fig. 7. Upper abdominal segments of male, x 210. Rig. 8. Tail, x 210. CYCLOPS MQUOREUS. Fig. 9. Upper antenna of female, x 210. Fig. 10. Lower antenna, x 210. Fig. 11. Mandible, x 210. 136 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Lower foot-jaw, x 210. Upper foot-jaw, x 210. Foot of first pair, x 210. Abdomen and lower segments of sephalonee ax, X 120. Foot of fifth pair, x 210. PLATE V. TACHIDIUS BREVICORNIS. Female seen from below, x 85. Male seen from side, x 85. Superior antenna of male, x 400. $5 Fy female, x 400. Inferior antenna, x 400. Third foot-jaw, x 210. Foot of second pair, x 210. Extremity of abdomen, x 210. Fifth foot of female, x 210. DELAVALIA PALUSTRIS. Female seen from side, x 85. Superior antenna of female, x 210. Inferior antenna, x 210. Foot of first pair, x 210. iss fourth pair, x 210. is fifth pair, x 210. Nat. Hest. Trans. N 2D). Vol HE PL IV’ OO te hag? Ps Bs Pit fe f Laces # i —— 1 W. West, inp G@ S$. Brady, delt. Nat. Hist. Trans. Ne D. Vol. Il PU V- a if a ryvareye pacer E IRE Se ae = 2 ivan nl OPN ee TRI Pere SO tg ease ne i ca a W. West, unp. pa CN aN, ‘ t A CATALOGUE OF THE INSECTS, ETC. 137 VI.—A Catalogue of the Insects of Northumberland and Durham (Acutzate Hymenoprera). By THomas Jonn Bop, Vicr- PRESIDENT OF THE TynESIDE Naturatists’ Fir~p Cuvus. Tuts division of the large order Hymenoptera, the Aculeata, is so called because in it the females and workers, or neuters, of the social species are furnished with an aculeus or sting. It in- cludes the Ants, Sand and Wood Wasps, Wasps, and Bees, all pre-eminent amongst insects for the wonderful development of their instincts. The economy of the Ant has been an object of wonder from the earliest times; its industry and forethought have become proverbial. The assiduity with which it seeks out food for its young, and its methodical manner of carrying it home, are equally worthy of our admiration. ? vo ’ ; BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 223 on the 22nd; at Otterburn on the 21st and 22nd; at North Shields on the 20th and 80th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, . on the 20th and 20th. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Otterburn on the 20th; at Alston on the 21st; at Wallington on the 20th, 21st, and 22nd; at Greta Bridge on the 21st. The health of the population of the country generally was very satisfactory, and a very low rate of mortality marked the second quarter of 1868 equally with the first quarter of the year. The prevalence of scarlatina again very seriously affected the number of deaths in the counties of Durham and Northumberland, the estimated population and the death rate being as follows :— Estimated Annual Rate Population to 1000 living for Deaths. for second middle of three months 1868. 1868. Neweastle (Borough boundaries) ...) 127,701 698 21-94 Sunderland (Municipal boundaries) | 108,762 636 23°45 South Shields ditto 62,357 378 24°31 Gateshead ditto 41,500 236 22°81 Tynemouth ditto 39,415 226 23°00 July.— ‘A shower in July, when the corn begins to fill, Is worth a plough of oxen, and all belongs there till.” —Old Proverb. Greenwich.—The month of July was remarkably warm; the temperature on July the 22nd was as high as 96°6°, a higher temperature than was ever before recorded at Greenwich. It reached 92° on two occasions, viz., on July the 16th and 21st, and was 90° on two other days, July the 20th and 28th. In 1859 the temperature once reached 93°; and in 1846 it was once 93°3°. The mean temperature of the month was 67:5°, or 6:1° higher than the average of the preceding ninety-seven years, and 8-1° higher than July, 1867. In 1859 it was 68°1°; and in the year 2.24 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, 1778 was 67°. In all other years back to 1771 it was less than 67°. The month was therefore very remarkable for its high mean temperature, being the highest, except one, of any corre- sponding month during the preceding ninety-seven years. At Kew Observatory the highest reading of the barometer was 30-373 inches on the 24th; the lowest was on the 28th, 29°674; the mean reading for the month, 30°029 inches. The days when the amount of aqueous vapour present in the air was least were the 20th, 0:45; the 22nd, 0°48; and the 30th, 0°47: the mean for the month being 0°61; complete saturation being 1-00. At the end of July the harvest was progressing well in nearly all parts of the British Isles, and in some of the more favoured districts was well-nigh completed. The corn in most cases was well-nigh ready for thrashing and for the miller as soon as carried. There were many sudden deaths from sunstroke during the month. The want of water was severely felt, and this, com- bined with the great heat, acted injuriously to a degree proba- bly unprecedented in this country on animal and vegetable life. Pastures and grass lands were almost universally burnt up. Otterburn.—There was a sharp frost on the 28rd, and ice was formed on shallow pools of water. The thermometer fell to 36° during the night about five feet from the ground. The wind was from the N. The highest readings of the thermometer for the month were 77° on the 8rd, 78° on the 21st and 22nd, and 79° on the 28th. The lowest were 36° on the 28rd, and 88° on the 24th. Wallington.—The continuous drought has had a most destruc- tive effect on the moles. The ground was dried for a depth of more than two feet. Hundreds of moles were found in the woods and fields, having died in their search for food. Snails and slugs, except in damp places, were almost exterminated ;—a circumstance whereat farmers and gardeners may rejoice. On the 24th the temperature at night fell to 82°; on the 25th and 26th to 31°. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A< 225 Wylam.—An exceedingly fine month, but very dry. Several humming-bird hawk-moths about the garden. Barometer very steady, with a slight tendency downward, from the beginning to the end of the month. Mean height of barometer 30-067 inches. Mean temperature of month ...................00ee000. 61-738°. Witton of thirteen years... khe isc eslelotelethide ye be 58°84°. I Dpqef 2115) (Ole TNE e oa aanemcioe ydade dacps conned icoGHd Abe to: 2°89°. Mean direction of wind, E., 88° S. Rain fell on four days: amount, 0°57 inch. Mean height of river °93 foot. The highest temperature of the year was on the 28th, when the maximum thermometer marked 87°. Stamfordham.—The highest readings of the thermometer for the month were on the 2nd, 823°; the 15th, 873°; and the 22nd, Sie: Darlington.—Hot dry weather throughout. On the 16th a heavy fall of more than three-quarters of an inch of rain occurred. THUNDER was heard, but lightning was not seen, at Allenheads on the 22nd; at Alston on the 28th; at Bywell on the 5th; at North Shields on the 15th and 28th; at Seaham on the 28th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 6th and 22nd. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Otterburn on the 28th; at Allen- heads on the 28th; at Wallington on the 28th; at Bywell on the 28th; at North Shields on the 5th and 6th ; at Seaham Har- bour on the 28th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 28th. August.— ‘¢ All the tears St. Swithin can cry St. Bartlemy’s mantle wipes dry.” —Old Proverb. Greenwich.—The beginning of the month of August was of high temperature. On the 5th the maximum temperature was Pp 226 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, 901°. The mean temperature for the month (63°6°) was high, but not remarkably so. In the ninety-seven years back to 1771 there were nine other instances of a temperature as high, or higher, viz., 1779, 1780, 1800, 1802, 1807, 1818, 1819, 1842, 1856. The mean temperature was 2°9° higher than the average of the preceding ninety-seven years, and higher than in any year as far back as 1857. At Kew Observatory the variations in the readings of the baro- meter were greater and more numerous than in July. The mean height for the month was 29°877 inches. The days when there was least moisture in the air were the 2nd and 4th; the proportion being 0:47 on each of those days. There was most humidity on the 13th and 17th, when 0°96 and 0:95 were re- corded. The mean for the month was 0°73; complete satura- tion being 1:00. On the 27th there was a severe snowstorm and violent gale at Braemar, in Scotland. The heat elsewhere was great. Otterburn.— The month commenced with a high degree of temperature: 78° were registered on the 2nd, and 81° on the 5th. Wallington.—Owing to the welcome falls of rain which we have had this month the grass made very rapid growth, and so mitigated the fears of the farmers as to winter keep for their stock. Wylam.—A very fine month ; very warm in the beginning and end; with a good deal of wind in the latter part. From May 13th to the 19th instant we never had a fire in the drawing room at Wylam -Hall, a longer period than I remember to have passed without one. Very great abundance of mushrooms and of blackberries this year, the mushrooms selling for 14d. per quart. The early trains brought baskets of them to Newcastle by trucks full in the mornings. Very few wasps. BY THE BEV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 227 Barometer very steady. Mean height of barometer, 29-790 inches. Mean temperature of month ./.......5....2.0.cccene%0- 61:03°. Ditto of thirteen Wearsiessas. sc. scan tacsenaeteoct 58-96°. HI COSSHOE MOO Sistas sadnsciieci iss cee ncteaceiscce PUT: Mean direction of wind, 8., 22° W. Rain on eight days: amount, 2:23 inches, Mean height of river 1:27 feet. Stamfordham.—The highest temperatures recorded were 88° on the 2nd, and 85° on the 5th, Darlington.—The 2nd was the warmest day of the month, On the 6th there was some rain at night ; four days of fine wea- ther followed; showery from the 11th to the 15th, then fine to the 22nd; the 28rd, 24th, and 25th showery; then fine to the end of the month. Sonar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 16th. LIGHTNING was seen, but thunder was not heard, at Alston on the 6th; at Whitley on the 22nd. THUNDER was heard, but lightning was not seen, at Allenheads on the 15th, at North Shields on the 15th; at Whitley on the 15th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 17th. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Allenheads on the 11th; at Alston on the 11th and 15th; at North Sunderland on the 6th and 11th; at Wallington on the 6th and 15th; at Bywell on the 11th; at Horsley, near Wylam, on the 15th; at Neweastle-on-Tyne on the 6th; at Whitley on the 5th and 6th; at North Shields on the 5th; at Seaham on the 5th and 6th; at Acklam, near Mid- dlesbro’, on the 6th and 11th, September.— ** September blow soft till the fruit ’s in the loft.” —Old Proverb, Greenwich.—The month of September was warm throughout, 228 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, particularly at the beginning: on the 7th the maximum tempera- ture reached 92°1°. In 1846 the highest temperature recorded in September was 85°4°; and in the warmest September on re- cord, that of 1865, it was only 86°. The mean temperature for the month was 60°5°, being 3°4° lower than 1865, and 1°8° lower than in 1815, and nearly the same as in the years 1779, 1795, 1818, 1846, and 1858; whilst in all the other years since 1771 the temperature has been be- low 60°. The mean temperature was 4° higher than that of the preceding ninety-seven years. The temperature for the quarter ending September 30th was 63°9°, which is greatly in excess of the average. The average daily excess of temperature was nearly 4°, and for the two hun- dred and sixty-three days from January the 12th to September the 80th, was 3}° daily. In no year since 1771 has the excess of temperature been so large and for so long a period. The year 1779, however, closely approximated to it. At Kew Observatory the highest reading of the barometer for the month was on the 9th, 80°319 inches; the lowest reading was on the 30th, 29°289 inches: the mean for the month was 29-829 inches. ba The variations in the humidity of the atmosphere were consi- derable. The greatest dryness was 0°51 on the 13th; the 25th showed the least, 0°94. The mean for the month was 0°74; complete saturation being 1:00. Towards the end of the month heavy rain fell in nearly every part of the country. Ponds and wells re-commenced to yield the usual supply of water ; rivers and streams were filled. Wallington.—We had an abundant fall of rain this month, and it penetrated far down into the soil. Grass has made extraor- dinary progress. On one occasion a growth of an inch was marked in the course of twenty-four hours. Wylam.—Very warm during the first week ; then much cooler, with a good deal of rain, generally falling in the night. ii a BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. { 229 Barometer pretty steady, falling gradually from the middle to the end. Mean height of barometer, 29°831 inches. Mean temperature of month ................eeseeceeees 56°83°. Ditiororthinteemajearsuseo sea. ceacete eee eens 54°72°. HKcCesstot SCS ei cmscis: sticn cee cen. cee stom eee sets 2-11°. Mean direction of wind, E., 36° S. Rain on thirteen days: amount, 4°26 inches. Mean height of river 2°12 feet. Stamfordham.—During September the following high readings of the thermometer were recorded :—77° on the 4th; 80° on the 5th ; 833° on the 6th; and 85° on the 7th. Whitley.—The first seven days of the month were very warm. On the 7th the temperature rose to 82° on a north wall under shade. After the 7th a great change took place from that day to the 28th; the weather was cold and strong, winds chiefly from the north and east were prevalent. Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—On the 6th the thermometer rose to 85° on a north wall. A very fine meteor was seen during the evening of the 8th passing from N.W. to N.E. in a horizontal direction. Darlington.—Fine to the 8th; showery for next three days; then fine to the 20th; the rest of the month wet throughout. AvROR= were seen at Wallington on the 5th; at North Shields on the 15th and 18th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 8th. LiGHTNING was seen, but thunder was not heard, at Alston on the 26th; at Wallington on the 21st and 26th; at Whitley on the 7th. THUNDER was heard, but lightning was not seen, at Alston on the 18th, 25th, and 29th; at Wallington on the 20th and 29th; at Whitley on the 25th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 19th, 20th, and 27th. 230 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Alston on the 20th; at North Sunderland on the 7th; at North Shields on the 20th and 26th ; at Whitley on the 80th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 11th, 20th, and 29th. The mortality in the quarter ending with September 30th was, unlike that of the two previous quarters of the year, considerably above the average. The annual rate for country parishes for the summer quarter (July, August, and September) is seventeen ; that of the chief town districts is twenty-two to the one thousand living. In 1868 these numbers rose to twenty and twenty-six respectively. It will be noted how much in excess of these numbers was the rate of mortality in the chief towns of the North. That the peculiar state of the weather, the causes of which it is the high province of the meteorologist to trace out, was the cause of some of this great increase is not open to dispute. But after making every allowance on that score, there cannot be the smallest doubt but that a very large number of persons perished from disease induced by causes strictly within the con- trol of the public authorities, but which too often they lack the power to remove. Diarrhea was very prevalent throughout the kingdom. Our own locality suffered severely from it. One hundred and twenty- two deaths from that cause were recorded in Newcastle, and sixty-nine in Sunderland. Scarlatina was also very prevalent. Taking the population at the numbers already given, the death- rate for the quarter per thousand living will be for Neweastle- upon-Tyne, 27°44; Sunderland, 27:10; South Shields, 31-30; Gateshead, 81:07; Tynemouth, 25-97. October.— ‘© A good October and a good blast, To blow the hog acorn and mask.” —Old Proverb, Greenwich.—A change came o’er the scene with the beginning of October, and we can no longer speak, as in all the previous BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 231 months of the year, of an excess of temperature. The mean temperature of October was 47°9°, being 1°8° lower than the average of ninety-seven years, and lower than the corresponding temperature of any year as far back as 1852. At Kew Obser- vatory the mean height of the barometer was 29-939 inches. © The lowest mean for the month (29°499 inches) was on the 24th; the highest mean reading was 80-291 inches on the 28th. The mean degree of humidity for the month was 0°81. The days of least moisture were the 2nd, 27th, and 29th; the amounts on those days being 0°69, 0°69, and 0-64 respectively. The days of greatest humidity were the 12th and 24th, when 0:98 were recorded ; complete saturation, 1-00. Byrness.—A mock sun was seen on the 23rd. Wylam.—Very fine month, with barometer steady till the morning of the 24th at 8, when it stood at 29°505, and then fell to 28°670 at 6 p.m., and rose to 29°541 at 8 a.m. of the 25th. This sudden depression was attended by a violent gale almost everywhere ; and on the afternoon of the 24th shocks of an earthquake were felt near Mallow, in Iveland. Mean height of barometer, 29-848 inches. Mean temperature of month ..........0...-s.eceeeesee 45°31°. Ditto Of thirteen veaes ics sc. these see. aacee: es 48-06°. Deficiency rol SOSiy i) sese asses aie eeereey eee 2°75°. Mean direction of wind, W., 10° S. Rain on eleven days: amount, 1°31 inches. Mean height of river 2°54 feet. Whitley.—A sharp frost, the first of the season, occurred on the 18th, and lasted until the 20th. Darlington.—First two days fine; heavy rain on the 8rd. Except some showers on the 6th, 13th, 21st, 24th, and 29th, the rest of the month was fine. A strong gale of wind on the 25th. 232, , .¢ METWOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, North Shields—A very remarkable and violent outbreak of fever;.of a typhoid character, occurred in North Shields about October the 15th, and was very severe by the 17th or 18th. The fever was very local. The whole of the affected district was in the higher part of the town, very much above the sea or river level. The cause does not seem far to find. The table of rainfall will give the key by which it may be discovered. A very long period of drought was followed by sudden falls of heavy rain. On September the 25th there was a fall of nearly an inch (0:96), and again another fall of nearly three-quarters of an inch on October the 8rd; and, as Dr. Bramwell well remarks in a paper read before the Northumberland and Durham Medical Society —‘‘To these falls acting on ground unmoistened for months, and passing through imperfectly sluiced drains, rousing into an active state the excrementitious matters lodging on the ground the outbreak is to be ascribed.’’ ‘The period between the heavy rainfall and the outbreak of the fever would ‘just leave the necessary time for these putrefactive matters, thus roused into activity, to be carried into the human frame and generate the fever, very possibly the drain poison acting more especially on those persons drinking water to some extent con- taminated.’’ It should be added, that from local circumstances the drains in the lowest parts of the town, where the fever did not prevail, would always have a larger flow of water through them than those in the high level districts. This will serve to illustrate one of the uses of meteorological observations. A care- ful study of the rainfall returns will enable the local authorities to guard against a similar calamity for the future, at any rate to a great extent, by ascertaining when it becomes necessary to force a supply of water through the sewers over and beyond that provided in ordinary times. Independently of the suffering oc- casioned to those who survived the attacks of the fever, probably nearly sixty persons died from that cause from the commence- ment of the outbreak up to the end of the first week in December. AvuRoR= were seen at Wallington on the 19th; at Bywell on the 19th, 21st, and 22nd; at Alston on the 22nd; at Seaham BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 233 Harbour on the 22nd; at Acklam, near Middlesbro’, on the 19th, 22nd, and 24th. Ligutnine was seen, but thunder was not heard, at Walling- ton on the 16th; at Allenheads on the 16th, 17th, and 28rd; at Alston on the 16th; at Whitley on the 23rd. THUNDER was heard, but lightning was not seen, at Byrness on the 16th; at Otterburn on the 16th; at Wallington on the 16th; at Allenheads on the 16th; at Horsley, near Wylam, on the 16th; at Neweastle-on-Tyne on the 16th; at North Shields on the 16th; at Seaham on the 16th. THUNDERSTORM occurred at Whitley on the 16th. Harn fell at Byrness on the 18th; at Wallington on the 29th; at Alston on the 7th; at Whitley on the 16th; at North Shields on the 16th; at Seaham Harbour on the 17th and 18th; at Sea- ham on the 16th. Snow fell at Byrness on the 21st: at Alston on the 11th. November.— ‘November take flail, let ships no more sail.” — Old Proverb. Greenwich.—The mean temperature was 41:5°, being 0-9° lower than the average of ninety-seven years, 0°1° higher that of the preceding year, but 2:8° lower than the corresponding tem- perature in 1866. For the sixty-one days, October the 1st to November the 80th, the average daily deficiency of temperature was 2°. Byrness.—A splendid lunar rainbow was seen on the Ist. Stamfordham.—The thermometer recorded a temperature of 65° on the Ist. Wylam.—aAn exceedingly gloomy month; not much wind. The November atmospheric wave was very conspicuous, com- mencing to rise from 29°266 on the 8rd, till it reached 80-645 234 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, (the highest reading of the year) on the 18th, at 9 a.m., then gradually falling to 30-163 on the 20th, and then suddenly to 28-760 on the 22nd, from whence it rose again suddenly for two days and then more gradually. On the day of greatest depres- sion (the 22nd) shocks of an earthquake were felt at Waterloo, near Liverpool. Mean height of barometer, 29-999 inches. Mean temperature of month) (......0...00 02532 s.ce thee. 39°52°. Dittocof thirteen, yearse.ce ioe. soeu eves een eeneeee 41°10°. Decreasecot LEGS ws ccs aisane coca stealer canton wat 1:58°. Mean direction of wind, K., 26° N. Rain on twelve days: amount, 2°46 inches. Mean height of river 2°91 feet. Darlington.—A very changeable month. A day or two fine and then rain. The closing days were fine. Lunar Hatos were seen at Wallington on the 29th; at North Shields on the 25th and 28th; at Seaham Harbour on the 25th. Sotar Hazos were seen at Byrness on the 29th; at Walling- ton on the 20th. LIGHTNING was seen, but thunder was not heard, at Walling- ton on the 5th; at Alston on the 8rd and 138th. THUNDER was heard, but lightning was not seen, at Greta Bridge on the 10th. Hain fell at North Shields on the 4th, 7th, and 9th; at Ack- lam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 8th, 9th, and 10th. Snow or Sueet fell at North Sunderland on the 9th; at Wal- lington on the 6th; at Horsley, near Wylam, on the 6th; at North Shields on the 6th and 9th; at Whitley on the 6th, 7th, and 8th; at Seaham Harbour on the 6th, 7th, and 9th; at Ack- lam, near Middlesbro’, on the 8th, 9th, and 10th; at Greta Bridge on the 7th and 9th. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 235 December. — ‘¢ He who sows his land trusts in God.” —Spanish Proverb. Greenwich.—Tho mean temperature of December was 46:0°, being 6°9° higher than the average of ninety-seven years, and higher than any corresponding temperature in the period 1771 to 1867, with the sole exceptions of 1806 and 1852, when 46-8° and 47°6° were respectively recorded. The rainfall in December (54 inches) was the greatest in quan- tity ever recorded for that month at the Royal Observatory. The mean. daily readings of the barometer during December were with one exception below the average, on two occasions being over an inch in defect. On the 24th the reading recorded was 28°53, being the absolute minimum in 1868, and the mean value for this day was as much as 1-22 in defect of the average. The mean reading for the month was 29°38 inches; the average for December is 29°83 inches. The mean reading for December, 1868, were therefore 0-45 inches below the average. The range was 1-64 inches. The lowest mean reading in any month, back to 1841, was 29-40 inches in January, 1865. The other instances of mean readings below 29°50 inches were 29°44 inches in October, 1841 and 1865 ; 29:47 inches in November, 1852, and January, 1856; and 28-49 inches in December, 1860. Violent gales were experienced on the 27th and 28th, and pressures of thirty to the square foot were recorded. Horsley, near Wylam.—On the 27th the barometer stood at 28°12 in the morning, and fell to 27-98 during the day, the low- est reading observed for seven years. Wylam.—December was an exceedingly changeable month, one day very fine, the next very coarse, and the next fine again. A great deal of wind. The barometer only on one day (the 19th) rose above 29:97, the mean height at the sea-level, and was throughout the month in a most disturbed condition, its general tendency being downward from the beginning to the 236 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, end of the month. On the 27th, at 3 p.m., it stood at 28°168, which I believe is the lowest reading I ever took: there were violent gales on that day in the Channel and South of England. _ The mean height of the barometer was 29°332, which a glance at the diagram annexed will show to be a remarkable departure from the comparatively even mean height of the year. Mean temperature.of month) aa .ncaecaess: cose ctl 41°85°. Dittovor thirteew years. c bss scn-c isso seers 40-199°. Mixcessolt8G8is. (od.a5se. fee ecence seus eae aes 1-66°. Mean direction of wind, S., 33° W. Rain on twenty-four days: amount, 3°93 inches. Mean height of river 3°69 feet. I subjoin, in a tabular form, the monthly meteorological ob- servations quoted above, and append to them, as the readiest mode of engaging the comprehension, a diagram of the action of the thermometer, barometer, and the wind. The first, showing a comparison of the monthly temperatures of 1868, with those of the last thirteen years (1868 included) at Wylam, which will be examined with some interest from the ex- ceptionally high temperature of 1868. The second diagram, that of the barometer, is chiefly remark- able for the great depression during the month of December. The third diagram, of the wind, is only interesting to a limited extent, the situation of Wylam being by no means favourable for observations on the wind ; even the higher clouds from which I generally note its course being, in some measure, I suspect, influenced by the valley and river, while the force is not mea- sured at all, and the amount of each wind, which ought to con- sist of its direction multiplied by its force, having been assumed to be of equal force, is not correct. I should not have intro- duced it here but to point out how very valuable a set of wind tables, of somewhat similar design, would be, if framed on ob- servations made on high open ground like Kenton, Earsdon, &c., with an anemometer (Robinson’s, e.g.,) to note the amount of each wind, as well as a good vane to indicate its direction. These two quantities multiplied together would give the value 237 BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. f the resultant wind from 100 oO t ina such data would be highly interesting. of each wind, and the determ 09-6 GL-T 68-1 CTE “‘soypuy “yuMouLy ‘pvoytoao | oustoyoqd spno[9 eee eee feces “8981 jo *S98T jo ssooxt 6L-LV 6L-0F OL-1P 90-87 GL-FS 96-89 78-89 F0-L9 Pé-1¢ 18.9F L9-0F F6-88 70-L& *savodk eT jo suvoyy 08-8F C8-1P 69-68 18-7 68-9¢ 60-19 61-19 86-19 VI-¥G 89.97 €0-P7 VI-SP LY-8E “UvOTL GE-LG 06-17 €1-SP IL-F9 10-99 G8-0L 9L-TL 66-89 89-89 09-F¢ 91-69 91-67 TL-¥ “XU ‘Guvey ATHUOM) WALANONYIHL 91-TF “UTA F98.66 GEE-66 666-66 898-66 T&8-66 062-66 290-06 F20-06 766-66 616-66 918-66 068-66 991-66 ‘MW'V 6 *TOPAWIOIV | “* STRqOT, pue suvoyy “ Taquleoaq “+ TaqULOAON sree 19q000Q) "+ Taquiaydeg vere aSn Sy pureisiue sone AUTII e Heeeeeee OUP Fee OOR OLN 11 eeeeevoee judy serene UOIRAL seers KTIBNAQOT veeees ATONUUvE DIAGRAM of Temperature, Pressure, and Direction of the Air, in 1868, showing also the difference of the mean Monthly Temperatures of 1868 from the Mean Monthly Temperatur res of the last 18 e years (1868 included) at Wylam. The mean Monthly Barometric Pressure at 9 a.m. at ditto. ' The mean Monthly Direction of the Wind (from clouds overhead) at ditto. TEMPERA- TURE. TEMPERATURE. PRESSURE. DIRECTION. B in JResultant sum ‘ 1868. | 13 Yrs. Sl 4|58 5|52 52 allow EIS aes ecuiat Bie Brute ons Jan.... 88°47 | 37°04 | | ix Re TT LT F IE i 29-756 | AAT of obervations. Feb....| 43°14 | 38°94 | al 29°890 21 W. 3° §,—96 H t | ” 3 3 = Mar... 44°03 an : 29°816 19 ‘Apr... [ | | | 29°919 49 Ww. =100 — me | 5 ae a | ! 29°924 28. =100 8 June PANNELL 80°054 ZW. 7° N.=100 z ree Lae = July ...| 61°73 SA IGLAHE 30:067 : = 4 naa W. rm] Ang. Hana SL 29790 : a oye e Sept. teh Ace || 29'831 st in » & BE. 360 §.—83 Oct | 29:868 6 z Nov. apeaa 29:999 » £2 W. 49 S91 Dec. ...| 41°85 29-332 , £ B. 26° N50 21 . o $.=70 lean II Total of Resultant a Q ULTANTS. . cee 1 — Do. _Observations a nS METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868. 239 Darlington.—December was a wet month; only six days were clear from rain. There was a very heavy fall of snow on the 30th. Lunar Hatos were seen at North Sunderland on the 80th; at Wallington on the 2nd, 21st, 22nd, and 28rd; at North Shields on the 28rd and 27th. LigHTNING was seen, but thunder was not heard, at Horsley, near Wylam, on the 14th. THUNDER was heard, but lightning was not seen, at Allenheads on the 29th. THUNDERSTORMS occurred at Alston on the 29th; at Acklam Hall, near Middlesbro’, on the 21st. Snow fell at Byrness on the 20th, 26th, and 29th. The annual rate of mortality during the last quarter of 1868 for the country generally was 21:98 for each thousand persons living. For the fourteen great towns it was 26: for Neweastle- on-Tyne it was 27:03; Sunderland 28°31; South Shields 21°82 ; Gateshead 27:08; and Tynemouth 27°38, the population being estimated as in last quarter. The Registrar General pertinently remarks, ‘‘ When will the North undertake the noble work of saving the lives of the people? Why should industrious, pros- perous, and wealthy communities see their people perish year after year, at these appalling rates, without trying some radical and effectual measures of reform? This is not a question of mere opinion but of life and death; it is not a question of the day only, but of all time. Shall the town breeds of the North degenerate and die out or improve and live? There appears to be no dispute as to the particular measures to be adopted: why should not experiments be at once made with particular blocks of houses ?”’ RAINFALL RETURNS. There has again been an addition to the number of places from which rainfall returns have been sent in to the Club for the 240 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, year 1868; but the editor hopes that the list will be still fur- ther extended when the report for 1869 is issued. There are a few places in the neighbourhood of which it is desirable to establish additional rain guages. The sources of the North Tyne, Falstone, Bellingham, Morpeth, Alnwick, Holy Island, Cheviot, Haydon Bridge, Knaresdale, Blanchland, Me- domsley, Middleton-in-Teesdale, Bishop Auckland, Hartlepool, &e, may be mentioned as amongst the localities from which it is desirable to obtain further information. The editor will be very glad to communicate with any one resident in those neighbour- hoods, or who may have friends who would be willing to help in the work. The time and trouble taken up by the necessary attention to a rain guage is very small, and as observations accumulate it is almost always found to be a subject of growing interest. The editor is enabled, through the kindness of a member of the Club much interested in the subject, to offer to supply accu- rate guages for a very few shillings to any one who will under- take to return the record of the observations at the end of the year to the Club. The year 1868 was very remarkable for the peculiarity of the distribution of the rainfall. The earlier months of the year were considerably in excess of the average fall, while in the next three months the deficiency was very great. It will be interesting to compare the quantity of the rainfall at the following places, which have been selected because records are in the possession of the Club from each of those stations since the year 1856, when Meteorology was first practically taken in hand by the Tynzstpe Crus. The stations have also been chosen with the idea of showing the fall in each part of the counties of Northumberland and Durham. Average for 1868. E 2 Jan., Feb., Mar., April, Jan., Feb., Mar., nee m for 12 years. April. 3 NORTH. inches. inches. inches. Ibmllloyabgay SoAsbooas 7°92 8-19 0:27 TYNE VALLEY. Bywell............ 8°33 8:96 0°63 Wylam.....,.-.--- 7:30 10°36 3°06 BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 241 Average for 1868. a Jan., Feb., Mar., April, Jan., Feb., Mar., acess ae for 12 years. April. ; COAST. inches. inches. inches. Elowickseeeneces 5°81 7°66 1°85 SOUTH NORTHUMBER- LAND AND DURHAM. Allenheads ...... 16°13 23°0 6°20 Whorlton......... TOT 9°57 9-30 For May, June, and July, the returns present a very different aspect. oreo 1868. Deficiency. Whole of NORTH. inches. inches. inches. inches. al bunny ssc e-o3 8:96 2°70 6:26 + 8:0 TYNE VALLEY. Biyiweelli: sens cec 6°88 1°80 5:08 — 0-49 Wiylanarstee scsi 6°46 1:88 4-58 — 0:19 COAST EVowacloie oa: <3. 5°25 1°85 3:30 + 2:31 SOUTH NORTHUMBER- LAND AND DURHAM. Allenheads ...... 8°96 2-70 6:26 + 80 Whorlton......... 6°74 2-25 449 + 2°82 In searching for a year with which to compare the rainfall of 1868 we find that of the years 1856-1868, the year 1858 pre- sents the most remarkable features. The drought commenced early in November, 1857, and lasted eight months until July, 1858. It will be interesting to compare the rainfall for the first six months of the year, at a few selected stations, with the cor- responding period of 1858. Excess in 1858. 1868. 1868. NORTH. inches. inches. inches. ilburnieeee ree 6°47 10°04 3°57 242 1858. TYNE VALLEY. inches. Bywell........<-s. 6°87 IWiylam’. cass. ..<6s 4-77 Neweastle ...... 3°05 North Shields ... 7°28 SOUTH NORTHUMBER- LAND AND DURHAM. Sunderland...... 4°42, Durham ......... 4°85 Allenheads ...... 15°48 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, inches. inches. 12°10 5°23 11°65 6°88 9°69 5°64 9°49 2°21 7°52 3°10 11-26 6°41 25°10 9°62 The following return of the depth of water in the wells at the Low Lights, North Shields, which has been kindly furnished by J. R. Procter, Esq., will be read with interest, as bearing on the effects of the peculiar rainfall of 1868. 1868. WOE 23ft. deep. January... .. 7 a1 ; 8 ; February ... 4] 21 8 March......... 4) 20 April ......... 1] 20 6 May sackee.. 6} 20 6 June ......... 8} 20 4 Salvatore HI) August ...... iS | US) 7 September ... 2] 19 11 AAUP eS ONALO ans October ...... 7| 19 4 November ... 4/19 3 December ... 2} 19 8 B30) 12000 No. 1lft. deep. 2. ry oo OooUmnmntWmUC UNC UwDNDTlUCUMUNmNCUCOOUmCUhDSCUWhDSSC SSCULD lhe NOSE REMARKS. 15ft. deep. ioe > aa 13 6 Ue st 9 9 101 | ete Bing Bete Bin, 96 9 6 8 3 8 2 8 6 Simei 8 9 8 0 8 8 to 7 Ghee ea 7in., 8ft. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 243 THE TYNE SALMON FISHERIES. The effects of the rainfall on the produce of salmon fisheries was remarked upon in the “ Meteorological Report for 1867,” and it is very probable that the state of the fisheries in the Tyne during the years 1869 and 1870 may throw much light on this subject. The year 1868 was not a good fishery year for the river fisher- men, though very far better than the years before the recent measures for increasing the number of salmon began to take effect. Mr. George Clayton Atkinson, together with many others, considers that the deficient number of fish was in some degree to be attributed to the want of water in the river, but mainly to the great number of nets at the mouth of the Tyne and in the sea. The editor, with others who have given great attention to the subject, is decidedly inclined to attribute the short comings of the river fisheries altogether to the paucity of water in the river. The fish were observed again and again to quit the sea and make the attempt to work their way up the river and then to turn back again. The sea fishery was very productive ; and had it not been for the enterprise of the sea fishermen the public would have been deprived of a very large amount of excellent food; and surely this is the right way to look at the question, and not as between the owners of the upper waters and the fishermen at the estuary and sea. It must be remembered, too, that great as were the number of salmon captured, they were not more than some half dozen moderate sized fish which were capable of producing. It is to be hoped that ere long the Woodburn Dam will disappear, and other obstructions to the free passage of the salmon to the upper waters will be removed. Then will the Tyne have a fair chance of becoming by far the best salmon river in the United Kingdom. 244 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, TEES DISTRICT. Height of Guage above sea Above Ground MONTH. January February March eer eeeescscscee eecrecesocecces Oe eercrecccerscces eee eceresreceeccce eevee ereccccceesscece JANTEQTS fagdedbeneondabadee September October November December............0.. Oy ee rreececevecce eeeecccscree Cec ecesceres Average of Years ... Difference in 1868) from mean ...... 5 DARLINGTON, | DARLINGTON, BRINKBURN. 40 Feet ? Days on ich in Inches. fell. _ — OCOAOOWHWONDS Dia at none Cre wae es = DWAINAIW AON WR DOW® COoocooooucnucdeoeo = seers eceree veces cocece eccves DINSDALE RECTORY, near SOUTH END. DARLINGTON. 50 Feet. 40 Feet. - 1ft. Gin. 4 Feet. Days on Days on Quantity. wich Quantity. wa Quantity. ae Inches. fell. Inches. fell. 2°37 23 4°58 0°83 15 1°83 1°49 17 1°44 1°95 16 2°19 1:25 12 1°62 0°36 5 0°46 1:32 7 2°00 2°33 14 3°13 3°14 17 5°47 2°27 16 2°61 1°85 19 2°11 5°80 26 10°31 24°96 187 37°75 . 26°66 175 40°79 a6 29°25 fats 38°71 22°50 27°05 gocdon 22°11 dodose 19°26 eisioils 21°24 260000 32°83 : ddanoa 31°86 Salas 27°65 BH 25°84 181 29°92 4 years. |2 years] 10 years. —0°88 | +6 7:73 Inches. | Days. | Inches. 21°75 97 1 year, |1 year. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 245 THES DISTRICT (Continvep). ee ecee-cceecesenscecesed level eo ogcccccconcuseeccocceceee MONTH. January February Co eee cree rcesseses Cov eeecsereeses Cec ce cerecceree September October November December............... ev ereeecsvos Cece cere sereees eeeesceccees Pee esercoces ee weer e eee Pee eeeeevcee COC eee sees Bee eeereenes Cece eeseceee aoe reescesee Cee re serene Ceres ssecee Oe irri) Peewee nseeee Seer ersesees Average of Years ... Difference in 1868 from mean EAGLESCLIFFE,| DURHAM GRETA BRIDGE. near Konan ENE SEDGEFIELD. | 80 Feet. 160 Feet. 9 Inches. 1 Foot. 5 Inches. Days on Days on Days on Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. 3°22 1°56 18 2°31 22 1:13 0°68 10 1:10 14 1:93 0:97 11 1°34 19 3°29 1°61 17 3°10 18 1:10 0°89 11 117 16 0°38 0°42 5 0°39 vi 0°77 1°04 5 0°80 9 2°79 2°71 15 2°57 15 5°28 2°80 15 4°32 17 1°84 1°78 18 2°07 16 2°25 1°58 17 2°21 24 4-91 4°34 25 5°55 29 28°8h 20°38 167 26°93 206 22°24 23°23 175 25°56 238 29°42 26°67 ane 30°27 Hite PAG (bas tre |W Maen fin Ear ar as 25°57 se PRON Oe ROI Bice eee Whe Geshe Lal nea R BS DAG ay Sa acer bie Poi | ie come Per & PASC! oe Mi onmiathl Wltany eM lnc iy ton nee tS Fe lay boo PEGA Ne Gill Nica Ree Earth aL Ea) eee faced [eaten eneee oteosrsa ibid [Suna rR ERLE ae 26°74 Stall crane Neel Mencrriecaial [apoace nad 21°56 Sav Migs eansis eiianise oily tear 23°93 Pal Biigeneenenl h Parca he asnaces DATCEA Ua all ataneiael | eanan seen Maupin Maa Ae alae 25°99 23°43 171 27°08 222 13 years. 3 years. |2 years] 4 years. |2 years +2°82 —3°05 —4 |—0O'15 |—16 Inches. Inches. | Days.} Inches. | Days 246 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, WEAR DISTRICT. STANHOPE : IPIGACBitiecccececceoceceeecces CASTLE. ST. JOHN’S, WOLSINGHAM.* Height of Guageabove se] zap rext. | 927 Ret. Above Ground ........ceeeeee 3ft. 6in. ne Bie Bottle Guage. Days on Days on Days on) MONTH. Quantity. wich Quantity. we Quantity. whe Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. SANUALY, cee joc dece se ece 4°40 5:03 24 4°77 February ............-+. 4°66 2°31 18 2°16 Manchev-tencmtucaciscs 3°38 2°603 | 19 2°59 UMS TIM erate steciae'eje Serie 2°00 3°32 IY 3°27 Mlaay ee seiacncaratleler seecc 1°00 1-14 12 1-14 UM Rasa tomes deaceeae| haces 0:46 0 0°46 Dilly; ve hesauagsoecnseneess O47 0°56 6 0°56 AU SUSE score sachsen 4°75 3-485 | 12 341 September ............ 527 6°38 16 6°33 October yececcar-nesne-. 2°70 200s nels 2°103 November ............ 2°50 Oe 22 3°65 December............... 8°55 719% | 28 6°88 LS G Sire cseece 39°68 38°33 | 199 37°323 A EXOY PescnaanceouD 32°33 S20 ON PLOZ alroerce SCOR aceceenes 41°24 OOO A) Bi | cana IMSKGly eposagoocoball © scnobe 28°91 a ells eneedod Te oH Ee cagagopcoda lt icosede seh ctnan, sellh-Giocacuo Oa — IUSXO} Gsococonodpal)). .cogsae tage, IN) esoodn! Il) a06™ [Si edéane WeKeP 1 Rat Snead It. caPeeete i] Mlaeiaeaien Nl brenercaren al Imneae il Mlasaach JESS PRAGA gengancolt mmacmadane Geena lina cbscdnal |imnoo cle-ooonG IRKAOGogacassaas| | Goonees. Ni. dooaele) jcosocm. NPR Soo II eecece UBS Oi tsea waite ll Bate caterers [be berarabe ts Wilerets tere? | Garena [I erent ANS Gee witetrcis secre eects cect [es asi peal Reem eos | eters Men eevee SBS cece tec lag ee Seema pe ese ud omareerre ny | ese tuamnetteats ISD Gye elects a oevata |e asin til M fvcte daca uilll Ml eale’s a eerste ate Average of Years 37°75 34:17 | 202 | 87-324 3 years. 4 years. |4 years} 1 year. Difference in 1868) |+- 1°83 ae LG) || SO neataet from mean ...... $ | Inches. Inches. | Days. * St. John’s, Wolsingham. These Guages are not more than two feet apart on the same level. The position in which they are placed was approved by Mr. Glaisher. ‘BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. WEAR DISTRICT (Continvep). oe eceeecceceneceeseenes level eevcccescesceccccosscces MONTH. ee ecesecesseces January February March CO On ica i ir} sec c ees e reece esses eee cere sorcerers senece eee e cers omnasce cesses July August September October November December wee were scree tenes DOO ee icin] see cceeseron eee reeeercce eee renee vcce eee eres ecos pee recseseee ee ecerscoees eeeecervcoce eeececsceree see eccescece eee cee enesce eee rceescses eee eecseeses seeccscesceee Average of Years ... Difference in 1868 from mean 247 USHAW DURHAM COLLEGE, OBSERVATORY. 600 Feet. 352 Feet. 10 Inches. 4ft. 6in, Days on Days on Quantity. wn Quantity. ee Inches. fell. Inches. fell. 2°42 22 2°64 22 0-76 14 2°06 14 116 14 1°41 16 2°94 17 3°65 18 0°82 10 1:17 12 0°42 5 0°33 5 0°70 7 0-97 7 2°24 14 2-57 12 4°98 14 4°59 18 1°81 13 2°27 18 2°12 19 2°42 21 5°38 25 6°69 28 25°75 174 30°77 191 25°85 159 19°45 Sho 31°26 9 OE | hese aees 29°73 NGS | eeeecee 24°59 SRY ail lncanoeinta 28°90 Seay bles tayeieaicle 22 eO nana ieee iliesnetee PASO Bay leenseree at uecemoee 26°88 173 25°11 191 8 years. |4 years] 2 years. |1 year. —1:01 |+1 |+5°66 Inches. | Day. | Inches. SUNDERLAND: E HALL, BISHOPWEAR- MOUTH. 85 Feet. lft. 5in. Days on 7 hick Quantity. y Ait Inches. fell 1°61 15 0°86 10 1-11 9 2°23 11 1-24 9 0-47 7 101 5 2°02 10 4°13 16 2°18 13 2°52 20 4°13 29 23°51 154 24°50 134 24 144 2 years. |2 years —0°49 |+10 Inches. | Days. METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, WEAR DISTRICT (Conrinvep). SUNDERLAND—| SUNDERLAND— IPTG AC Hijeces cersoncccsacseeceres HENDON WEST HENDON | SEAHAM HALL. HILL. HOUSE. eeu ea Mr 120 Feet. 132 Feet. 100 Feet. Above Ground ........ssse00e 6 Inches. 1 Foot. 1 Foot. Days on Days on Days on} MONTH. Quantity. weed Quantity. whi Quantity. pines Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. PAMUATY) weve-ceasese-s 1°69 oil 1-71 18 1:90 16 Rebruatiysessscsnecees 0-77 13 0°73 11 0°73 7 Mianch)eciscr od bb 84 East. th 16 1:8 22 1°8 August, Hast .. 20 36 26 37 31 23 ay © 22 4%) a7 140 124 137 92 West. poiaabe: 7-67 13 14 13 13 September. West .. 6 163 82 117 81 74 93 79 7 198 1 2 ied eptember . ae e 4 4 . r. ae on z 5 ded. ed e 1b ae ee a ne Ree Days recorded...) 366 364 366 366 366 346f 366 366 343 365 366 335 305 366 283 Days recorde ovember - . a i - ; pe 48 us 48 ed | * Imperfect. ‘The last line of the Table, giving the number of days recorded, indicates the amount of imperfection in each ease. § At Allenheads, Bywell, and North Shields, all winds were referred to the four cardinal points only. Year 11°89 18 17 19 17 Whole Year. + At Durham Observatory 16 days were registered as calm, in addition to the above. eaten , vin rons Hie i aah AD Kee + Ae mAs si my viel vit Pa a Np pail oy apo Cd, sy yt 272 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, able, in its next, or in a subsequent, report, to show how these propositions accord with the phenomena exhibited in our north- ern counties, and along our extended coast-line. It is evident that should they prove generally and universally correct, their importance to all classes of the community, in a practical point of view, can scarcely be over-estimated. In recording the direction of the wind it should always be given according to the true points of the horizon, and not ac- cording to the compass points, since the compass needle, in this country, does not point to the north, and its error is perpetually altering. The cardinal points, also, fixed under vanes, are rarely correct; frequently they are very far indeed from the truth. Vanes, too, themselves are of little use ; for, unless they are frequently attended to, they grow stiff, and require a consi- derable amount of wind to move them. For all these reasons, and for others, it is far better in all cases to take the direction of the wind, whenever practicable, from the clouds, the lower stratum being regarded when different currents are prevailing in the upper regions of the atmosphere, and to refer their mo- tion to fixed points on the surface of the earth, the bearings of which from each other the observer has previously settled _ for himself. The easiest way to do this is by observing the shadow of the sun at noon, that is to say, at the instant when the sun is on the meridian of the place of observation. That will rarely be at noon by Greenwich Mean Time. The longi- tude, and the equation of time, must both be allowed for. The importance of the preceding remarks will probably be felt upon a careful scrutiny of the annexed tables, reduced from the copious returns furnished to the Club. Though, in many cases, the striking agreement of the results is most remarkable, in other cases there are anomalies which, in all probability, have arisen from some or other of the causes just indicated. NOTES ON THE FLOWERING OF PLANTS, &e. Seaham.—There was a remarkable absence of honey dew dur- ing 1868, and very little blight on either trees or shrubs, The BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 273 ash suffered least from the dry summer, and the trees retained their green foliage to the last. The elm and maple shed their leaves early; and the oak, the alder, the willow, and the beech quickly put on a brown appearance. North Sunderland.—The larch was much damaged by the great drought this summer. It made a second growth in Octo- ber in Chathill and Swinhoe woods. Lilburn Tower.—The fruit crops were generally good ; apples were, however, an exception. The crop was destroyed by frost on May the 6th. The fruit bushes were never so free from in- sects as in 1868. Carrots escaped the ravages of the wire worm. This is the first year in which Mr. Deas has succeeded in getting acrop. He attributes it to the extreme dryness of the summer. Byrness.—Hay was cut on July the 10th: very light crop. Wallington.—May.—A very severe frost on the 6th nearly destroyed all the plums and pears which were set on the wall trees. Standard apples and damsons which were in blossom were sadly injured: the later trees, however, escaped, and bore acrop. The greater part of the cherries, which were nicely set, fell off a few days after. June.—The hay crops suffered from want of rain and were below an average. The later sown turnips were a complete failure: in many places the seed remained for many weeks in the ground and only sprouted when the drought gave way. North Shields\—Snowdrops were in flower on February the 27th. Grass was cut on June the 13th. The white rose was in flower on the 15th. Cabbage rose on the 18th. Wheat was in ear on June the 22nd, and cut on July the Slst. Apples were ripe on August the 25th, and pears on the 30th. S 274 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 18368, Whitley.—Harvest general first week in August. New north- country wheat was sold in Newcastle market on August the 8th ; weight, nine stone eight pounds to the boll. Acklam, near Middlesbro’.— Ulex europea in bloom on De- cember the 27th. John Coppin, Esq., has again very kindly furnished the Club with the result of his observations on the flowering of plants, &c., in the neighbourhood of Tynemouth. ; The list is not combined with the general table, in order that ‘it may the more readily be compared with those supplied by the same able and careful observer in former years. WILD PLANTS GROWING WITHIN THREE MILES OF TYNEMOUTH, 1868. Date of Date of Flowering. Flowering. Lamium purpureum ...| Jan 8. { Viola canina ............ Mar. 20. Lamium album ......... Jan. 16. | Prunus spinosus......... Mar. 21. Tussilago farfara ...... Feb. 4. | Ranunculus arvensis...| April 5. Ranunculus ficaria...... Feb. 7. | Veronica chamedrys...| April 24. Veronica hederifolia ...| Feb. 28. | Potentilla anserina...... May Glechoma hederacea ...| Mar. 9. | Trifolium pratense...... May 1 Taraxacum officinale...| Mar. 18. | Crategus oxyacantha| May 4. Primula veris ............ Mari 32 Broomlcceessercec-ccceeece May 7. Ribes grossularia ...... Mar. 14. | Mountain Ash............ May 9 Primula vulgaris ...... Mare 6S Bl der i eacsececceecence June 4 Date of Date of Flowering. Flowering. § Snowdrop .......ceseeeee Feb. 2 | Strawherry..............- Mar. 24 Crocus—yellow ......... Feb. 10 4 Jargonelle Pear ......... April 4 Crocus—white ......... Rebel? sti@ herinyss-e.cese ene eceeeeee April 4 j Crocus—purple ......... Feb. 26 | Black Currant ......... April 7 | Red Flowering Currant Blue Hyacinth ......... April 15 {- against a wall ...... Feb. 17 | Apple Tree (Keswick : Red Flowering Currant Codline:) Ren. seneereeess April 19 standard ............0+8 Mar. 4 | London Pride............ April 28 DMatiodileyeecessecnecers Mar. 14 | Lily of the Valley ...... April 30 {| Yellow Auricula......... Mar, 60} Purple Uilacy sess April 30 Gooseberry ............004 Mar. 20 j Laburnunm ............... May 6} Red Currant ...........- Mar. 22 7 Raspberry ............... May 23 | whe endian wie 2 eae cee " i Rae an a hah alge aha ile RCM a tres hier Vianna” ile » eS we le ~ eae ad - cs = se ; ; PEWS AIAN pwien a ke oie PAL tei te Sina) | Yeseet 4a od ‘ x \ sk a rie | 4 BRIDGE, WALLINGTON. NORTH SUNDERLAND. | | RD CASTLE. Crop Gathered. In Blossom. Yield. In Blossom. Yield. Ap) Sept. 4 May 1 | dof Crops. |) ~sescccenes, | eee | (CLG) aaa reer April 18 Scarcely an May 8 Very heavy PRYOR, 2 We ocagonc6i Crop. Mea Ne en cece April 18 Half a Crop. |. “sce-s.sc2 2 nee Plu July 30 April 4 ‘Failures 0004/5 °° esses 2 eee Cu July 8 April 10 Crop good. © |” S.i.sacccene | eae Gor June 20 March 30 Crop good. Marchy:2)1) > |e aeeeneceeee eta erin se ate May 24 | Very abundant. | — -sscerees Large Crop. 1st green, May 20; Ist ripe, July 9 Stri June 30 May 8 Pa Tinie beanto || 2ds0o00e¢ Ripe June 11. good. June 22, first dish. \ 2. NORTH aan NORTH SUNDERLAND. SHIELDS. WHITLEY. 4 Cut or : Cut or Cut or : Sown. Cuitse a Yield. Gathered: Sown. Gaines 4. Yield. Bar) Shot-June SIS ee ore Good. July AT peccccceee | cvsecsceee | @0euueeve ale BREN |e abana Cutng. July} Short. | severeess | ceereeree | seeeeeees paodorhon 31. Hay | Old Land |begantocut|Very light] «+. April 15 | July 3 |2 Tons an July 6. | stacked, July Actes —— La | eet PN Sy ya | ee i ESS ana Cutng. July} Small. July 30] March 15 | Aug. 12 |32 Bolls an 31. Acre. Peas sevicwcies || cleviceecee |. ‘cejelsjleceicja ||) pcismmecielee) | Mite Neleje/ejejsietsiai ||) uele/siei9.=/cle] aig | iii aici LOCATING de ae ca Good Crop, no] +++-+++++ April 11 | Oct. 12 |4 Tons an T J: disease. ) Acre. EEE |i eezeeetee |) ceneseres | trersracsr MRM mreroncee May 41] Oct. 6 |16 ditto. Whe : Generally |begantocut|Short in straw] Aug. 8. | Oct. 15, | Aug. 2 [26 Bolls ay shot—Junel8.) July 30.| excellent 1867. Acre. quality. STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &eo. Gooseberry BIA ERDYeeetecs-eccasesecaesce0s see mcs Strawberry GRAIN, ROOT CROPS, &c. pe eeeeseccserecees wee ewer e erence see Sere ceeteeescceceeces| see eee April 12 March 16 se erscreersceee March 10 April 10 May 20 wee eeeseseseseree April 1 Spring sown. eee eee seen ne ceeneesseseeseesens Prererer errr rere eee eer) wees eee e see e ee teneccscesens 5.—STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &c. July 30. quality. Rs MIDDLESBRO’.— GRETA BRIDGE, AckLAM HALL. : SEAHAM. BARNARD CASTLE. See ere pecs. ae . In Blossom. Yield. In Blossom. es Yield. poke Blossom. Nee Crop Geibered: Tn Blossom. Yield. In Blossom. Yield. April 26 Good Crops. April 26 Good. May 10 Sept. 4 May 1 tO CHO, |! —__cooncon Sa April 18 Good Crops. April 15 INEMbiEhaeer || = —sonsso005 |i] Gocanneeo April 18 Scarcely an May 8 Very heavy EVER 1 grenoennn Crop. April 14 Moderate. April 4 Fair average. seveserse | tawenenee April 18 Elalivai Crops || gee -cereets 0 nl |e i March 28 Rather short. April 26 Scarce. April July 30 April 4 Failure, ~ |) cance | ee April 18 Fine Crops. April 6 Good. April 20 Juy 8 April 10 Crop.good:.. ||) —-..2¢..... |e March 28 Good Crops. March 10 Good. April 20 June 20 March 30 Crop good. March 2 4 Bese May 22 Very good May 18 Good. Atpril RE es sens siee May 24 Very abundant. | — .sescoee Large Crop. Ist Crops. Brean May 20) a stripe, July May 2 Ey of ee May 12 Good. May June 30 May 8 Bonini iemen |) oceenoune Ripe June 11. ee fistaiste © 6.—GRAIN CROPS. MIDDLESBRO'.—Acsiam Haze. SEAHAM. WALLINGTON. NORTH SUNDERLAND. eee WHITLEY. C < =o 7 % c Cut Cut or . Ga ee rn Yield. eure 4. Yield. Sown. eure a Yield. Sown. one 4. Yield. on siae d. Sown. Ga ee ft Yield. Aug. 10 Good. | © ...... Var Ossie al\imeeressetes-. ull ceseasaaed (lll) meeeeeeees Shot-June] ......... Good. Ditty 09 eoonaseoy || cacddancg |] eaconcen 11. Aug. 18 | Light Crop.| ...... Warioucie \ceteancr lie aetescntey Mille caer Ie Setamaiives Cutng. July] Short. | crseeeree | seeeeeces | teeneeere te 31. June15. | Very light.) ...... Good: —|\wssescss. June 22} Average. | Old Land |begantocut/Very light) «--..... April 15 | July 3 2 Tons an July 6. | stacked, July Acre. 16. Oct. 19] Moderate. | ...... BAG || ercreseese, ||) sedteasse || eeheeeeMMb lll Ueccesesee) lo Gcawerwawey ||| cweserencie: il) Seetececcen | Micepeescsi Ul perce las aea | aor Aug. 12 | Light Crop. | ...... Not Superior.) May 2] Aug. 10] Average. | ......... Cuing. July Small July 30] March 15 | Aug. 12 wee an 31. ere. July 24 Fair Crop. | ...... 527 [ste hy bee | ee ieee tees eee chee seeyelhet veaiaiess > ocean Sept. 20] Good Crop. | ...... Good May 8] Oct. 15 |Large & good] ......... | seers Good Crop, 00} +++++++++ April 11} Oct. 12 |4 Tons an 2 Crop.—heavy. disease. Acre. Afailjure here. | «... Very bad. | May 22] Aug. 21 |The early oe soonnneon ofr eceoondecs I! osaguoueo! — |S “ocoocooce May 4] Oct. 6 /16 ditto. were a goo Crop. Aug. 10 Good. 4) «+... (Bycycyals: ©) || Gancenmiheets |e e-em ane ‘ ares Generally {began tocut|Short in straw| Aug. 3. | Oct. 15, | Aug. 2 26 Bolls a shot—June 18. excellent 1867. Acre. Hpeauets shai th fi Miley ety hahah ei < ae Ay De i me e i iy NAS a) Sonate Ta Seite ieee Mii DANY Oly i ie a anal ih Gh aaa Cee { mien Toads SS can aie nN une We RN Ba | Be a, 2—-WILD PLANTS. IDDLES- BRO’. ACKLAM HALL. 1 Blossom. ipril 18 fay 20 March 14 ipril 12 reb. 19 lay 6 flay 25 Way 12 \pril 28 \pril 20 Ylarch 6 March 6 June 20 Varch 27 faneeno May 6 April 28 YWarch 6 SEAHAM. ——— In Blossom. March 20 May 4 Feb. 10 May 2 Feb. 28 May 4 May 2 May 3 May 14 April 2 Feb. 20 Feb. 3 May 10 April 10 Feb. 7 May 20 May 3 March 10 | } GRETA BRIDGE, BARNARD CASTLE. In Blossom. March 6 April 2 April 4 April 17 May 2 May 6 siarch Feb. 6 May 9 Beilin i , WALLING- ALSTON, TON. In Blossom. eee eceene Feb. 29 Feb. 23 Feb. 11 cevcecees eee eceree 4.—IINSECTS. NORTH susp | Sm LAND. Esq. ’ In Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. April 0d |i eee a | seis April 29: il ewcasses Mla eee MarehaliQn ie sense: Feb. 4 Mareh29):)\. <1. iesanand| teeeeeeeee WehReln We || = gdacsnose March 13 June VO a) Vpeesen des vel eee eee Ny pke pi ah | buleereataaes ah |e oosouc May) AOU div. caecaen mln eer WHER IO) 2% an cnbadec April 30 April LON) seccccecs oki teteoeeee Engel ogi lasaleessstnnadine Ma cocccooos Jan. 19 | Feb. 7 | March 16 Miaiy | oP cre soeriiene ll a eneemtes Feb. aS Nos March 24 | March 22 | March 24 Maye Als icsanense April 24 Heby, 2.6) ties 2 On| eeerecere SEAHAM. WALLINGTON. NORTH SUNDERLAND. pearance, Prevalence. Appearance. Prevalence. Appearance. Prevalence. been oes Common. j|April 16, &| Plentiful. April 24 |Very numerous. May 3 one nate ie Common. June 21 Scarce. June 4 Jeena: esouas Rare. May 16 Plentiful. eaieicees aera Beaune Rare. Aug. 16 Plentiful. May 6 |Plentiful later on cis oe Common. June 5 |Not many seen.| May 27 |More thanusual. aes: Numerous. | March 17 Plentiful. April 4 Plentiful. crate Several seen. | May 19 Scarce. eae saantioce ioovbnos ||) -2onano504 July 17 Scarce. sarees decease saat oy cea oacctnerste aes June 18 |Not very abun-] ......... Seu teaee dant. Feat iil endl ORSOREL C. dimen lameocscsaods None seen. melee ales Pas STKE aWe2 toon If sc MMI GA ERE rarer Wea aertnaenin Wie EP GAShoqeumen ll abogdtiga: «|b - 0 epodooeds Good! Honey Season. | Feb. 5 [Swarm on June} ......... | 9 ceeeeeeee 2. BECHC2 Si aieaminene cane March 15 Plentiful. March 26 Numerous. wril 26 |Very rare; only| April 2 | Scarcely seen. | May 1 | About average. one seen all through the summer. NORTH SHIELDS. R. SPENCE, Esq. eececcree ae ceeeeee ee eee see se eccaeees eee eeceae se eeeeroe pee ceetee eeoeeeees ee eeeceee sec cceree eosceccce sco ceenae eee ceenee seneceene we eeeecee see eeecee BYRNESS. Appearance. May 16 eee recece eee eeeeee cee eeeee eee enee eee eeenee INGO5. alee March 27 May 3 BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 2 NOTES ON BIRDS AND INSECTS. North Sunderland.—The mountain sparrow was observed on March the 10th, and one was captured in the garden on Decem- ber the 24th. The woodpecker put in an appearance on Sep- tember the 23rd, and a middle-spotted one was shot in a garden south of the village. Alston.—Swallows were seen on April the 24th. Greta Bridge.—The cuckoo was heard on May the 2nd. Hive bees swarmed on the 19th. Wallington.—January.—Hive bees were flying about on the 14th. On the 19th a few starlings were seen. February.—lLarge flocks of field-fares and starlings were seen hovering about on the 18th. On the 29th bees were observed feeding on the crocus flowers. April.—A nest of young thrushes was discovered on April the Ath ; and young blackbirds were on the wing on April the 18th. May.—Young partridges were seen on the 8rd; and game of all kinds was three weeks earlier than usual, June.—The humming-bird hawk-moth was seen on the 25th; they were plentiful throughout the season. July.—The continued dry weather has not been favourable for the swarming of bees. Many bee keepers had no swarms at all, while in the case of others only half their stocks swarmed. Still, bees were plentiful. Queen bees were scarce. Honey was also scantily produced this month. August.—Four sphinx convolvulus moths were caught feeding on Ginothera acaulis: the first on August the 26th, and the others during the first week in September. They were very large and fine specimens. September.—Rees have made a fair average collection of honey y 1—FOREST TREES AND SHRUBS. MIDDLESBRO'.—Ackrax Hau. _SEAHAM. GRETA BRIDGE.—Baryarp Castux. ALSTON. NGTON. N F D ronesr Tnees. WALLINGTON, NORTH SUNDERLAND. , &C. Fo, 3 InBua. | tteat. | mBiossom. |/Pive1°C] qn gua. | InLeaf. | In Blossom. | In Bud. | InLeaf. | mBlossom. | PCE | pod. | Im Blossom, | InBud. | Inteat. | mn Blossom. | Pyese4°f | In teat, | In Blossom. 2—WILD PLANTS. aly re Zi ————————SE_—EE ean — .| April 1 | April 27 | April 16 lOct. 18 April 10} April 26 | Feb. 25 March 7 April 16 Oct. MIDDLES- GRETA NORTH .| April 29] May 18] April 7] Oct. 14) May 15 | May 10} April 6 April 26 May 28 ue a PRO | SEAHAM, || BRIDGE, || argron, | WALLING- SUNDER. | SHIELDS. SHIELDS. .| March 15 | April 22) May 28 | Oct. 21 | March 4 | April 24} April 10 Feb. 10 | March 30 Oct. 31 WILD FLOWERS, Hatr. eae ONG mANgnyy, |] Coen | WaT ec, April 25 | May 10| May 24|/Oct. 1] April 20] May 3] ......... April 1] April 22 Oct. 20 = = ee March 20 | May 1) March12) Nov. 4 April 19 | April 26 March 18 | May 1 Nor. 4 Tn Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. | In Blossom. March 23 | April 24 | March 30 | Oct. 24 April 20 | April 24 March 1 April 4 Nov. 12 = | March 14 | April 10} June 10 | Noy. April 25 March 4] April 2 . Anemone -| April 18 | March 20 } March 6 April 1 March 16 | April 18 | April 30] ......... March 22 | April 30 Bulbous Crowfoot May 20 LOS erededeas April 29 March 2 April 15 | May 30} Oct. 18 | March 10 = Feb. 1 March 18 Coltsfoot March 14 TON ckeseees March 10 Elm .. March 14 | April 27 | March 2} Oct. 28] April 10 March 3 April 5 | May 16 Cowslip April 12 2 | April March 29 | Flowering Currant ...| Feb. 18 | April 10 | March 9} Noy. 4] Feb. 20 Teb. 29 Jan, 16 | March 14 | March 18 Dandelio Feb. 19 28 | April Mareh 17 Hawthorn March 2 | April 12] May 11] Noy. 10] March 1 May Feb, 25 | March 24] May 18 Porget-me-not. May 6 4) April 1 June 10 Hazel... March 25 } April 16 Jan. 22] Oct. 19] April 10 Peb. Feb 4| April 21 | Reb. 24 Garlic .. May 25 2 s Aug. 15 Holly. April 30 | May 24 May 12] oe... A . April 3] June 41] May 22 Hyacinth May 12 3 May 9 Honeysuckle. Feb. 3 | March 18 | June Oct. 30 Jan. 4] Feb. 18| May 21 Lily of Valley . April 28 ye 1 May 10 Laburnum March 10 | April 29} May 6 | Oct. 20 April booloosan - Feb. 28 | April 24] May 20 Marsh Marigold . April 20 | April 20 April 10 -| March 6 | April 14 | March 23 | Noy. 10 March 10 March 6 Feb. 20) March 6 None Pilewort March 6 | Feb. 20 March 15 i March 12 | April 20| May 4] Noy. 2 12 | April 10 March 2 20 Feb. 7 | March 30 | May 20 Primrose March 6} Feb. 3 Jan. 19 -| March 27 | April 26 | June 29 | Oct. 20 12]May 4 sakes March 20 | May 1 died in buds Red Poppy . June 20} May 10 -| Mareh 30 | April 28 | May 10] Oct. 25 | April 12 | April 26 y March 6] April 12} May 16 Stitchwort March 27 | April 10 ae 3. || _9 | April 16] May 6 | May 12) Noy. 4] April 20] May 12] ......... April 15 | May 20] May 28 Snowdrop Jan. 21] Feb. 7/|Feb. 6 Feb. 7/ Feb. 2 .| March 18 | April 30 | March 2 | Oct. 24] Feb. 29 | March 16 | March 3 Feb. 20) April 1]... Strawberry . May 6 | May 20) May 9 March 22 | March 24 .| March 28 | April 21 | June 10 | Noy, 12] April 10} April 23 | July 12 Feb. 22} April 18 | June 23 ae Veronica chamed April 28) May 3] ese. May 4/ ... April 24 -| March 17 | April 12] June 3} Oct. 30] ......... | April 20] June 10 Feb. 14] March 12 | June 20 ! anne ot Violet | March 6 | March 10 | March 1 Feb. 26 | Reb. Peeraccco -| March 26 | April 9 | March 9 | Qct. 20 il 10 | Feb. 23 March 2] April 14} March 10] Noy. 30 Bonne ee Sycamore . -| March 28 | April 22} April 28} Nov. 1 May 2 - é March 18 | April 6 | May 1] Nov. 2 Whin ..... -| March 31 | April 25 | Jan. 10} ......... Feb. 22 | March 20 5 re GaKCONKO March 20 | May 14/} March 28] ......... SS SSSSSSSSSSS___qjqqQgao aa, 3—-MIGRATORY BIRDS. SSS ee eee | 4—INSECTS. Rar aTORY, MIDDLESBRO'—Ackias Hatt, SEAHAM. Ee STAMFORDHAM. WALLINGTON NORTH SUNDERLAND. BYRNESS. oe a a eee AIDDLESBRO!— SEAHAM. WALLINGTON. NORTH SUNDERLAND. | BYRNESS. Arrival. | Di P: Arrival. | D i AcKLAM HAL. rival. jeparture. revalence. rival, | Departure. Prevalence. Arrival Arrival. | Departure. | Arrival. | Departure. Prevalence. Arrival. | Departure. [Prevalence] Arrival. Arrival. INSECTS. Black Cap...... March 20 | July 18 Not many. Appearance.| Prevalence. Appearance. Prevalence. Appearance.| Prevalence. | Appearance.| Prevalence. | Appearance. UNA Uh AD epee see eee ee : Pa Corncrake May 15 | June 30} _ Little heard. May 4 Nameton Ma . q til 15 lentiful (9) ‘April 16, &| Plentiful. April 24 |Very numerous.| May 16 : 2) umerous. Ma cROCOrKHN Sm. W. Butterfly...... April 15 Plentiful. Brevsntce ommon. pril 16, & lentiful. pril 2 y ay Cuckoo . | May 2 June 20 |Notmuchheardhere.| May 2 3 May 6] July 4 (ey a note, and| May 4 | April 27 : May 3 one 7 often heard, Holly Blue ditto ......, Aug. 12 Scarce, Common. June 21 Scarce. June 4+ ‘sultitiina, coal)! coches | REE eS N SMay 10 F Orange tip ditto Moderate. Rare. May 16] Plentiful. MBIGEAYC i ceaers|\ svecerevs || cveverean ov. 4+ Reedy || eee tel) cemtene [I ocence April. 1 ge tip » 0 (UST) srecgaadoae |) SSRPCARSE |, Sectoncca: |)" sepoceaeoe Sy Rie eo ANE A BER ECCCCOC ss iy CCE ate] RE LCC f) TOU) OTe eae Painted Lady ditto ... te Rare. Aug. 16 Plentiful. mn Fly Catcher ...) ceess-2 | cevecesee | 0 seenceren | ane seates : coro : iret Red Admiral ditto ... ee Common. June 5 |Not many seen. 7 |More thanusual.| March 27 Martin ... Sept. 8 Tortoise shell ditto ... Plentiful. Numerous. March 17 Plentiful. Plentiful. : Rote : Brimstone Moth | Not many. Several seen. | May 19 Scarce. = Redwing 21.20.) seeessees | ceeeseeee [0 ceeeeeene | seeeeneee Currant ditto meee ae July 17] Searce. Bulge Wa Ghost ditto .. June 18 |Not very abun- Sedge ates dant. now Bunting Winter. Bin; Dagger dittors.:.|| csersss ||| ceestessc eee : None seen. wift : os seenersecn May 6 . None bred here. 3 3 , 3 ae 2 Cacbeliaee March 2: Pecrienen cenpacecn || cecorees : . Sept. 12] Great number. | April 25 ‘ Not common. Sept. 20 Sept. 12, & Numerous. Aug. 26 to 27 Hive Bee ... Good) Honey Season. | Feb, 5 Swarm on June Feb. 174 ¢ af Sept. eee canal] p Humble Bee ..| March 10 | Abundant, March 28 donecndsy March 15 Plentiful. March 26 | Numerous. | March 27 Not common. * Wasp .| March 12 [Numerous in early) April 26 |Very rare; only) April 2 Scarcely seen. | May 1 | About average.} May 3 con pete spring, not many) one seen ail Not common. (Sfaaneets ia be samme through the obestyn NTO ne ae merous in the au- summer. ‘ i 6 Very few. tumn. pig) Me i, 4 wo : An one a oy 7 Le Denar aK ‘ : pat Dei Rak ae uy , 0 raed eae) 7 ny ‘ 5 Snare ae pt ? fee : eee a } ee We Cheeta eauey nce re AY ee as 276 CLIMATOLOGIOAL REPORT, 1868, on the moors. Wasps have suffered from the season. They were very rarely seen this month, and not a nest is to be found though queens were abundant in May and June. December.—Thrushes and starlings were in song on the 18th. Wylam.—Game was not abundant, excepting partridges and pheasants. Grouse, from the effects of the disease so severely felt on the Northumberland moors last year, were very scarce, and seldom sold for less than 7/a brace. Black grouse, though not so scarce, the same price. Partridges 3/ to 4/; and phea- sants about 6/2 brace. Woodcocks were very scarce, and sold for 7/ to 10/ a brace. Horsley, near Wylam.—October.—A very large flock of wild geese passed over this neighbourhood on the 11th. Otterburn. — February.—The thrush began to sing on the 17th. - North Shields.—Hive bees were seen on March the 29th; humble bees on March the 31st. Beetle (Geotropes) on March the 24th. Small white butterfly on April the 10th. Whitley.—July.—The humming-bird hawk-moth was seen on the 20th. August.—Two wild swans were seen flying about the Tyne, and one was shot by Robert Cooper at Redheugh. Acklam, near Middlesbro’.—October.—A woodcock was shot on the 29th. Seaham.—The season of 1868 has been a very good one for hive bees notwithstanding its dryness. Wasps have been rarely seen, although further inland they have been numerous. Mr. Draper thinks that they do not like this part of the coast. With regard to the hive bees Mr. Draper has often remarked, that they partly stop work if the wind changes to the east. BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 277 Swallows were not common or martins either. Willow wrens were plentiful in the spring. The following notes of rare birds have been kindly supplied by Mr. John Hancock :— The Honey Buzzard was seen at Cresswell on September the 24th, 1868; the Rose-coloured Paston at Cresswell in August, 1868; the Roller at Hslington in September, 1868; and several specimens of the Little Gull were got on the Durham coast. Some further interesting details about insects, in 1868, will be found in Mr. Bold’s paper in an earlier page of this volume of Transactions. CONCLUSION. In drawing this report to a conclusion, the editor cannot but feel that his fellow-labourers in this department of the labours of the Tynesipn Naturauists’ Frenp Cius will rejoice with him in the steady and rapid advance which Meteorology is making year by year. The more multiplied the observations are, the sooner will the science become of that great practical utility in the affairs of every-day life which it is destined’ to be. The efforts of Captain Maury, the late Admiral Fitzroy, Reid, and others, have given an impulse to the study and observation of atmospheric phenomena, and the kindred subject of the theory of ocean currents, which has been productive of the greatest good. Before the publication of Captain Maury’s charts the average time occupied in a voyage from England to Australia was one hundred and twenty-four days, and the return journey occupied about the same time. A very great reduction in the time occu- pied in the voyage has since taken place, and the editor under- stands that what used to take one hundred and twenty-four days now only occupies ninety-seven on the average, and this passage has been made under canvas alone in sixty-three days.. Part of this saving in time may no doubt be due to improved 278 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868. ship building, but most unquestionably the greater part of the gain arises from the reduction to practical use of long continued observations made on the wind and weather. The average pas- sage to California, one of the most trying to the skill of the sailor, has been reduced from one hundred and eighty-three days to one hundred and thirty-five. The saving on the voyage to China has not been so great, but even there ten days have been gained. At the meeting of the British Association in 1853 it was stated, that the merchants of Bombay estimated the an- nual saving which would accrue to British commerce, from the use of properly constructed wind and weather charts, would be from two hundred to four hundred thousand pounds ! The English Government has hitherto been amongst the fore- most in Europe in promoting and encouraging meteorological observations. On the death of Admiral Fitzroy a Committee of the members of the Royal Society and others was appointed, to consider the subject of the continuance and organization of the meteorological department of the Board of Trade, over which the late admiral had presided. The report of that Committee was presented to Parliament in 1866. In the autumn of 1866 the Board of Trade stated that they and the Admiralty were prepared to support the course proposed in that report. The Meteorological Committee consequently appointed met for the first time on January the 3rd, and to Mr. R. R. Scott was en- trusted the office of director of the work. The Committee have divided their operations into three great branches. First— Ocean Meteorology. The object is to deduce the Meteorology of all parts of the ocean from observations made by ships. Many members of our Club who are interested in shipping, and who have influence with the captains of our foreign-going merchant ships, might render the most essential service in this part of the work. The Meteorological Committee of the Royal Society are prepared to lend to captains of the mercantile marine instru- ments which have been tested at Kew, and also to allow captains to purchase any of those instruments at cost price. The com- plete set of instruments consists of a barometer (Kew pattern), BY THE REV. R. F.. WHEELER, M.A. 279 six thermometers, one thermometer screen, four hydrometers, and, in exceptional cases, an Azimuth compass.* The observations taken are to be sent in to the committee on the return of the vessel to England for reduction. It may not be travelling too far out of the way of this report to bring before the members of the Tynustpn Cxvs, especially those whose fortunes are more or less dependant on shipping, a few of the results already obtained. ‘This cannot be better done than by a brief extract from the last report issued by the Meteo- rological Committee. A plan for reducing the observations which had already been collected under Admiral Fitzroy’s management having been de- termined on, the next step was ‘‘to choose the district on which operations should be commenced. The region chosen was that part of the Atlantic which lies between the parallels of 20° N. and 10°. Its northern limit is permanently within the region of the north-east, and its southern of the south-east trade. Between these Trade winds is included the belt familiarly known as the ‘Equatorial Doldrums,’ whose annual oscillation in posi- tion extends from the neighbourhood of the equator to about the parallel of 15° N. ‘‘Tt is evident that the periodical changes which take place in this part of this ocean could not be traced, unless the observa- tions were subjected to such a minute examination as is requisite in order to obtain monthly means for single square degrees. ‘Tt is hoped that, by means of this investigation, a solution may be furnished to the question so frequently asked by com- manders who have kept registers for the meteorological depart- ment, viz., what is the best route for crossing the equator in each month? The registers of one month abound with bitter complaints against the westerly route, while those of another month are full of its praise. * The prices at which captains can be supplied from the office of the Meteorological Com- mittee in Victoria Street, London, are for the barometer £3 15s., six thermometers £2 2s., one thermometer screen 10s., four hydrometers £1 1s., including the charges for the verifi- cation of the instruments. Register forms are also issued in duplicate. One copy for the captain’s own use, the other to be returned to the Committee at the end of the voyage. 280 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, ‘‘ Aoain—there seems to be a space lying to the westward of the ‘S. W. monsoon of the line,’ on the coast of Africa, which at certain seasons should be avoided, as it is found that ships in this space have been doing little or nothing, while those further to the eastward have made good way to the southward. ‘‘ A very cursory examination of the registers is sufficient to show that at certain seasons of the year ships, bound to the southward, should avoid the coast of South America, or else their passage will be prolonged quite as much as it would be at other seasons by their keeping too close to the African coast. ‘“‘Tt seems also probable that by investigating the region lying to the eastward of the West India Islands, it may be possible to trace the origin of the hurricanes with which those islands are so frequently visited. They make their first appearance at the Windward Islands as cyclones completely developed, and there- fore must have taken their rise somewhere within the district under discussion. ** During the hurricane season it has been found at times that ships passing to the westward of the Cape Verde Islands have felt a 8. E. gale, which may turn out to have been the N. E. quarter of one of these storms, which are seldom noticed until they travel many degrees to the westward of the meridian of the Cape Verdes. ‘* Lastly, much has to be learnt with reference to the currents of this part of the sea, especially in the Gulf of Guinea. ‘“We find the Guinea current, with a temperature of 80° or 90°, running to the eastward, while in close proximity to it, on its southern edge, we meet the equatorial current running to the westward with a temperature of 70° or even lower. One yery careful observer has recorded a temperature of only 66° in the Guinea current itself, showing that variations in surface tem- perature, similar to those known to exist in the Gulf stream, are traceable in this current so close to the equator. ‘‘The question of the surface temperature of the sea, the discussion of which throws such an important light on the course of ocean currents, has also attracted the attention of the BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 281 Committee in a special way......... It is hoped that by the aid of the commanders of the principal lines of Trans-Atlantic steamers, who have met the Committee’s appeal with the utmost readiness, that within a brief period of time a mass of material will have been obtained which will be beyond comparison more complete than any which has yet been collected............. ‘Tn order that the whole of the work which has already been done in the office, in the direction of sea temperature, should be rendered available to the public, and at the same time the results already obtained in Holland should be published in a form ac- ceptable to Hnglish readers, it was resolved to prepare for the South Atlantic Ocean monthly charts, containing all the infor- mation contained in the Dutch charts reduced to the Fahrenheit seale, together with the means for five degree squares obtained from the discussion of the Board of Trade registers. These charts are being lithographed, and are supplemented by copious notes, consisting of extracts from registers of any captains who have recorded sudden changes of temperature or other remark- able phenomena bearing on the question under discussion.”’ The second department of the Committee’s work is that relat- ing to Telegraphic Weather information. As is well known the system of storm warnings, introduced by the late Admiral Fitz- roy, has been discontinued. The Meteorological Committee, while distinctly declining ‘‘ to prognosticate weather, or to trans- mit storm warnings, are collecting information which will enable - them, sooner or later, to frame rules by which such prognosti- cations can be made, and that one of the main objects which they propose to themselves is the advancement of meteorological science in this important practical direction.” The third department is that of the Land Meteorology of the British Isles, and with the view of carrying out their part of the work, observatories have been established at several places in the United Kingdom. Meteorology has made a very considerable advance not only in England but throughout the civilized world during the past year. In France, the magnificent series of charts ‘‘ Atlas Mouve- menis Generaux de l’Atmosphére 1864, June to December,”’ 282 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868, have been issued by M. Le Verrier. ‘The series consist of daily synoptic charts of the Atlantic Ocean from the equator to latitude 70° N., including, im addition, Hurope and a few stations on the S. and E. coasts of the Mediterranean, and on the Atlantic sea board of America. They give for 8 a.m. every day the conditions of pressure, wind, sea disturbances, and character of the sky which have been obtained from ships’ logs and land observations. The materials are procured by a system of international co- operation. In addition to the atlas there has also been published under the same direction two other works—the ‘‘Atlas des Orages 1865” and ‘‘ Atlas Meteorologique 1866.’ These have reference almost exclusively to the distribution of thunderstorms and of hail over France during the year to which they refer. The Governments of Holland, Prussia, Norway, Russia, Austria, Italy, and Denmark have each and all obtained and published much valuable information in reference to Meteorology during the last year or two. In the United States the work, suspended during the war, has again been resumed; and we may hope ere long to see some fresh proof that the energy and zeal of the days when Maury was the moving spirit are as active as ever. Such publications as the beautiful and elaborate charts of rainfall and temperature of the United States, given in the ‘‘ Army Meteorological Register for 1855,” are worthy of all imitation. In our Colonies the subject, even amongst the many demands of a more pressing nature upon the energies of young communi- ties, has not been forgotten. In India the Government of Bengal has established a meteorological office at Calcutta, and a system of storm warnings has been set on foot. But foremost in this part of the work stands the Meteorological Society of the Mauri- tius, whose secretary, Mr. Meldrum, is now in England engaged in the preparation of synoptic weather charts of the Indian Ocean. The more widely extended meteorological observations are, the sooner shall we be enabled to arrive at those grand laws which govern the atmosphere and its manifold changes. Hence, insignificant as the labours of our Club may appear to be to those BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 283 who have taken no active interest in the science of Meteorology, they contribute their full share towards this much to be desired end. The Tynestp—E Cius now numbers, as the editor believes, a much larger number of effective meteorological observers than any other body in the kingdom which does not profess to make Meteorology its sole work. It is now ten years and more since our old and valued friends, Mr. Sopwith and Mr. Glaisher, in two admirable addresses, urged upon the members of the Club the practical utility of this study, especially to farmers and to those who ‘‘go down to the sea in ships, that do business in great waters.’”’ There needs no argument to prove that the seed then sown has indeed borne fruit. The editor cannot draw this report to a close without express- ing his hope that each succeeding year’s report may become more valuable and more interesting than its predecessor. Still less can he do so without expressing his thanks for the hearty assistance rendered to him by the numerous friends and members of the Club, who take the very great trouble to record the obser- vations which are summarised in the yearly Meteorological Re- port. It would be mvidious to name any particular helpers ; but amongst the returns received are some which would do credit, even to professional observers, for both accuracy and fulness of detail. Others which, though not so full, are so not from any lack of will or ability, but simply for want of the necessary time to render them more complete, and, in some instances, the lack of the necessary instruments. The cost of meteorological in- struments is very high, and quite beyond the means of some who desire and are able to render the Club true and good service in this department of its work. Attention has been publicly called by Mr. Allnatt, the well- known observer, to this subject. There cannot be any doubt that the sums charged for many instruments are altogether be- yond any ordinary profit on the cost of construction, but at the same time it must be remembered that the demand is but small. It is to be hoped that as time rolls onward, and the 284 METWOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1868. number of observers increases, the manufacturers will be enabled to reduce their charges. The editor cannot allow this opportunity to pass without strongly urging upon all persons, who may contemplate pur- chasing any meteorological instruments, the necessity of having a thorough guarantee as to their accuracy. ‘They should always stipulate that the instruments should have been actually tested at Kew, and not be content with the simple assurance that they have been compared with some standard instrument. The editor will always be very glad to assist any one in this matter. The observations recorded in the Meteorological Report and Climatological Tables have this year been forwarded by the fol- lowing contributors :-— Allenheads and Bywell ............. Mr. M. Varty, Haydon Bridge. JNIGIOMN Waa pnodbonanaanseosnosdauaneuadonses Joseph Dickenson, jun., Esq., Alston. Howick (Earl Grey) Mr. F. eee me Glanton Pike (F. W. Collingwood, Communicated by the Rev. J. F. BEIGE sabecdesnndcossdoRuoase dea Socbor ieee. IBYAbMlid OWUBI Aearanacuanossenbevasdosooagse C. H. Cadogan, Esq. Cresswell esi eeeconannwenenaue Rey. J. E. Leefe. as TD Epi veR Oa) ea sanbeercadshssanbodsdscdsouc fiat ee ee sion, Ben uian (Wn. Henry Ward, Brinkburn Gardens. Dinsdale Rectory, near Darlington, Rev. J. W. Smith, M.A. [Dine eT") snsagnencanenaosecnebongdodse sooe Rev. Dr. Gillow, Ushaw College. Durham Observatory .......-.:.060008 John J. Plummer, Esq. Eaglescliffe, near Yarm ............... Rev. Canon Hull. Gueenwiclipetenctecctssneaeeespecea James Glaisher, Esq. Horsley, near Wylam.............--..- Mr. John Bew. Milburn ower ..c.s-csscscsees sess nnene Mr. John Deas. Middlesbro’ (Acklam Hall) ......... Mr. Hebblethwaite. Millfield, near Wooler...............-+ G. A. Grey, Esq. (G. Lyall, Esq., Lit. & Phil. Society. Newcastle-on-Tyne ..............00++ UM W. Wall bere Dane (J. R. Procter, Esq. \ R.S Esa. AT SEU SSER GL das ite eat pein ey oe | pence, Esq | John Coppin, Esq. Dr. Bramwell. Ofierburnrserce cote eee Rey. T. Wearing. eh tel D0 ace eiah rae aoa tarp NE GAG EN M. A. Ridley, Esq. PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 285 North Sunderland ............ satiate’ Rey. F. R. Simpson. INOW AD UTM ncootosnoodosbocsabsades anboonand Sir W. G. Armstrong. { Mr. R. Draper, Seaham Hali Gardens. (Mr. Kitts, Londonderry Office. Sedgefield, Durham.................004. Robert Smith, Esq. (Rev. R. E. Hooppell. Seal cam eee yaar ee eae Soutmishieldsuascneccescceseecceseess ite 12 ares Stammord hanes: qecenccsncactse se cee secs Rev. J. F. Bigge, M.A. Stambopen sens -csensconceseca successes Mr. Thomas Surtees, Stanhope Castle. T. W. Backhouse, Esq., West Hendon House. Sunderland ...............sseseeseeeseees J Wo Mounsey, Baqe Hendon Enlil Rey. George Iliff, The Hall. Thorpe Grange, Greta Bridge ...... T. Dodgson, Esq. Wrallinotombrieere sacar cetaren eeeeec ye Mr. Hedley, Wallington Hall Gardens. Wrallsendyy cen cadscttiniwsnesesueesatse J. W. Dees, Esq. Wilt leryat ae eRe Rea ts Mea GEN Rev. R. F. Wheeler, M.A. Whittle Dene Company’s Reservoirs, D. D Main, Esq. \WWOlkinned Neh .seqsandocesuabonsosoccacoaace The late W. Backhouse, Esq. VUITTON pepe Ee aca a ane Geese tela ac enea G. C. Atkinson, Esq., Wylam Hall. ADDRESS TO THE MEMBERS OF THE TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB, READ BY THE PRESIDENT, E. J. J. BROWELL, ESQ., AT THE TWENTY- THIRD ANNIVERSARY MEETING, HELD IN THE MUSEUM OF THE NA- TURAL HISTORY SOCIETY, NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE, ON THURSDAY, APRIL 81H, 1869. Our last year’s season commenced with a meeting at Sheepwash and Bothal, on Wednesday, the 20th of May, and, as usual with the first of the Season, was arranged as an afternoon excursion. It would be difficult to find a more suitable place than this for a Spring Meeting, the sheltered river banks tempting the vegeta- tion to an early growth. Leaving Newcastle at 1:20 p.m. by rail- way we went to Choppington Station and walked from thence to Sheepwash. The scenery about this pretty place was peculiarly beautiful on this occasion, the sun shone brilliantly on the varied colours of the trees, from the deep bluish green of the Scotch firs to the full verdure of the sycamores and the delicate tints of 286 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. the larches. We followed the river banks to Morpeth, passing Bothal Church, unpretending in its architecture, containing an altar tomb in memory of some of the former lords of Bothal ; Bothal Castle on a fine situation, and, before the days of im- proved artillery, of considerable strength. The portion now remaining probably gives an inadequate idea of what it was once, in stateliness and importance, when the residence of the Bertrams, descendants of the Baliols: it was in their possession in the twelfth century, if not earlier, passing afterwards by mar- riage to the Ogles and then to the ducal house of Portland, in whose possession it still remains, together with the patronage of the valuable living. Under the sheltered bank of the river, a a little higher up, are the nearly obliterated remains of a chapel dedicated to the Virgin Mary. Near at hand is a spring of water where we, like many pilgrims of an earlier day, quenched our thirst. After a beautiful walk we arrived at Morpeth, and mustered about eighty in number, and very appetising the walk seemed to have been, as those who had arrived first had been unable to await the arrival of the remainder of the party, or the appointed hour, for the substantial meal which awaited us at the “Black Bull.” The Szconp Mretine was held on the 18th of June, on ‘the Derwent above Shotley,” conveniently reached by the recently- opened Derwent Valley Railway. We left Newcastle at 10-20 P.M. in number about fifty. We proceeded some distance up the course of the river from Shotley, when we divided, the larger number diverging to the Healey Field Lead Mine under the guidance of Mr. Muschamp, one of the proprietors, who afforded them all facilities for seeing the mine, and hospitably entertained them at luncheon. The other division walked on to the beau- tiful scenery of the Sneap. During the walk we had a fine view of the Houndsgill Viaduct, and more than enough of the ugly chimneys and furnaces of the ironworks, which seem to do their utmost to spoil the country by the hideous volumes of black smoke which they belch forth. In the river bed we saw in many places circular holes in the Millstone Grit where PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 287 millstones had been cut out, many of which are yet lying in a partly finished state, some flaw having been most likely dis- covered in them. Mr. Booth, of Shotley, informed us that in examining some old records of the manor he found notices, how, from time to time, certain millers had been brought before the lord’s court and fined for taking millstones without the proper payment or permission. Between Shotley and Allansford, with- in a few yards of the water’s edge, are what are said to be the remains of some ancient ironworks; a portion of the walls of a furnace is well preserved, showing the vitrified inner surface. There were heaps of scoria lying close by, and near at hand are workings whence the ore may have been obtained. They are said to have been established early in the thirteenth century by a colony of Germans, who settled and remained here for a long period, during which time the place obtained a great reputation for its sword blades, which was retained until quite recently. In the older part of Shotley some houses yet remain with Ger- man inscriptions on them, such as are commonly met with in the present day in Germany. Some of the descendants of these people are, or were lately, still living in the valley. Some of the party availed themselves of the courteous permission of Mr. Thomas Wilson, of Shotley Hall, to visit his grounds. Some landscape gardening has been very effectively carried out here by Mr. John Hancock. There are a great variety of shrubs and trees, amongst which the Wellingtonea thrives well and pro- mises to attain a goodly size. The Messrs. Annandale kindly gave permission to see through their paper mills. We dined at the Commercial Inn and afterwards Mr. Thompson, one of the Hon. Secretaries, read a ‘‘ Notice of the Occurrence of Glow- worms in considerable numbers in the Valley of the Derwent ;” also a paper ‘‘ On the Aculeate Hymenoptera of Northumberland,” by Mr. T. J. Bold. The Tutrp Frenp Mentine was held at Richmond on the 15th of July. This meeting was, strictly speaking, out of our coun- try, but we have precedents for it on former occasions; and making a foray occasionally on our southern neighbours is only 938 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. keeping up the old custom of the borders, to which we are sufii- ciently near to make participation in their habits natural if not right. Moreover, this expedition was not for the purpose of thieving, but was a friendly one, being held on the invitation of Mr. Wood, of Richmond, who kindly volunteered to make all the necessary arrangements and to act as our guide. We went by the 8 a.m. train, and by special favour were set down close to Easby Abbey, amidst the beautiful scenery of which we lingered for some time. The ruins are very exten- sive, and indicate what we know to be the fact, that there was a very large monastic establishment here. Following the course of the river we proceeded to Richmond to Mr. Wood’s house, and he being on a visit to Scarbrough his servants were, by his orders, prepared to receive us, and wines, &e., were in readi- ness for those who wished for them. We were deprived of Mr. Wood’s promised guidance as he did not arrive during the day, and we were sorry to learn afterwards that his absence was occasioned by an attack of illness; fortunately Dr. Tristram, who was of our party, was well acquainted with his Geological Museum, which is the great attraction of his residence, and kindly pointed out the most interesting of its contents on the spot, and at my request gave a short verbal account of it after dinner. He has also kindly supplied me with the following note on it :— ‘‘Mr. Wood’s Museum is important on account of its careful arrangement, and for the perfection of the fossils it contains. It is strictly Paleontological, and all the specimens, without ex- ception, are British, and are in admirably planned wall and centre cases win large sheets of plate glass. The tablets form mul- tiples of each other, thus enabling more economy of room and more suecess in arrangement. The plans were drawn by the savants of the British Museum, but all made in Richmond. Every tablet and loose specimen is properly labelled, and as the chiefs of nearly each department have, at some time since its forma- tion, been Mr. Wood’s guests, the arrangement is so good that it is quite a type series, particularly rich in Brachiopoda, all named under the faultless eye of Mr. Davidson. The Silurian PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS. 289 Trilobites, Crinoids, and Corals, are of great beauty, as are the old red fish from the collection of poor Hugh Miller; but the gems of the series are a large set of Carboniferous Crinoids discovered by the owner, and named by Professor De Koninck, Woodocrinus. These beautiful remains are new to science, and in the discoverer’s opinion were not attached, but free-swim- ming. A noble series forms a conspicuous object in one of the large wall cases. A very good case full of Coal plants is amongst the attractive portion, as well as the Lias and Chalk fossils.”’ We spent some time in Mr. Wood’s garden, where there were many things worthy of notice—amongst others a very fine col- lection of British ferns growing in great luxuriance. The luxu- riance of the garden seemed to show a kindly climate, but we thought there were indications in the appearance of some mosses, lichens, &c., of a good deal of humidity. After spending a little time in seeing the lions of the town, and having procured all the vehicles we could, we started to follow the remainder of the programme laid down for us, and had a delightful drive over the high lying moors of Hudswell and Downholme, with beautiful and extensive views of the coun- try; and, returning by the Reeth Road, we reached Richmond in numbers between sixty and seventy. The Fourtu Mrrtine was at Bambro’, on the 21st August. About a dozen of us went over on the afternoon previous, to Belford Station, whence we had a pleasant walk to Bambro’. The castle, seeming to grow out of the living rock, so firmly does it seem to be planted on its basaltic throne, always, srand and impressive, was beautiful as we saw it on this evening bathed in a flood of golden light from the setting sun: its natural posi- tion is a very strong one, and is said to have been occupied and fortified by the Romans in Agricola’s time ; its history, civil and military, is very interesting. Occupied and fortified in 550 by Ida, first Anglo-Saxon King of Northumbria, it fell afterwards into the hands of the Danes, was again fortified by the Saxons, afterwards for a long time a stronghold of the Norman Earls of Northumberland. It must have witnessed many a wild and i 290 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. martial scene in those stormy times. Later it became a Royal castle and was governed by an officer appointed by the Crown, until, in the reign of James I., it was granted to Claudius Forster, and remained in the possession of the family until the political disturbances of 1715, when, on account of the part General For- ster took, it was forfeited. It was afterwards purchased of the Government Commissioners for forfeited estates (together with the rest of the estates of the Forsters) by Lord Crewe, Bishop of Durham, whose wife was aunt to the General. The Bishop died on the 18th of September, 1722, without children, and left his large property in the hands of trustees for certain pious and cha- ritable uses which he specified, and directed that the surplus should be applied to such charitable purposes as the trustees should from time to time direct. In the exercise of this power, besides the sums applied in different parts of the country to church and educational uses, there is a large sum applied in the neighbourhood of Bambro’ itself, in affording to the poor, under judicious regulations, education, clothing, food, medical attend- ance, coals, &c., in giving warning, by various means, to ships in bad weather, enabling them often to avoid the risks of this dangerous neighbourhood, and in succouring those who have been wrecked ; and, notwithstanding the outcry which in the fashion of the day has been raised against the trustees, they appear on the whole to have fulfilled their trust well and to have carried out satisfactorily what it may be presumed would have been in harmony with the wishes of the benevolent founder of this noble charity. Until recently certain apartments of the castle were occupied as a residence during part of the year by the trustees in turn ; the means of partly keeping in repair and restoring the building were provided by Dr. Sharp (an early trustee), who for this pur- pose invested a certain sum out of his private property. There are various objects of interest in the castle, some portraits, a valuable library, a collection of arms, formerly used by the re- tainers, and a curious well one hundred and fifty feet deep, passing through the basaltic rock and into the sandstone below. The view from the roof of the keep is magnificent in its extent and PRESIDENT S ADDRESS. 291 beauty, taking in the range of the Cheviots and some of the more distant Scottish hills, sweeping round over a great extent of country to Tynemouth in the south; to the east the eye ranges over a great expanse of sea the Farne Islands lying as it were at our feet, with all their memories of saints and an- chorites and sad histories of shipwrecks. To these, the oxveat feature of the excursion to naturalists, we went by boat from Bambro’ on the morning of the 21st, having sent a special mes- senger to North Sunderland to bespeak a boat for those who might come direct from Neweastle thither. The nearest of the Farnes is distant from Bambre’ Castle about two miles, the most distant some six er seven. They number from fifteen to twenty-five (each having its distinctive name) according to the height of the tide, several of these being submerged at high water, and others, which at low water appear as one island, becoming a little group at certain heights of the tide. They are composed of basalt, similar to the rock on which Bambro’ Castle stands. The largest is the inner Farne or House Island, in extent about sixteen acres, the larger portion being rock. There is a scanty vegetation on the part covered with soil, which is of a peaty nature. There is a lighthouse, a small chapel restored a few years ago by the late Archdeacon Thorp, the remains of an old building called ‘‘ Prior Castle’s Tower,”’ in which Archdeacon Thorp made a few rooms habitable for occasional residence. The south and west faces of this island have cliffs of basalt seventy or eighty feet in height; on the eastern side there is a sloping shore, affording a convenient landing place for boats. On some islands to the east, called the ‘‘ Wide-opens,’’ are some of the breeding places of the birds, viz., the Terns and the Kider or St. Cuthbert’s Ducks. The Staple and Brownsman, forming one island, but divided at high water, are the great breeding places for the sea-fowl ; and the ‘‘ Pinnacles,” high basaltic columns rising abruptly from the water, separated by a narrow channel from the island, are very curious, every ledge occupied by the Guillemots and other fowl. On some of the narrow unprotected ledges of stone the birds lay their eggs in apparently the most insecure positions, 292 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. with nothing to protect them from being blown over into the sea; but the form of the eggs causes them, when disturbed, to describe a very small circle instead of rolling to any distance, and thus they are preserved. On this island the man lives who watches to protect the birds, the family of the late Archdeacon Thorp continuing to hold the lease of the islands, which he obtained for the purpose of protecting the birds and their nests from indiscriminate slaughter and plunder. On some of the outer islands is a colony of the Great Seal (Halicherus griseus of Nilsson): they were formerly in much greater numbers than at present. The Common Seal (Phoca vitulina) is also seen here frequently, though Holy Island is its more favourite resort. Mr. John Hancock has kindly furnished me with the follow- ing list of sea-birds, which he found breeding here some years ago :— Herring Gull, Larus argentatus; Lesser Black-backed Gull, Larus fuscus; Kittiwake, Larus tridactylus; Common Tern, Sterna hirunda; Aretic Tern, Sterna arctica; Roseate Tern, Sterna dougallii; Puffin, Mormon fratercula; Cormorant, Carbo cormoranus ; BKider Duck, Anas mollissima; Guillemot, Uria troile; Oyster Catcher, Haematopus ostralegos; Shag or Razor Bill (occasionally). The Ring Dotterel, Charadrius hiaticula, was also found by Mr. Hancock. The Sandwich Tern, Sterna boysui, at the time of Mr. Hancock’s visit, had deserted the Farnes, and was breeding on Coquet Island. On one of the outer islands (the Longstone) is the light-house where Grace Darling lived, whose history and brave deed, on the occasion of the wreck of the Forfarshire steamer on the 8th of September, 1838, is perhaps the chief source of general in- terest in the Farnes. This island, a mere rock, is only very little elevated above high-water mark, and in stormy weather the spray is driven completely over it, and sometimes, during winter storms, the light keepers and their families have to re- sort for refuge to the upper apartments of the light-house. On this oceasion we did not go out to the Longstone, but contented ourselves with visiting first the Staple and Brownsman (hav- — ing written authority from Mrs. Thorp), where we saw large PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 293 numbers of birds. ‘The breeding season was over, but there were still some young Gulls unable to fly, as well as Cormor- ants. We next visited the inner Farne, and in rowing along saw several young Hiders. We were told by the light keeper on this island that in the season they generally get twenty or thirty Woodecocks which alight here, wearied with their long over-sea flight. We arrived back at Bambro’ after a delightful excursion, though, owing to the wind being against us, a little later than we expected, still in time to see through the castle before dinner. We sat down to dinner about forty in number, and did ample justice to the excellent repast prepared for us by the landlord of the ‘‘Lord Crewe Arms.’’ We were joined by Dr. Acland (Professor of Medicine in the university of Oxford), who with his family was oceupying the rooms in the keep which are now let as lodgings. The Firtu Merrrine was held at Simonburn, or rather that portion of the beautiful North Tyne Valley lying between that village and Chollerford, we left Newcastle by the 6°35 a.m. train. On our arrival at Chollerford we were received by Dr. Bruce, who kindly acted as our guide to the Roman antiquities of the neighbourhood : it was a great addition to the enjoyment of the day’s proceedings to have the objects of interest pointed out and explained by the learned author of the “‘ The Roman Wall.” We first went to see the remains of the Roman bridge which at one time crossed the river at Chesters. The extensive and interesting remains now visible on the eastern side were only discovered in 1860, in the course of some excavations un- dertaken by Mr. Clayton. They had been covered up by beds’ of sand and gravel, and a plantation of fir trees was growing on them. The river in the course of time had gradually shifted its course further to the west, at the same time covering up the works on the eastern and laying bare those on the western side. Crossing the river here by means of a boat provided by Mr. Clayton, who here met us and accompanied us, we proceeded to the beautiful site of the Roman burial ground now included in the park of Chesters, and to the extensive town or station 294 PRESIDENT 'S ADDRESS: of Cilumnum, the figtre of which is plainly enough visible, enclosing an extent of upwards of five acres: by means of the extensive excavations and explorations ¢arried out by Mr. Clayton, and the explanations afforded us, we were enabled to understand a good deal of the afrangemeiits ahd comforts pro- vided by the Romans during their lengthened occupation. Hay- ing seen the extensive collection of antiquities in and about the mansion, the gardens, and other objects of interest, and having partaken of a luncheon, hospitably provided for us by Mr. Clay- ton, we started on our further journey, glad that st large a por- tion of the great work of the Roman occupation had been acquired by one so well able to appreciate, and so willing to explore and conserve it. Passing hence along the military road; interesting both from the beautifel scehery aiid remains of the Roman works everywhere visiblé, we arrived at the top of the “Limestone Bank” so called. Here Dr. Bruce bid us farewell, and Mr. Hall, Vicar of Birtley, téok us under his charge and led us to the Tecket Burn, ard by its beautiful fern-fringed banks to Tecket Linn, a pretty littlé waterfall even in this dry season, but which we have seen ou fermer occasions with a very respec- table body of water. The stream ata point some distance below the fall loses itself in its stony bed, and after pursuing a sub- terranean course for upwards of two miles reappears in Nunwick Park in volume sufficient to turn a wate¥ mill. We visited Nun- wick (the seat of Mr. Allgood) where we were courteously shown various objects of interest. Our course: hence lay through the pleasantly situated village of Simonburn to Haughton Castle: a considerable portion of the medieval structure remains in good preservation: some additions have been made to it by the pre- sent proprietor, Mr. Crawshay, who acquired it a few years ago by purchase: its situation, overhanging one of the most beau- tiful portioits of the North Tyne, is very fine. On our arrival we found here again refreshments hospitably provided for us, which, notwithstanding the near approach of the dinner hour, the hot walk rendered not unacceptable. A short additional walk brought us to Chollerford where we dined in number about forty. PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 295 The Club had for the last few years departed from its ori- ginal rule and practice of having five Field Meetings, and had met in addition in the autumn at Marsden. The inducements for this were that as it was accessible both from Shields and Sunderland, as well as from Cleadon Lane railway station by a moderate walk, and was easily within the compass of an after- noon’s holiday, it afforded to many an opportunity of beimg present who otherwise probably might be unable to be at any of the Field Meetings; while the coast scenery and the geology, as well as the other sources of interest, must always make it a delightful place to meet at: however, at our last Anniversary Meeting it was decided to substitute St. Mary’s Island for Mars- den. The Club accordingly met there on the 9th of October. I was unable to be present, but I find that forty-five members at- tended, and had, notwithstanding the somewhat unfavourable weather, a pleasant day under the able guidance of Mr. Wheeler, Vicar of Whitley, proceeding via Blyth and Tyne Railway to Backworth, thence by Earsdon and Holywell Dene to Seaton Sluice and the village of Hartley to St. Mary’s Island. Some of the party availed themselves of the courtesy of the proprietors to see over the extensive Hartley Bottle Works. Tea was pro- vided at the inn on the island; after discussing which an inter- esting paper was read ‘‘On the Discovery and Description of Climaxvodus linguaeformis,” by Mr. Thomas Atthey, who is justly regarded by all good naturalists as a sort of Lord of the Manor of the Coal Seams of this neighbourhood. We have had only ene Evenine Mrrtine during the wintet, viz., on the 8rd of December, when a hotice was read from the Right Hon. Lord Ravensworth of sonie rate birds observed re- cently. One of them, a fine Roller, shot at Eslington, and pre- served by Mr. Duncan, was exhibited. The following were also read :—‘‘ Notes on the Fossils of the Marl Slate,” by Joseph Wright, jun. ; ‘ Description of a new Entomostracan inhabiting a Coal-Mine,” by G. 8. Brady, C.M.Z.5., &e.; ‘‘ #ntomological Notes,” by T. J. Bold. Some curious eaith-worms were sent for exhibition by Mr. R. Draper, of Seaham. They had been 296 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. taken in the gardens of Earl Vane in Wales. ‘They were sent for examination to Dr. Baird of the British Museum, and there seems reason to believe that they are a new species of a genus, all the species of which hitherto known are natives of Ceylon. 1 believe Mr. Draper will communicate a full account of them to the Club. Such is the record of our Meetings for the past year: the more solid work of our Society is to be found in our Transactions ; and we have to congratulate ourselves on the appearance of the long anticipated new Flora of our district by Mr. J. G. Baker, a valuable addition to our archives. I would also draw your at- tention to a criticism in the ‘‘ Meteorological Magazine’ on the Reports which form part of our published Transactions: it is there pronounced to be ‘‘the most complete, most interesting, and in all respects the best local Meteorological Report we have seen.’ This cannot fail to gratify Mr. Wheeler who undertakes the onerous duty of preparing the Reports, and the gentlemen who make the observations, as coming from those well qualified to form a judgment. The Reports for the year 1868, though they will probably not show much if any deficiency in the rain- fall for the year will most likely show a great deficiency for several of the summer months, notably so (judging from an in- spection of the observations at the Literary and Philosophical Society, Neweastle,) for May, June, and July. During these months most parts of the kingdom wore a sadly parched and withered appearance: if, however, we missed the green luxu- riance of summer at our Field Meetings, we at any rate escaped the wettings which so often befall us in ordinary seasons. We may congratulate ourselves on the prosperous condition of the Ciub as judged of by the number of members on the list and consequent revenue at the disposal of the Committee for publish- ing Transactions. The attendance, too, at the Field Meetings is now generally very large; indeed, frequently too large for the accommodation to be obtained ; and although we may sometimes think with regret of the pleasant meetings of former days, when over the little sociable dinner we discussed our day’s ramble and PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 297 compared notes as to what we had each seen and done, let us hope that our large numbers, while they lessen comfort, indicate a more widely spread interest in the study of nature. Unfortu- nately in a neighbourhood such as is a large portion of our Club district, where there is much manufacturing enterprize, nature suffers in many respects; the smoke from many manufactories, and the noxious gases from others, much injure the vegeta- tion, and the large population brings much persecution to the animal kingdom, especially to the birds, the continual shooting about the lanes and sea-coast, and indeed wherever there is no game preservation, especially at such times as Christmas and New-year when the numbers of idle men and careless boys with guns renders a walk a matter of some peril; and although the bill at present before Parliament, for the preservation of the sea fowl, is in most respects worthy of support, especially when re- lieved of the unnecessary clause about the eges, I cannot help thinking that a tax levied on every one carrying a gun would go a long way to abate the evil, and at all events if it failed in this, it would raise a respectable sum for the revenue. It is no doubt true that gamekeepers do sometimes shoot harmless birds from ignorance and nearly exterminate some kinds, such as hawks, ravens, &c., yet the naturalist should remember that the preser- vation of game does indirectly extend protection to a number of other birds. In conclusion, I have to apologize for not having brought anything before you in the shape of new discoveries or views of my own: I cannot lay any claim to be an authority on any branch of Natural History, but my studies for many years lay amongst sciences having more or less direct bearing on it, and I had intended to have brought some subject before you which might have possessed an interest for naturalists, but I must honestly confess that I put off until circumstances prevented its execution in time for this meeting. 298 OFFICE BEARERS. Tue Firerp Meertines for 1869 were arranged to be held as follows :— ; AN TAGS e ee ee Beamish. ODT eMedia tes Ga uke oie Staward Peel. SOLANA tere A OE Bice High Force (Two Days’ Meeting.) NU GUSD ANS ota icte er enee Newbiggen. DBPOE MBER coh. sae tn Crag Lough. OCTOBER (iii.: 0s se. St. Mary’s Island. Tue Treasurer's report (see p. 301) was read and adopted. Tur following gentlemen were elected officers of the Club for the year 1869=70 :— PRESIDENT: The Rev. B. F. Wheeler, M.A. Vicr-PRESIDENTS. Albany Hancock, Hsq., F..S. | Rev. W. Featherstonhaugh,B.A. E. C. Robson, Esq. | George S. Brady, Esq. Ralph Carr, Esq. Rev. J. F. Bigge, M.A: D. Embleton, Esq., M.D. George Wailes, Esq. Rev. W. Greenwell, M.A, Edwaid Ghaltdn, Esq., M.D. Rev. G. C. Abbés, M.A. ev. A. M. Norman, M.A. ev. J. C. Bruce, LL.D. ev. A. Bethune, M.A. . J. J. Browell, Esq. R. Ingham, Esq. Sir W. C. Trevelyan, Bart. | T. Sopwith, Esq., F.R.S. Rowland Burdon, Esq. | J. Hogg, Esq., F.R.S. Rev. H. B. Tristram, LL.D. | TREASURER. Robert Y. Green. NEW MEMBERS. 999 SECRETARIES. Thomas Thompson. | G. H. Philipson, M.D. Loca SECRETARIES. Shields, W. H. Brown. Hexham, Rev. W. 'T. Shields, Durhan, John Booth. Morpeth, W. Creighton. COMMITTEE. Thomas Atthey. D. O. Drewett. Joseph Blacklock. John Hancock. R. B. Bowman. R. Howse. H. B. Brady. John Coppin. James Clephan. Tl J. Bold: William Dinning. A. F. Marecco. AUDITORS. J. S. Foster. |) 2. P. Barkas: Tue following gentlemen were elected members of the Tynr- sipr Naturauists’ Fretp Cius during the year 1868-9 :— At the Anniversary Mrerrine, 1868 :—Messrs. J. P. Gibson and W. W. Gibson, Hexham; B. C. Crawford, Walker; Chas. Carr, Cramlington Hall; George Rowell and John Mein, New- castle. Mr. J. G. Baker, Kew Gardens, was elected an honorary member. At the First Freirp Mrrtine :—Messrs. T. E. Gauntlett, Wm. Smithson, R. O. Heslop, J. W. Mole, and William Hasten, New- castle ; W. Sykes, Bishop Auckland ; Rev. E. Jenkins and Thos. T. Clark, North Shields; J. H. Straker, Tynemouth ; John Mor- land and Thomas Morland, Gateshead. At the Sxconp Frenp Mrrrine :—Messrs. Douglas Forster, Henry Dunn, L. Drizinger, and Alfred Legge, Neweastle ; Thos. Angus, Ravensworth Villa; Dr. Meggett, Winlaton; Henry Clap- ham, Gateshead. 300 NEW MEMBERS. At the Turrp Frrtp Mrrerine :—Messrs. G. 8. Lawson, Thos. Ritson, R. A. Smith, and M. Wiener, Sunderland; J. A. Bush, Neweastle ; Rev. G. R. Bulman, Durham ; Thomas Luke, Tyne- mouth ; George Bell, jun., and William Soppett, North Shields. _ At the Fourts Fietp M&etine :—Messrs. F. Corder, Sunder- land; David Robertson, Glasgow. At the Firra Firetp Mrrrine :—Messrs. Perey Westmacott, Benwell Villa; EK. Pruddah, Hexham. At the Srxta# Frrnp Mrrtine :—Mr. J. C. Porrett, Sunderland. At the Eventnc Mrrtine :—Messrs. Robert Modlin, Sunder- land; Joseph Brown, Forest Hall; Rev. John Jones, Dunston ; William Dunn and W. H. Ryder, South Shields. AND DURHAM. VOLUME I., PART 1. With Twelve Plates. PRICE 5s. ConTENTS.—Reports of Deep Sea Dredging on the Coasts of Northumberland and Durham; Mollusca and Zoophytes, by Mr. Alder; Crustacea, by Rey. A. M. Norman; Pelagic Entomostraca, by Mr. George 8. Brady; Pycnogonoidea and Echinodermata, by Mr. George Hodge; Foraminifera, by Mr. H. B. Brady; Rey. A. M. Norman on. Cyanea imporcata; Mr. Alder on New and imperfectly known Polyzoa; Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Remains of Fish and Plants from the Upper Lime- stone of the Permian Series; a Catalogue of the Recent Foraminifera of Northum- berland and Durham, by Mr. H. B. Brady, F.L.S.; Mr. @. S. Brady on Naturalists’ Field Clubs; Meteorological Report for 1864, by Mr. G. C. Atkinson ; Climatolo- gical Tables, 1864, by Mr. G. S. Brady; Entomological Notes, List of Local Homoptera and of Additions to the Coleopterous-Insects, by Mr. T. J. Bold; Mis- § eellaneous Notices, VOLUME I, PART 2, With Four Plates. PRICH 8s. 6d. ConrEnts.—Embleton and Greenwell on an. Ancient British Burial at Iderton ; Kirkby and G. §. Brady, on Remains found at Ryhope; Rev. G. R. Hall on a Barrow of | the British Period at Warkshaugh; Dr. (harlton on the Sessions of the Liberty of Tynedale; Mr. G. C. Atkinson, Meteorole gical Report for 1863; Mr. G. 8. Brady, Climatological Tables, 1865; Mr. T. J. Bold, Entomological Notes; Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Fossils in Marl-Slate and Lower Magnesian Limestone; Mr. H. B. | Brady on Casts of Paleozoic Corals; Mr. G. S. Brady on Bostrychia scorpioides ; Messrs. Browell and Kirkby on the Chemical Composition of various Beds of Mag- nesian Limestone, &c. ; Miscellaneous Noti ices; Presidential Address by Rey. A. M. Norman, M.A.; Amended Rules and Repo: rts. VOLUME I., PART 8, With Eight Plates and Engraved Portrait of Mr. ALDER. PRICE 5s. 6d. : ContEnTs.—Mr. John Hancock, Ornithological Notes ; Rev. R. F. Wheeler, Meteoro- logical Report for 1866; Mr. T. J. Bold, List of Local Homoptera, Entomological Notes, and Additions to Coleoptera; Dr. Ei nbleton, Notice of Life of Joshua Alder, { Esq. ; Mr. Albany Hancock on the Excaye iting Sponges, with Descriptions of four } new species; Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr . G. 8. Brady on the British Bosminida, Macrothricide, ‘and Lynceide ; Miscellane ous Notices; Rey. J. C. Bruce, LL.D., Presidential Address ; Reports and Lists of Members. ‘VOLUME? IL, Consisting of Messrs. Baker and Tate’s New Flora of Northumberland and Durham, with Geological Map and Map of Drainage Districts. Price 7s. 6d. ‘ UNIFORM WITH THE ABOVE, TRANSACTIONS of the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. Six Volumes. Price Ten {| Shillings each. THE FOLLOWING MAY ALSO BE. HAD SEPARATELY, VIZ.:— Catalogue of Insects, by James Hardy and T. J. Bold. 5s. Mollusea, by Joshua Alder. 2s. 6d. | ‘ Zoophytes, by Joshua Alder. Elight Plates. 4s. Permian Fossils, by Richard Hawse. 2s. e Lepidoptera, by George Wailes. Part I, 2s. ‘ Notes on the Permian System of Northumberlaud and Durham, by Richard Howse. 2s. | Synopsis of the Geology of Durham and part of Northumberland, by R. Howse and J. | _W. Kirkby. Is. ee A Monograph of the British Entomostraca bel onging to the Families Bosminide, Mae- | rothricids, and Lynceide, by the Rey. A. 14. Norman, M.A., aud George §. Brady, | C.M.Z.S. Six Plates. 3s. 6d. | 9 32 39 NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE: PRINTED RY JOHN @ BLE, RAILWAY BANK, PILGRIM STREET. NATURAL HISTORY TRANSACTIONS OF NORTHUMBERLAND | _ ET al i a yy ——— set | et Waa Li$i “4 mavenerna § STREET, COVENT GARDEN, ‘LONDON: AND 20, ‘SOUTH FREDERICK STREET, EDINBURGH. .& We DODSWORTH, NEWCASTLE- UPON-'TYNE. “1870. = ene . ‘ is 7 \ \ Z = Se ~ B01 TREASURER S$ ACCOUNT. LA) e \ swoarany | STeTsOr 8 of ‘091109 PUNOF pus pourUExny 6 VF G66r G6 V S66F 6 Gls s9 0 SIT 3 Go iGo ee ymey er opueeen 0.0 8T és @ ALG emo gormpang pus aseisog ., OPatich 2 ee IOPTY “AY JO qrex0g 9 F Bloc saree eat eapiec ene - SurydesSoyyry ,, jo satdog get ‘Ajoroog Axoystzy [umnyeN ,, Wb ee cs veeseeseese BuO 4s lh fetes | counmeRerae, anal ~ 0 0 9 suoydtiosqng suTjo9T[09 WO MOISsIMULOD ,, (OGL (OIE Bone 2 ei ee Be ea lS * suoydriosqng ,, 0 9T TOL CC, SUOTOVSTRAT ,, suyUIIgG Ag Oe2GT 99. ss “Ts DIVMIOT JYSNOIG ooUvpVg Oy, 1D EG : 1D Ag “698T ‘8 Indy “4 3 “ie GOTO CTA SESITVUOIVN ACISHNAL GHL HLTA DNQOOOV NI UWUOSVaUL TAL 302 A LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALG COLLECTED XIL.—A List of Fresh-water Alge collected in Northumberland and Durham. By Gzorer Stewarpson Brapy, C.M.Z.S. Tue preparation of a complete catalogue of the fresh-water Algee of our district—a work which I at one time hoped to accom- plish—cireumstances have compelled me to give up; but it is perhaps desirable to place on record some few memoranda made during the time when I studied these organisms. Localities for and notices of bi several species are given in Winch’s “ Flora,’ the occurrence of others, chiefly by Professor Oliver, may be found in the Transactions of the Tyneside Field Club. Beyond these I know of no local literature of the subject. My own col- lection of specimens—both marine and fresh-water—has beer for some years in the herbarium of our Natural History Society, and I believe comprises specimens of most, if not all, of the species mentioned in my lists. The subject presents a wide field for study. There is much to be done in working out the life-history of the various forms ; it being beyond dispute that many of those hitherto classed as distinct species are merely stages in the existence of Lichens, Fungi, or other Algz. Until problems of this nature are more fully solved the mere collecting and naming of specimens is @ dreary and perhaps a useless task, there being no means of appreciating the meaning of facts of habitat and distribution. The following list embraces neither Diatomaces nor Desmidie. VAUCHERIA. Many of the varieties to which distinct specific names are usually given occur abundantly in our district, chiefly in ditches, salt-marshes, and on the surface of damp rocks; but I do not myself believe in the existence of more than a very few well- marked fresh-water species. Hassall counts thirteen British species. BaTRACHOSPERMUM MONILIFORME, Hass. This beautiful species is probably of pretty frequent oceur- rence. I have found it abundantly in a mill-stream in Wark IN NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. 303 Burn; also in a pool near Hedworth, and in a stone trough in Seaham Hall Avenue. BATRACHOSPERMUM ATRUM, Harv. In the stells at Sedgefield (Morden Carr). DRAPARNALDIA GLOMERATA, dq. Very common. DRAPARNALDIA PLUMOSA. dq. In a spring on bank side near Ryton Station, September, 1860. DRAPARNALDIA TENUIS, Ag. Southwick, near Sunderland. DRAPARNALDIA CRUCIATA, Hicks. In a moss-pool south of Crag Lake, May, 1860. CH#ETOPHORA ENDIVIZFOLIA, Aq. Pools near Hedworth and Brockley Whins; Smalesmouth, Seaham Hall Avenue, Morden Carr. CH#TOPHORA ELEGANS, Ag. Common on decaying plants, shells, &. ZYGNEMA NITIDUM, Aq. Common. ZYGNEMA QUININUM, Aq. Common. TYNDARIDEA. Many species (so called) of this and the preceding genus, as well as of Vesiculifera, are common, but the majority of those given by Hassall appear to be founded on totally insufficient characters. 304 A LIST OF FRESH-WATER ALG COLLECTED ZYGOGONIUM ERICETORUM, Wiitz. Mosses about Crag Lake and Haltwhistle. VESICULIFERA Rotut, Hass. Very common. BULBOCHETH SETIGERA, Aq. Pools near Crag Lake, &c. CLADOPHORA GLOMERATA. Common, chiefly in streams. CiapopHora Brownt, Dillw. A plant, which I believe to be referable to this species, occurs on damp rocks at the side of Hareshaw Burn. CLADOPHORA FLAVESCENS, Roth. Brockley Whins. CruapopHora FRAcTA, Fl. Dan. Frequent. CoLEOCHETE scuTaTa, Breb. On submerged leaves, &c., Crag Lake, August, 1862. Lynepya zonata, (Web d Morh.) Ditch south of Crag Lake. LYNGBYA MURALIS, Ag. Common everywhere. ToLYPOTHRIX DISTORTA, Kiitz. Abundant in the ‘‘ stells’’ on Morden Carr. OscILLATORIA TENUIS, Ag. Ashburn and Hylton: Hareshaw. Probably common. IN NORTHUMBERLAND AND DURHAM. OSCILLATORIA THERMALIS, Hass. In a hot-water stream at Monkwearmouth Colliery. OSCILLATORIA SPLENDIDA (?), Grev. Stream in Hylton Dene; abundant. OscILLATORIA MUSCORUM, Aq. On Algee in stream above Bardon Mill. OscILLATORIA NIGRA, Vauch. Ashburn and Hedworth. OSCILLATORIA CONTEXTA, Carm. On footpaths, &c., round Sunderland ; common. OSCILLATORIA TEREBRIFORMIS, Aq. Ditches near Sunderland, and in streams near Hartlepool. OSCILLATORIA DECORTICANS, (rev. On sluice at Bardon Mill. Var. B. on timber near Sunderland. MicrocoLEeus REPENS, Harv. Side of stream at Monkton. Rapuipia vrripis, Hass. 305 Covering stones on the margin of a deep pond near Brockley Whins Station, in small circular patches of a dark green or blackish colour. SPIRILLUM MINUTISSIMUM, Hass. In pools above high-water mark near Byers’ Quarry. SPHROZYGA ELASTICA, Aq. At Ryton Willows and Cullercoats. Unya suntosa, Roth. Brackish ditches at Hartlepool. 006 MR. ATTHEY ON PALATAL TEETH OF A Unya crispa, Light. On a thatched roof at Bardon Mill. TETRASPORA LUBRICA, Jy. In stream at Ryhope Point. TETRASPORA GELATINOSA, Desv. Pool near Charlton, North Tyne, and near Bishopwearmouth Cemetery. ENTEROMORPHA INTESTINALIS, Link. Hylton Burn; ditches on Holy Island and at Hartlepool; pond near Pensher Station, &c. PALMELLA CRUENTA, 4g. Very common on footpaths and at the base of damp walls round Sunderland. CYLINDROSPERMUM SPIRALE. Ryton Willows, September, 1861. PHYSACTIS PARVULA, Wiitz. Moat at Raby; collected by the Rev. A. M. Norman. CiatHRocystis mRuGINOSA, Henfrey. Moat at Raby; collected by the Rev. A. M. Nerman. XIIT.—On the Oceurrence of the Palatal Teeth of a Fish belong- ing to the Genus Climaxodus, M‘Coy, in the Low Main Shale of Newsham. By Tuomas Artuzy. (Read October 9th, 1868.) In this communication I wish to make known the discovery of some palatal teeth which have occurred to me during the inves- tigations I have made in the black shale of the Low-Main Seam of Newsham. Some of these have been in my possession more than eight years, others have been found recently. In the hope FISH BELONGING TO THE GENUS CLIMAXODUS. 307 of obtaining more perfect infermation relative to these curious teeth, a notice cf their occurrence in this locality has hitherto been delayed; but it seems desirable to give a short notice of their discovery at the present time, preparatory to a more length- ened and careful description of them. Fourteen specimens, of various sizes, have eccurred to me during the above-named period. Some of these are isolated palatal teeth; but on one slab of shale, about four inches long, and 23 inches broad, there are remains of not less than eight teeth ; and from the manner in which they are imbedded, and the presence ef great numbers ef minute dermal tubercles in connexion with them, there can be no doubt that they all be- longed te one individual. The general form of the upper surface of the tooth is ovate. This upper surface is supported by a bony process, which springs from the under surface, and projects beyond the smaller extre- mity. The narrow portion of the upper surface is crossed by from four te six transverse imbricating ridges. In the larger Specimens these ridges are strongly undulated, with the upper edge roughly broken up into coarse granulations. The broader portion of this surface is occupied by a very wide furrow or hollew bounded at the broad end by a sharp, slightly denticu- lated margin. The narrow portion of the surface is ornamented with minute granulations; the broad furrow is striated in the direction of the length of the tooth. Three of the teeth are somewhat sherter than the rest; or, in other words, they have a more circular form. The largest tooth measures, including the projecting bony process, an inch and a quarter in length, and is about Zths of an inch wide in the broadest part. The smallest tooth is rather more than 2ths of an inch long, and very nearly the same in the broadest part. In the small specimens the groove at the broad end is nearly as large as the remaining portion of the tooth. On comparing these teeth with the figure given by M‘Coy (British Paleozoic Fossils, pl. 3 ce. f. 5) of his Climaxodus im- bricatus, they are found to agree in having the narrow portion 308 MR. ATTHEY ON PALATAL TEETH OF A of the tooth ornamented with transverse ridges; but a further comparison cannot at present be made, as the figure given by M‘Coy was from a specimen broken at both ends. As it appears to be advisable to attach some name to this interesting fossil, and seeing that it agrees in some essential points with the genus Climawodus, M‘Coy, I propose to refer it provisionally to that genus, and, further, to distinguish the species which I have found at Newsham by the name of Cli- maxodus lingueformis. Also I avail myself of the present occasion to announce that, in addition to Climarodus and the species already described in former communications to the ‘‘ Annals,” several other interest- ing forms have been obtained from the shale of the Low-Main Seam, of which no notice has been given, the most important of these being the following :— C@LACANTHUS LEPTURUS, Ag. Several entire specimens have occurred, but usually in a much disturbed state. Separate scales are not uncommon. STREPSODUS SAUROIDES, Hua. Two or three jaws of this species, with the teeth attached, have been obtained, and numerous separate teeth. GyroLepis Ranginu, Ag. Several specimens have occurred in a more or less complete state of preservation. PLATYSoMUS PARVULUS, Young (?). A few entire specimens have occurred. AMPHICENTRUM, sp. indet. Three nearly perfect specimens have been found, and numer- ous mandibles exhibiting tuberculated plates. FISH BELONGING TO THE GENUS CLIMAXODUS. 309 PLEURACANTHUS LEVISSIMUS, Ag. Several fine interesting spines, in a good state of preservation, have occurred. ORTHACANTHUS CYLINDRICUS, Ag. Numerous large well-preserved specimens of this fish-spine have been obtained. CTENACANTHUS HYBODIOIDES, 4g. Five specimens have occurred, in a nearly perfect state of preservation ; one specimen is eight inches long. LEPTACANTHUS, sp. indet. A spine or two, apparently belonging to this genus, have oc- - curred at Newsham. CLADODUS MIRABILIS, Aq. Numerous specimens of the teeth, frequently associated with patches of dermal granules, have been found in several distant localities. PLEvuRODUS Ranxinit, Ag. Numerous specimens of the teeth have occurred. Pacitopus, sp. indet. Numerous specimens belonging to this genus have been found. PETALODUS, sp. indet. Several teeth have been procured from the Low-Main Shale. Gosforth, October Tth, 1868, 310 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ON A XIV.—On a new Labyrinthodont Amphibian from the Northum- berland Coal Field, and on the Occurrence in the same Locality of Anthracosaurus Russelli. By Awupany Hancocr, F.L.S8., AND T'Homas ATTHEY. We have recently obtained from the black shale associated with the Low-Main Seam at Newsham Colliery, in the neighbourhood of Neweastle-upon-Tyne, the remains of a small amphibian be- longing to Professor Huxley’s genus Urocordylus.* This is the second generic form that has occurred to us in this locality of the interesting series described by that learned palzontologist from the Jarrow Colliery, in the county of Kilkenny, Ireland. We propose to name this species Urocordylus reticulatus. We have adopted the specific denomination reticulatus as expressive of the reticulated structure of the surface of the cranial bones. The specimen now before us is composed of the head and twenty- three or twenty-four vertebre in a continuous series ; the dorsal aspect of the head is exposed to view, and the vertebree lie with their left sides uppermost. The entire length of the specimen is 21 inches. The head, which is much crushed and injured by the fracture of the bones, is of a subtriangular form, with the pos- terior region truncated, and tapering in front to a short rounded snout; and there are two large curved horns projecting back- wards from the occipital region, like those of Keraterpeton.+ In Professor Huxley’s species the horns were not observed; but this is not to be wondered at, for the head was in a very bad state of preservation. In our specimen, too, the bones are so much broken up that it is impossible to determine their forms ; the surface, however, of several of them is in excellent condi- tion, and exhibits, in the most distinct manner, a coarse reti- culated structure of elevated ridges or lines, which, from the elongation of the meshes in some of the bones, have the appear- ance of strong, raised, parallel strie. The head measures from * “On a Collection of Fossil Vertebrata from the Jarrow Colliery, county cf Kilkenny, Ireland,” by Thomas H. Huxley ard E. Perceval Wright (Trans. Royal Irish Academy 1867, Vol. XXIV). t See op. cit. NEW LABYRINTHODONT AMPHIBIAN. dil the snout to the occipital margin ;4;ths of an inch, in width at the broadest part 3%>ths of an inch; the horns are 3’;ths of an inch in length. Two or three teeth are distinguishable in one of the mandibles, but are somewhat injured ; they are small, have the sides nearly parallel, and are slightly curved; the apices are apparently ab- ruptly pointed. The sternal plates are distinctly displayed, but are in a much disturbed condition; all the three, however, can be made out, two of them being much mutilated. They lie immediately behind the head, at the left side of the specimen, towards the ventral aspect; two are a little in advance of the third. They all have the surface covered with a minute reticu- lation of raised lines, which assume a radial disposition, as if from centres of growth. Behind the plates, on the left or ven- tral side of the body, there is a sort of roll, as it were, extending someway backwards, which seems to be composed of minute elliptical scales; they are, however, very indefinite ; their exact form could not be determined. The vertebree, of which there are twenty-three or twenty-four, are very apparent, but their precise form is rather difficult to make out; they are nevertheless in regular order, but are some- what obscured by the matrix. They each bear a long compressed or flattened plate-like dorsal spine, which is as high or a little higher than the centrum ; its dorsal or free margin is truncated and serrated; below it is contracted in the antero-posterior di- rection, and, expanding above, somewhat resembles a fan, the resemblance being heightened by the strong radiating strie that cover the sides. They are very similar to the vertical processes of Urocordylus .Wandesfordii, but more particularly agree, in proportion and character, with the subvertebral bone or spine. The three or four terminal posterior vertebre have in addition subvertebral bones similar in form and size to the dorsal spines. From this fact it would appear that these three or four vertebrx belong to the tail; and if the new species is as rich in caudal vertebre as U. Wandefordii, our specimen must have lost at least seventy of the benes of its tail. U. reticulatus has therefore about twenty trunk or precaudal vertebre, the number that is 312 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY found in Professor Huxley’s species. The vertebre are about {5th of an inch in length, and in height 4th of an inch, including the dorsal spine; the height of the caudal vertebra, measuring from the upper margin of the dorsal spine to the lower margin of the subvertebral bone, is }th of an inch. The zygapophyses project laterally as well as forward and backward. There are slight indications of anterior and posterior limbs ; but the appearances are too vague to be worthy of further no- tice, beyond that a fragment of bone seems to mark the place of the posterior limb near the termination of the trunk-vertebre. And not far from this point there is also a small bone, which is probably one of the phalanges. The length of the specimen, including the head and trunk-ver- tebre, is only one-fourth that of the same parts of U. Wandes- fordii; we may therefore conclude that the latter species is four times the size of U. reticulalus. When perfect, U. Wandesfordit is upwards of 18 inches long; consequently the new species would measure 41 inches if entire. U. reticulatus is evidently closely related to Keraterpeton, as is proved by the form of the head, the two occipital cornua, and also by the character of the sternal plates: so close, indeed, does this relationship appear to be, that we have some doubt whether it should not be placed in that genus. It is true that no occipital horns were observed in U. Wandesfordii; but the skull of Professor Huxley’s specimen was so much crushed and disturbed that much stress cannot be placed on this negative fact; and the vertebre of our species resemble more closely those of Urocordylus than they do those of Keraterpeton. More- over, in the latter form there is a perceptible diminution in the size of the nineteenth vertebra, and so on to the tail, while in our species the last of the three caudal vertebrae, the twenty- third or twenty-fourth, is as large as any of the trunk-vertebre, agreeing in this respect with Urocordylus, and signifying that U. reticulatus has a long and powerful tail, which is the characteris- tic feature of the genus. We have therefore provisionally placed our new species in that genus. Another question arises—Is U. reticulatus a distinct species ? ON ANTHRACOSAURUS RUSSELLI. 313 or is it merely the young of U. Wandesfordii? We believe it to be distinct, because the vertical processes of the vertebrae, though strongly resembling those of that species, differ consi- derably from them in certain particulars. The character of the sternal plates is also different, and the surface-structure of the cranial bones is apparently peculiar; but it must be allowed that this feature may be wanting in U. Wandesfordii merely on account of the curious state of preservation of the specimen from which that species was described. But be this as it may, the interest of this discovery is not lessened; and, indeed, this ad- dition to the coal-fauna of the district is the most important that has been made since our acquisition in 1867 of Ophiderpeton, another of Professor Huxley's genera from the Kilkenny Coal- shales. And we cannot but deem ourselves fortunate in having met with this new species of so rare a form of Labyrinthodont Amphibian ; for much novelty is not now to be expected from the shales of Newsham and Cramlington, which have been assi- duously searched for the last fifteen years. AnTHRACOSAURUS RussELLI, Huwley. A large fragment of the skull of this rare fossil was obtained a short time ago at Newsham; it is a portion of the anterior part of the cranium, and happily exhibits characteristic features that cannot well be mistaken. The snout is wanting, being broken off diagonally backwards from left to right; and poste- riorly the specimen is broken away in a parallel diagonal line a little behind the great vomerine tusks; so that on the right side nearly the whole of the maxilla is present; on the left the frac- ture passes close to the base of the large vomerine tusk, conse- quently the maxilla of this side is almost entirely wanting. In form the specimen is rhomboidal, being diagonally broken across before and behind; the sides are perfect; it measures length- wise 34 inches, in breadth 6 inches. Both the dorsal and palatal surfaces have been cleared of the matrix, a work of much care and labour; and though the parts are crushed and distorted, many of the characters are well 314 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY preserved. The sculpture of the bone on the dorsal surface is dis- tinctly displayed, and is of the usual Labyrinthodont character, resembling very closely that of Pteroplax; but the pits or de- pressions are less regular, and the surrounding ridges are rough and much broken up. ‘The frontal bones are broken away before and behind, but the greater part of them is evidently present; they are considerably elongated, and are a little ex- panded in front. A triangular bone, with its apex forward, is interposed on either side between the frontals and the maxille ; these bones are probably the postfrontals, or they may be the prefrontals and the postfrontals in combination. On the left side a fragment, probably of the nasal bone, is wedged in in front, between the anterior extremity of the frontal and the maxilla. The sutures are represented by wide, smooth, depres- sed lines, but, with the exception of those of the frontals, they are not very easily determined. The other side of the specimen exhibits the roof of the mouth, but the bones are so much crushed and broken that it is impos- sible to make out their forms and limits. Suffice it to say that, a little in front of the great vomerine tusks, there is on each side a large deep depression (which two depressions are un- doubtedly the anterior palatal foramina), and that immediately behind and towards the outer margin of the right vomerine tusk a circular depression, upwards of half an inch in diameter, in- dicates the position of the right posterior naris. The teeth belonging to the fragment are nearly all present ; but many of them are broken down and displaced, and only a few retain their apices. The two great vomerine tusks are not much disturbed; that on the right side stands erect, but a large portion of the crown has disappeared. It is placed somewhat nearer to the maxilla than to the central line of the skull, and is not very far from the anterior margin of the specimen; what remains of it is 3ths of an inch in height, and it measures across the widest part of the base Zths of an inch. The left vomerine tusk is crushed down close to the posterior margin of the speci- men, with its base near its proper position, not far from the maxilla, and the apex pointing inwards; it is broken across near ON ANTHRACOSAURUS RUSSELLI. 815 to the middle; and the basal portion overlies, to some extent, the upper part. When perfect this tusk could not be less than two inches long, and is about an inch wide at the base. Four teeth, upwards of half an inch long, lie upon the base of this large tusk, and another, about the same size, lies pressed down a little in front of it; these have their bases attached to the maxilla, and are the only maxillary teeth of this side, a very small portion of the maxilla being present. In front of these teeth a short space intervenes between them and the base of a large tooth, which stands erect, and is 2ths of an inch in diameter ; the crown lies pressed in contact with the basal por- tion, and with it measures nearly an inch in length. A large depression is immediately in advance of this tooth, separating it from two other teeth equally large, or, perhaps, a little larger, which are crushed down confusedly, one over the other, at the anterior extremity of the specimen. These three large teeth would seem to belong to the premaxilla. The teeth of the maxilla of the right side are well displayed; they stand up, for the most part arranged along the alveolar ridge with their crowns (some of which are perfect) inclined backward and in- ward. ‘There are thirteen of these teeth; they vary somewhat in size, and commence in front in a line with the base of the vomerine tusk. The first seven are placed close together; the first and seventh are larger than the rest, and are ith of an inch wide at the base; two or three of the smaller have the crown complete ; when perfect, the large ones must have been upwards of half an inch long. A short space now intervenes in the series, and then there is a cluster of four more teeth, three of which are rather large and one small, the latter being placed between the first and second of the three; all their crowns are broken off; the bases of the three larger measure ith of an inch in diameter. Behind these is a large depression; and then the Series is terminated by the two last teeth, the twelfth and thir- teenth, which are placed near to each other. All that remains of the former is a very short stump, almost 4th of an inch in diameter ; the latter is apparently quite small, and is represented 316 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY by a mere fragment, which is placed close to the fractured mar- gin of the specimen. _In number and size the teeth do not exactly correspond to those of the specimen from the Lanarkshire Coal-Field described by Professor Huxley ;* but the disparity in these respects does not amount to much. In the Scotch specimen there are thirteen teeth described in the left preemaxilla and maxilla, while nine- teen are enumerated as attached to the same bones of the right side. In our specimen there are thirteen maxillary teeth on the right side and three premaxillary teeth on the left, one or two apparently being wanting. So it would seem that the Newsham specimen, when perfect, had, in all probability, sixteen or seven- teen teeth in the upper jaw on each side; but as the number in the two sides does not apparently agree in the Scotch specimen, our specimen may have had two or three teeth more or less on either side, thus altering the number to thirteen or nineteen, as in the specimen described by Professor Huxley. The palatal teeth, however, are wanting in the Newsham specimen. On the left side the bone to which they are attached is broken away; but on the right side there is a ridge behind the vomerine tusk, which, perhaps, may be the alveolar plate ; if so, the teeth have been removed; there are, however, some fragments in the vicinity, which possibly belong to the palatal teeth of this side. The teeth on the whole are somewhat less than those of the Scotch specimen, and this disagreement cannot be accounted for by the difference in size of the skulls. The Scotch skull is 5:3 inches in width opposite the vomerine tusks. Our specimen measures across the same region 5:5 inches; so the latter would appear to be the larger of the two. But this is probably not the case, for our fragment seems to be a little widened by pressure. The skull, however, of our specimen, when perfect, could not be much, if at all, smaller than that described from Scotland, which is stated to be 15 inches long, and 12 inches wide at the * Journal of the Geological Soc., Vol. XIX., p. 56, 1863. ON ANTHRACOSAURUS RUSSELLI. 317 widest part. That they were of nearly equal size is apparently confirmed by the dimensions of the vomerine tusks. Those of the Newsham specimen seem to be quite as large as those of the Scotch specimen; in both they are about equal in diameter at the base. It is true that Professor Huxley estimates their length in the Scotch specimen to be three inches, while, judging from the fragments, we have calculated that the left tusk in our specimen could not be less than two inches long ; but how much longer it may have been we cannot determine. It is certain that the two fragments into which it is broken, when taken together, measure upwards of two inches in length; and it is Impossible to say how much the basal portion overlies the upper: moreover the latter is bent, and the apical extremity is wanting. We think, then, that the disparity in the number and size of the teeth and tusks is not sufficient to cause us to doubt the specific identity of the two specimens in question. We must now turn to the character of the teeth themselves. Tn our specimen they have the same irregularly rounded base as those of the Scotch specimen; and like them they are, towards the apex, a little flattened, giving to the section of the crown an elliptical contour, the long axis being in the direction of the jaw; and on the frontal and dorsal aspects they are slightly carinated. So far the teeth agree; but Professor Huxley describes the sur- face of those in his specimen as ridged, not grooved, while in ours they may be said to be both grooved and, to some extent, ridged. 'The base of the teeth, when in a good state of preser- vation, exhibits narrow, shallow grooves, the interspaces being comparatively wide and usually a little prominent, though some- times almost flat. This difference in the two instances is, per- haps, of not much importance, and may be accounted for by the peculiar state of preservation of the specimens: we shall shortly endeavour to show that this is the fact ; in the meantime we will say a few words on the internal structure of the teeth. In this respect there is also some slight difference; our sections of the teeth and those described by Professor Huxley do not exactly agree. The only difference of any consequence, however, can be explained, we think, by supposing that the sections were = 3018 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY made from different parts of the tooth. In Ptcroplax the pulp- cavity, near the root of the tooth, is radiated, as it is in Anthra- cosaurus ; a little nearer the base the radial spaces are wider, a little further up they are contracted, and still higher up they are contracted more, and ultimately they are lost, and the cylindri- cal form of the pulp-cavity established. We may therefore pre- sume that the sections described by Professor Huxley were made near to the base of the tooth in Anthracosaurus, and consequently the radial form of the pulp-cavity was strongly developed. Our sections are from higher up the tooth, and the result is, that the radiation of this cavity is very imperfect and in part oblite- rated. In other respects the structure appears to agree with Professor Huxley’s description; but this observation applies only to the general arrangement of the parts; for, as the learned Professor remarks, ‘the details could only be made intelligible by elaborate figures,’ and such were not given. In Mr. Atthey’s collection there is a portion of a right man- dible which was obtained at Newsham, and which we originally thought belonged to Pieroplax, but which we now have no doubt belongs to Anthracosaurus. The surface-sculpture of the bone, the general form, character, and internal structure of the teeth demonstrate this since we have become acquainted with these features in that genus. The fragment, which is upwards of 24 inches long, 14 inch wide behind, and #ths of an inch wide in front, is the anterior portion of the right mandible; it has attached to it five teeth; in front it is perfect ; the posterior portion is broken away close to the fifth tooth, which, though much injured, appears to be about half an inch long. The three next in advance are not quite so long, and are separated from the fifth and from each other by considerable spaces, and from the tooth in front by a space $ths of an inch in length. This frontal tooth, which is perfect, is half an inch long and 58,ths of an inch wide at the base; it is placed a little way from the extremity, where there is a depression, but whether for the reception of the base of a tooth cannot be determined. The surface of the teeth is ridged, particularly towards the base, agreeing in this respect with those ON ANTHRACOSAURUS. 319 in the Scotch specimen : they are a little compressed above; and one, which is tolerably perfect, has the apex slightly carinated. On making a section of one of the teeth, it is quite obvious that the ridges on the surface are owing to erosion, if not en- tirely, at least mainly, and that the internal structure agrees very well with that of Anthracosawrus when allowance is made for the variation caused by the sections not being made at the same part. Our section was made a little way up the tooth; while those of the Scotch specimens were, as we have already explained, evidently made close to the base. There can therefore be little doubt that this fragmentary man- dible really belongs to Anthracosaurus. We have, then, the satisfaction of recording the occurrence in the Northumberland Coal-Field, not only of a considerable portion of the cranium, but likewise of a large fragment of the jaw of this rare fossil. The large sternal plate, nearly five inches long, described in our paper on Pteroplax,* is probably that of Anthracosaurus. It was found in the same locality, and this is the only large Laby- rinthodont occurring in the Newsham shale to which it can at present be assigned, We also possess some ribs and vertebre which perhaps belong to the same animal. XV.—Note on Anthracosaurus. By AuBany Hancock, F.L.5., AND THomas ATTHEY. Ty the following brief remarks, we wish to supply a note to our paper on Anthracosaurus and Urocordylus, published in the Sep- tember number of the ‘‘ Annals.”’ In that paper we described a large portion of the skull of Anthracosaurus, and a portion of a mandible belonging also to the same Labyrinthodont. We spoke likewise of the occurrence of a central sternal plate, ribs, and vertebre which we thought belonged to that Amphibian. We are now in a position to show that another considerable frag- ment of a skull of this interesting Labyrinthodont has occurred * See Annals of Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. I., p. 277. 326 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY in the same locality, the true nature of which fossil however has been misunderstood. ‘In the “Annals,” some months ago, Mr. T. P. Barkas de- ‘scribed what he considered to be a malar bone as large as that of a full-grown crocodile. Having obtained some authentic in- formation respecting this enigmatical bone, we are not surprised to find that it has no resemblance whatever to a reptilian malar, and that it is, in fact, composed of several of the upper cranial bones of the Labyrinthodont alluded to. Mr. William Dinning, a clever young paleontologist, was allowed by the owner of the fossil in question to make a draw- ing of it; and he has kindly permitted us to refer to his figure, which represents the specimen of the natural size, and has all the appearance of great accuracy. With the aid of this draw- ing, and the original incomplete description in the ‘‘ Annals,” there is no difficulty in determining the real nature of this so- called malar. That it is the upper portion of the cranium of a Labyrinthodont there can be no doubt; neither can there be any doubt that it consists of the two frontals (which are quite distinctly displayed), the parietals, and the greater portion of the supraoccipitals. We have recently had an opportunity of examining a meee cranium of a large Labyrinthodont resembling Loxomma. In this specimen the contour of the combined frontals, parietals, and supraoccipitals resembles the general contour of the bones composing the so-called malar in the most remarkable manner ; only in this fine cranium they are altogether more elongated in proportion to their width than they are in it; and, besides, in the former the outer margins of the frontals are parallel, or nearly so, while in the so-called malar the frontals considerably widen anteriorily. Now in Anthracosaurus this is precisely the case; and though in our specimen of this Labyrinthodont, de- scribed in the paper before referred to, the frontals are a little larger than those of the so-called malar, they agree with them exactly in form and proportion. This is sufficiently evident, notwithstanding that they are not quite perfect. Moreover, the surface-sculpture of the bone in Anthracosaurus is very similar ON FOSSIL FUNGI. 391 to that represented in Mr. Dinning’s drawing; and indeed Mr. Dinning says that the surface-sculpture in the two is exactly the same. We can therefore have little difficulty in concluding that this so-called reptilian malar is really a considerable portion of the upper central bones of the cranium of Anthracosaurus. It was found in the same locality that supplied our specimen of this Labyrinthodont, and not very long before it occurred. XVI.—On some curious Fossil Fungi from the Black Shale of the Northumberland Coal-Field. By Aupany Hancock, F.L.S., AnD Tuomas Artury. (Plates VII., VIII.) Iv is now about ten years ago that a few sections of certain len- ticular bodies were made and their peculiar tubular ramifications revealed. These bodies were then supposed to be of vegetable origin, and were procured in the Cramlington black shale. At the time we took these tubular ramifications to be those of a parasitic fungus related to the unicellular fungi described by Kolliker ;* and as such our specimens were exhibited at one of the early microscopic soirees held by the Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. Since we first became acquainted with these curious and in- teresting bodies, we have collected a vast number of specimens (not less than one hundred and fifty) at Cramlington, Newsham, and other localities; and, having been engaged for the last few months investigating the subject, we now propose to give a suc- cinct account of the results at which we have arrived, reserving for some future occasion more complete details of our researches. First, then, with regard to the bodies themselves in which the peculiar structure alluded to is found. They are frequently cir- cular, a good deal depressed and lenticular, with one side gener- ally flatter than the other, sometimes quite flat. The largest * See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser, 3, Vol. 1V., p. 300, October, 1859. 322. MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY are upwards of 34ths of an inch in diameter, and nearly 3%ths of an inch in thickness. Oval, depressed forms also occur, one of which in our possession is ;‘;ths of an inch in length, though one extremity is wanting, and 7 ths of an inch wide. But by far the greater number are somewhat irregular in form, mostly partaking, however, of the circle or ellipsis: one such elongated specimen is an inch in length. Some have the margin a little sinuous ; others are even pedunculate, or at least have a narrow produced process at one end; and it is not uncommon to find them very much flattened, squeezed out as it were till the mar- gins are quite sharp. The surface is invariably dull and much like the matrix in texture, though in one or two instances we have perceived indications of a reticulated structure. They leave the matrix with great facility, frequently dropping out of it on the shale being split open. When sections of these bodies are viewed by transmitted light, they vary in colour from carmine to warm yellow, resembling much in this respect fossil wood from the same locality, though the latter is never so bright in tint. Like fossil wood, too, the sections have a tendency to warp when placed on the slide, and consequently the outer margin or rim is frequently cracked all round on putting on the cover. That they are non-calcareous is proved by a very simple ex- periment. If we place a fossil tooth or bone from the Newsham shale in dilute nitric acid, a violent effervescence immediately ensues, and the result is that in an hour or two the specimens are either entirely broken down or are so much reduced that they crumble to pieces on being touched with the finger ; hence it is evident that such fossils from the above-mentioned locality retain their calcareous matter not much, if at all, changed. Now when we treat one of the lenticular bodies in question with nitric acid of the same strength no action whatever takes place, and after being immersed in it for several hours no perceptible effect is produced. Fossil wood from Newsham shale is likewise un- affected when subjected to the same influence. We have thus a proof that these lenticular bodies are non-caleareous, and strong ON FOSSIL FUNGI. B23 presumptive evidence as to the probability of their being of vege- table origin.* Indeed that they are so does not admit of a doubt. If there were no other evidence of the fact, it is demonstrated by their organic structure. Originally, as already stated, we took this organic structure (the tubular ramifications) to be a parasitic fungus, and the substance in which it was imbedded to be wood. And assuredly the tubular ramifications resemble very closely those of the unicellular fungi before alluded to, many species of which we have in our possession. The size and general cha- racter of the tubes, the mode of ramification, and particularly their bulbous enlargements, all agree very well with what we observe in these peculiar bodies. But there is one important difference: while, in the unicellular fungi, the tubes never sink deep into the substance in which they are lodged, ramifying immediately below its surface, those of the lenticular bodies, though they are connected with the periphery, permeate the entire mass. Our recent investigations, however, compel us to the conclusion that the whole, including the substance in which the tubes ramify, is but one organism, and that it is a fungus of a peculiar nature, related apparently in structure, and to some extent in form, to Sclerotium stipitatum, a very curious and abnormal species from India, described by Messrs. Berkeley and Currey in the ‘‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society’’ (1862, Vol. XXIII., pp. 91 & 93). The internal structure of this living Species is so similar to that of some of the coal-fungi in question, that, were it fossilized, it would assuredly be considered one of them. ‘‘The mass consists,’ says the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, ‘of very irregular, swollen, and sometimes constricted, more or less anastomosing, and more or less densely compacted threads.” These words might be used to describe the tubes of Archagaricon conglomeratum, one of our fossil fungi described in the sequel. We have in our possession a section of Selerotium stipitatum, and, after carefully examining it, we can find no important dif- ference distinguishing it from sections of our coal-fungi. The * Some account of these lenticular bodies has recently been given, in “ Scientific Opin- ion,” by Mr. T. P. Barkas, who supposed them to be fish-otolites. 324 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY irregular character of the tubes, their nodular enlargements, and the large terminal vesicles, are all features that are found in both the recent and fossil species. And, moreover, many of the larger ‘‘threads”’ or tubes in Sclerotium stipitatum can be seen abutt- ing with their ends against the dark peripheral cuticle, just as the tubes do in the fossil species, the bark or cuticle of which is similar in definition and thickness, and is also dark and opaque. * On examining sections of these lenticular fungi from the coal- shale, we find that they occasionally appear to be almost, if not entirely, homogeneous, and that, when perfect, they always exhibit a peripheral bark or cuticle of considerable thickness, though they vary in this respect, the cuticle being sometimes comparatively thin. The colour, as before mentioned, varies from a pretty clear carmine to a warm yellow, the intensity, of course, varying with the thickness of the section, and also, to some extent, the tint. But the apparent homogeneity is not by any means constant; indeed, by far the greater number of speci- mens show the peculiar structure before mentioned, some to only a slight degree, others very extensively, the whole mass being filled with, nay, almost composed of, ramifying tubes. The tubes vary considerably in size in the different species (for there are many species of these fungi), and, in fact, to some extent, in the same species. In some they measure goth of an inch in diameter; in others they are quite minute, being only +s3ooth of an inch in diameter; in some they are plain; in others, again, they terminate in large bulb-like swellings, and have here and there similar but smaller enlargements, two or three of such being occasionally placed close together. The tubes always appear to originate in the peripheral cuticle. The mode of ramification also varies: in some species the * Since the above was written we have obtained from Newsham a very interesting specimen of our new fungus, with the surface in excellent preservation. We have stated in the text that traces of surface-reticulation had been observed: in this new specimen the whole sur- face is covered with a minute angular reticulation, sharply defined by grooves, and resem- bling most closely the cuticular reticulation represented in the figures of Sclerotiwm stipitatum illustrating the paper of Messrs. Berkeley and Currey already referred to; so that in general form, in this peculiar surface-reticulation, in the thickness and character of the cuticle, and in internal structure our fossil fungi agree with this peculiar species from India. ON FOSSIL FUNGI. 325 tubes are long, and may be said to branch rather freely ; but in others they are cramped and much contorted; they are usually inextricably involved ; and in a few instances they radiate from centres, and are short, sinuous, and stout. In all cases they terminate in rounded extremities when not in bulbs. The branches are very frequently sharply defined, and exhibit a double marginal line, indicating that they have proper walls. They are occasionally filled with the matrix; and then they are black and perfectly opaque, and have a very striking appearance. The contained black matter is continuous with the external mat- rix, and from this fact it may be inferred that the tubes open externally ; indeed, their arrangement seems to indicate this; however, they are usually transparent, and reveal within their walls oval spore-like bodies, which pervade both the branches and the bulbous enlargements. Similar spore-like bodies are frequently scattered through the substance of the fungus amidst the ramifications; and in a few specimens in our possession these spore-like bodies are thickly scattered throughout the en- tire substance, no tubes or any other structure being perceptible. In others, again, nothing is observed in the homogeneous matter except circular vesicles resembling the bulbous enlargements of the tubes; in some instances such vesicles, large and small, are mingled together, and have scattered amidst them the spore-like bodies. In one remarkable specimen the vesicles seem to be formed into a connected congeries towards the margin. Another variety of these curious fungi has the outer bark or cuticle rather thick, and it seems to be composed of two or three layers. Immediately within the innermost layer there is a thin stratum of minute granules, which in some specimens is much extended, and the granules enlarged. In the former the quarter- inch object glass is requisite to resolve them; in the latter an inch glass shows them very well. And, what is rather peculiar, at certain points of the circumference the bark or cuticle is folded inwards, the outer layer to a much less extent than the inner, thus leaving a wide space between the two. These inward foldings, of which there are three or four, bulge considerably into the substance of the fungus, and are somewhat reniform or 325 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY ear-shaped. The stratum of granules follows the infoldings with the greatest regularity. There is still another variety, which differs considerably from all the rest. This is without tubes, the whole substance being composed of large polygonal cells having the appearance of coarse cellular tissue, with here and there a dark, irregular, spherical body. Such are the variations in the structure of these Coal-Measure fungi. They are, we have said, occasionally structureless, or nearly so; but this is rarely the case. We have sixteen speci- mens that appear either homogeneous, or almost so, out of one hundred and twenty-six sections, all the rest (one hundred and ten) exhibiting more or less structure. This fact militates strongly against the idea we at first entertained, that the tubu- lar structure was a fungus parasitic in the bodies in which it is found. Were such the case these figures ought to be reversed : sixteen bodies so affected might be found in one hundred and twenty-six ; but certainly we should never expect to find out of that number one hundred and ten affected and sixteen only free’ from the parasite. The apparent entire homogeneity of some specimens, and the apparent partial homogeniety of others, can be accounted for as the result of fossilization. Fossil wood and other vegetable substances have frequently the structure either wholly or par- tially obliterated by pressure. This is not uncommonly the case with wood found in the Newsham Coal-shale; and it can scarcely be doubted that such is the case with the fungi in question. We presume that the general substance of these bodies is composed of cellular tissue (and, indeed, in one of the varieties above men- tioned we have seen that it is chiefly made up of cellular tissue, and traces of such a structure have been observed in one or two other instances), and that by pressure this is almost universally obliterated. The ramifying tubes, with the spore-like bodies, being of a less delicate nature, or in some way less perishable, are sometimes preserved throughout the mass, at other times only partially preserved ; occasionally the tubes are so strongly defined, that every characteristic is retained; again so delicate ON FOSSIL FUNGI. 327 and attenuated are they, that their margins only can be per- ceived, dying out until the faintest traces of them subside into the surrounding homogeneous substance. Those specimens that exhibit only cell-like bodies, large and small, may have had likewise ramifying tubes, and pressure may have obliterated them; or they may have had a contmuous con- nected congeries of cells opening at the surface, as the tubes would seem to do; and in one instance, at least, extensive traces of such a structure exist. In this case the spores will have been developed in the cells; and, in fact, spore-like bodies have been observed in connexion with these cells. We have already stated that the tubes originate in, and appar- ently open at, the periphery of the fungus, and that spore-like bodies are occasionally found within the tubes and the bulbous enlargements in connexion with them. Such being the case, it is only necessary to suppose (and indeed from what we have seen apparently the fact is such) that the tubes are invaginated prolongations of the outer envelope or cuticle, in order to bring the organization of these coal species into some accordance with the structure of the higher fungi, in which the spores seem to be always developed in connexion with folds, tubes, or processes of one kind or other of the enveloping membrane or cuticle, or, more correctly speaking, of the hymenium, which is itself appar- ently a continuation of the peripheral investment. We shall now conclude this very imperfect account of these interesting Coal-Measure fungi with concise descriptions of a few of the more characteristic species, leaving the rest (probably as many more) for further investigation, which we hope will throw additional light on this intricate subject. DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. 1. ARCHAGARICON BULBOSUM. Tubes of equal size, about zo4s5th of an inch in diameter ; the main branches pretty straight, long, somewhat sinuous, with the secondary branches much contorted, involved, and crowded; 328 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY occasionally papillose, and frequently terminating in large sphe- rical vesicles, and with smaller bulbous enlargements, sometimes two or three in close succession, their diameter being three or four times that of the branches, the terminal vesicles being much larger. Several specimens of this species have occurred ; and we have two or three of what we consider to be a variety of it with simi- lar branches; but neither have they bulbous enlargements nor are they papillose. The peculiarities of this variety are probably owing to its state of development. 9, ARCHAGARICON GLOBULIFERUM. Tubes various in size, the larger about 2osoth of an inch in diameter, smooth; both stems and branches straight or very little sinuous, with numerous globular enlargements five or six times the diameter of the tubes, and with a few extremely large spherical vesicles many times larger than the globular enlarge- ments, some of them ~yth of an inch in diameter. This species is distinguished from A. bulbosum by the straight- ness, smoothness, and minuteness of the branches, and also by the more numerous globular enlargements, and particularly by the great size of the terminal vesicles. Several specimens have been obtained. 3. ARCHAGARICON RADIATUM. Tubes large, measuring =} th of an ineh in diameter, short, smooth, a little tortuous, and appearing as if radiating from cen- tres, but not with much regularity ; their margins are not always exactly parallel, but usually somewhat irregularly sinuous. This is a very characteristic species, and cannot be confounded with any other. We have two specimens exactly agreeing in the above characters; a third has, in addition to the radiating tubes, large, irregular, rounded vesicles. The variation is pro- bably owing to a different state of development. The fungus is elongated and rather small. ON FOSSIL FUNGI. 329 4, ARCHAGARICON DENDRITIOUM. Tubes very minute, ,;$0oth of an inch in diametor, arranged in dendritic tufts in connexion with the periphery of the organ- ism, and having interspersed large elliptical vesicles, which are apparently terminal. When the branches are crowded, the tuft- like arrangement is obscured. We have only two specimens of this pretty species; they are irregularly circular, and are quite minute, being only oth of an inch in diameter. They do not exactly agree in internal structure, one of them having the terminal elliptical vesicles much more numerous than the other, and the organism crowded throughout with a vast number of similar vesicles. 5. ARCHAGARICON CONGLOMERATUM. Tubes large, uneven, cramped, and warty, irregularly enlarged and occasionally much constricted, anastomosing, and studded with cells of various sizes, sometimes so numerous that the tubes are much obscured, the whole mass appearing filled with them. Several specimens have occurred of this well-marked species. The tubes are occasionally constricted to =}oth of an inch in diameter, and are sometimes enlarged to considerably more than twice that size. They are of an irregular form. EXPLANATION OF PLATES VII. & VIII. PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Lenticular form of Archagaricon. Fig. 2. Oval form. Fig. 3. Irregular elongated form. Fig. 4. Pedunculate form. 5. Irregular form, with minutely reticulated surface. Fig. 6. A portion of the surface enlarged to show the reticulations. 7. Transverse section of lenticular form, 320 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATVUHEY PLATE VIII. Fig. 1. General view of a few of the tubes, much enlarged, of Archagari- con bulbosum: a, peripheral envelope or cuticle of the fungus ; b, one of the large terminal vesicles; c, tubular enlargement. Fig. 2. A portion of a tube of the same species more highly magnified, with a terminal vesicle, showing the double marginal line. Fig. 3. An enlarged portion of a tube, with bulbous swelling and papillose walls. Fig. 4. The same, showing spore-like bodies within: a, spore-like bodies. Fig. 5. Terminal extremities of three tubes without enlargements, showing double marginal line. XVII.—On the generic identity of Climaxodus and Janassa, two Fossil Fishes related to the Rays. By Aupany Hancock, F.L.S., anD THomas Arrury. (Plate IX.) Wuen the paper on the teeth of Climaxodus lingueformis was published,* it was not thought desirable to hazard an opinion as to their arrangement, or whether they were palatal or “mandi- bular, or whether or not they belonged to both the upper and lower jaws. Since then we have obtained information that throws much light on the subject of these curious dental organs. Mr. Howse having called our attention to some well preserved specimens of the teeth of Janassa bituminosa of Miinstert from the Marl-Slate, it was at once obvious, as pointed out by that gentleman, that they were closely related to those of Climaxo- dus—so closely, indeed, that they seem to be generically the same. The differences are only those of proportion, there being not a single character of importance to distinguish one from the other. The teeth in both forms are depressed and elongated in the antero-posterior direction, and taper a little backwards ; in front there is a wide concave margin, which, standing up like a scoop * Annals of Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. II., p. 321. { Beitriige zur Petrefactenkunde, Heft V., p. 38, tab. 15, f. 10-14, ‘ | Nat. Hist, Trans. Né& D. Vol HEPLVIE A. Hancock, del. Tuffer. West, sc. A W. West, tmp. & 4 re aN See ee Nod Hist Travis Ne D. Vol IPL. VIL WOF 3 Lg BX A. Hancock, del. Tichor. West, sc. fi ON CLIMAXODUS AND JANASSA. B31 or dredging-bucket, is the cutting edge; behind this the surface is covered with transverse imbricated ridges, forming the grind- ing or crushing portion; and further down, on a lower plane, the broad depressed root projects backwards and downwards for a considerable distance. In profile they present a sigmoid curve, the frontal scoop-lhike portion standing up in the direction of the oral cavity, the posterior or root extremity being turned downwards in the opposite direction. The above description will do equally well for either Climaxo- dus or Janassa. Our Coal-Measure species, however, C. lingue- formis, Atthey, is considerably wider in proportion to its length, and the transverse imbricated ridges are stronger and much less numerous than they are in Janassa bituminosa. But C. unbri- catus, M‘Coy, from the Mountain-Limestone, seems somewhat intermediate between the two: it is proportionally narrower, and the ridges are much finer than in C. linguaformis. From these teeth alone the generic identity of all the three might be safely predicated; but there is further evidence in proof of the fact. Climaxodus and Janassa are both provided with two kinds of teeth. Those already indicated may be looked upon as the principal or primary dental organs; the other kind or the secondary, in the two genera, resemble each other just as closely as do the primary; and it is interesting to find that these secondary teeth agree pretty closely with some of those included in the genus Petalodus of authors, only they are oblique. In Janassa the association of these Petalodontoid teeth with the primary ones is too obvious to be called in question. In this form the two kinds are actually found arranged in order side by side. This is proved by the specimens already referred to and by Miinster’s excellent figures. The Petalodontoid form has likewise been obtained associated on the same slab with the primary teeth of Climavodus. We have in our possession a small slab, not so large as the palm of the hand, on which there are seven primary teeth, three or four of which lie in their na- tural position. On this slab there are likewise three of the Peta- lodontoid form, two being in contact with the primary teeth, and apparently not far removed from their original position. 332 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY Six or seven other specimens of these secondary teeth have oceurred scattered in the same shale in which the primary teeth are found. The secondary teeth have a certain resemblance generically to the primary teeth, and specifically they have cha- racters in common with their respective primary teeth. Never- theless they are scarcely generically distinguishable from the Petalodus of authors, though they are, as already stated, oblique. Having said thus much with respect to the external characters of the teeth themseives in the two genera in question, we must now make some remarks about their arrangement in the mouth. In Janassa it is clearly demonstrated, both by the specimens and figures before alluded to, that the teeth are similarly arranged in both the upper and under jaws. In this genus they are placed in slightly arched transverse rows, the largest symmetri- cal primary tooth being situated on the median antero-posterior line, and projecting a little in advance of the others. On each side of this there are two similar teeth, but somewhat less, the outside one being twisted obliquely ; the row is then terminated on either side by one of the Petalodontoid form. There are therefore seven teeth in each row, including both kinds—five primary, two secondary. Minster represents five or six such rows in close succession from back to front, the teeth and rows gradually diminishing in size forward. It is evident, then, that the arrangement of the buccal armature more closely resembles that of the Rays than the Cestracionts or the Sharks; and indeed notwithstanding the difference in the teeth themselves, in their arrangement they agree in a remarkable manner with those in Myliobatis aquila and Zygobatis marginata—a relationship which was recognized by Agassiz.* In the extraordinary dental ap- paratus of these two interesting forms the teeth or plates are placed crosswise on the anterior portion of the jaws in rows suc- ceeding each other from back to front. The largest primary ~ tooth is median: on each side of it there are two other primary teeth, both of which are small in the first genus, and only one in the second; all these teeth are characterized by having six sides; and each row is flanked by a small or secondary tooth, * Poissons Fossils, Tome I11., p. 375. ON CLIMAXODUS AND JANASSA. 333 distinguished by having only five sides. Thus it appears that each transverse row is composed of seven teeth, five of which may be looked upon as primary, two as secondary, arranged exactly as the teeth are in Janassa, and agreeing with them ex- actly in number. Now it cannot be doubted that the disposition of the teeth is the same in Climawodus as it is in Janassa ; and in fact the speci- mens of the former, on the slab previously mentioned, verify this assertion when aided by the light derived from the latter. Alone perhaps these specimens might have justified the infer- ence; but taken in connexion with what is known respecting Janassa, there can now be no hesitation upon the subject. Indeed the large symmetrical, central teeth of two rows lie in proper order one over the other; and in contact with the upper one, and side by side with it, is the first lateral tooth in its exact true position ; and a little further away, but almost touching it, is a secondary tooth, apparently belonging to this side. Overlying the first, lateral, primary tooth in front are the distorted remains of what seems to be the second lateral tooth. On the other side of the central tooth, and some little distance from it, is another primary tooth, which, from its oblique form, is undoubtedly the second lateral tooth of this side: it les in juxtaposition to its flanking Petalodontoid tooth. All these teeth, with the excep- tion of that last named, lie with their crowns uppermost, and belong to one row; the central tooth and the three lateral teeth of one side are all present, and lie nearly in their natural order; and the second lateral tooth and the secondary tooth of the other side are not far removed from their right position. So here we see a whole row of seven teeth complete, with the exception of one of the first lateral teeth. Two other small lateral teeth are on the same slab, and rest with their faces downwards, or in the opposite direction to those already spoken of. These belong apparently to the opposing jaw, and both lie in contact with the large central teeth ; and one of them, as an opposing tooth, occu- pies its correct position by the side of the upper central tooth. A third Petalodontoid tooth lies a little apart, and probably be- longs to this jaw. Ww 334 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY On another small slab recently obtained there is a fine speci- men of a second lateral tooth associated with a secondary tooth. © From the above it appears that there is evidence enough to show that in Climaxodus, as in Janassa, the teeth are placed in transverse rows of seven teeth each, one being symmetrical and central, and six lateral, three on each side, the extreme lateral tooth on either side being Petalodontoid in form, that there are more rows than one, and that they are placed in both upper and under jaws. In fact it is quite evident, not only that the teeth in Climaxodus agree in external character with those in Janassa, but that they also agree with them in the mode of arrangement. The minute structure of the teeth in the two so-called genera is very similar. In both the centre of the tooth is composed of osteo-dentine, having branched anastomoging medullary canals, which are for the most part arranged lengthwise, and give off from their sides rather coarse tubules into the surrounding mat- ter. The canals likewise send off comparatively small branches, which subdivide dichotomously as they approach the periphery of the tooth. Here many of them abut perpendicularly to the surface. The walls of these small branches assume the character of dentine, and the interstices between them are filled up with opaque white matter—probably cement; so that, by the unequal wear of these peripheral components, the surface of the tooth is always kept rough, having the granular and punctate appearance before spoken of. When quite fresh, there is a thin film of ena- mel covering the surface; but this seems to disappear rapidly with the use of the tooth. The teeth of both Climaxodus and Janassa agree with the above general description ; but in the latter the material appears more dense, and the cement is in greater abundance and is distributed more regularly than it is in Climaxodus, consequently it is found to assume a pretty regular reticulated appearance on the surface when a little worn down. The generic identity, then, of Climaxodus and Janassa seems pretty certain; and as the latter was established many years (1882) before the former (1848), the genus Climawodus must - ON CLIMAXODUS AND JANASSA. 335 merge into that of Janassa. Ultimately, perhaps, Petalodus will be found to be more closely related than can at present be de- monstrated ; for it is not only in the Petalodontoid form that a resemblance is observed, but likewise in the primary teeth them- selves, which show a remarkable similarity in general form to some of the Petalodontes. Professor M‘Coy seems to think that his Climaxodus imbri- catus is related to Pacilodus. The relationship, however, with this genus seems to us to be remote, though it may have some characters in common with Janassa. The bodies of these two fishes, Janassa and Climaxodus, were covered with shagreen. In the former it is beautifully preserved, the granules being highly polished, irregularly rounded, with one side a little flattened and obtusely denticulated. On the small slab, with numerous teeth of Climazxodus, already noticed, is a great quantity of granular matter, but the granules are much disturbed: a few however are well displayed, and show consi- derable resemblance to those of Janassa, but the denticulations at the side are produced into sharp points, and the surface is undulated. Although Climazodus lingueformis was pretty fully described in the paper already referred to we will make, on the present occasion, some general remarks on the teeth in our possession, and also redescribe them. The species cannot be considered common, though we have obtained eighteen primary teeth in the shale at Newsham and elsewhere, and eight of the secondary or Petalodontoid form. The largest of the former is 13ths of an inch in length, including the root, and upwards of Zths of an inch wide at the broadest part. The smaller are not more than §ths of an inch long, and are oblique: these are the second primary teeth. There are three about this size in the collection. We have one however which, from its obliquity, is undoubtedly a lateral tooth, that is only 2ths of an inch in length. They are ovate, depressed, with the broad extremity anterior. The crown is upwards of two- thirds of the entire length, and is divided into two portions, 336 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND ATTHEY anterior and posterior: the former is a wide, hollow, arched, scoop-like cutting-margin, which in some specimens is obscurely and minutely crenulated or denticulated, and is usually quite sharp. This portion occupies the anterior third of the crown ; the posterior two-thirds is shield-formed, somewhat convex, with the point directed backwards and the sides evenly arched out- wardly. This is the crushing or grinding-surface, and is tra- versed by strong transverse undulated ridges imbricated forward, and divided by wide deep grooves. In fully developed specimens there are six such ridges; but the number varies, some having four, others five; and in the small, second lateral, oblique indivi- duals there are only three. The ridges bend upwards at the sides, and usually arch a little forward at the centre, where they are most strongly undulated, and sometimes deeply notched and angulated, roughened and granulated. But they vary eonsider- ably in these respects, some being almost smooth; and in one of our specimens all the ridges are comparatively even, though here and there slight undulations are perceptible. From this comparatively smooth state there is every degree of undulation to the most rugged. In fact, the smoothness is very much owing to wear; and in such specimens this portion of the crown is generally much reduced in thickness. The form of the grinding division of the crown also varies considerably. We have said that the sides arch outwards; they are, however, not unfre- quently quite straight, and when this is the case, and the ante- rior ridge is free from undulations, the area assumes the form of an equilateral triangle, with one of the angles directed back- wards: in two or three specimens the area is even wider than long, with the lateral angles more acute than usual. In such in- dividuals the scoop-like cutting-margin occupies half the crown. The root is a wide plate as broad as the tooth, and tapers slightly backwards; behind, it is rounded, convex above and concave below, and projects backwards on a lower plane, the crown being elevated above its upper surface. The second primary or lateral oblique teeth are very inequila- teral, one side being concave, the other convex ; they have only ON CLIMAXODUS AND JANASSA. 337 three ridges, with the grooves very wide ; the scoop-like cutting- margin is deep, oblique, and projects laterally on the concave side. The largest Petalodontoid or secondary teeth are nearly 4ths ef an inch wide and $ths of an inch long: they are inequilateral and oblique with one side concave, the other convex; they are depressed, and the crown is somewhat longer than the root; the former consists principally of a wide, sharp, hollow, scoop- like cutting-margin, which in fresh specimens is obscurely den- ticulated ; the grinding-surface is very short, and is represented by only two transverse close-set delicate ridges immediately be- low the cutting-margin ; the root tapers a little backwards, and is truncate. From the character of the teeth above described, it may be inferred that the food of Climaxodus was composed of some soft material, notwithstanding the rather formidable appearance of the grinding or crushing-surface. The cutting-edge of the scoop- like margin is sharp and thin, and does not seem caleulated to seize hard and resistant bodies ; and though it is frequently worn evenly down, its sharpness is maintained, often, apparently, by the wearing of the outside, as though the teeth had been over- lapped by those that opposed them. And, moreover, the edge is not broken or chipped, as might be expected if it had rough work to perform, or came into contact with bony or shelly bodies. Neither are the ridges of the crushing-surface broken, but worn regularly, retaining their sharpness, though in a few instances they are much reduced in height, as if they might even ulti- mately by long use entirely disappear. At present only three species of Janassa are known, namely, J. bituminosa, Schlotheim, from the Magnesian Limetone; Cli- maxodus imbricatus, M‘Coy, from the Mountain Limestone ; and C. linqueformis, Atthey, from the Coal-Measures. Two species have been described by Mr. T. P. Barkas, under the respective names of C. ovatus* and C. vermiformis.| The first is merely the variety with comparatively smooth ridges; the second is the true C. lingueformis, which latter was the name first used. * Geological Magazine, Vol. V., p. 495. + Ibid, Vol. VI., p. 381. 338 EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Mr. Barkas’s two names must therefore fall into the rank of synonyms.* Climaxodus imbricatus is somewhat intermediate between the Maenesian-Limestone species and that from the Coal-Measures. The crown is narrower and more elongated than it is in C. lin- gueformis, and the ridges are more delicate, thus approximating to Janassa bituminosa. The anterior cutting-margin seems to have been deep; but the extreme border is wanting in M‘Coy’s figure: the root is also deficient. In the description in the ‘‘ British Paleozoic Fossils’ the posterior extremity is mistaken for the anterior. Mr. Howse will shortly publish in the ‘‘ Annals of Natural History”’ a full deseription of the oral armature of Janassa bitu- minosa in continuation of this paper. It therefore only remains for us to state that the species will stand thus :— JANASSA, 1832, Miinster. Climaxodus, 1848, M‘Coy. J. bituminosa, 1820, Schloth., sp. J. imbricata, 1848, M‘Coy, sp. J. lingueformis, 1868, Atthey, sp. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Two rows of teeth of Janassa (C.) lingueeformis, a little over the natural size, arranged in order, the anterior row merely indi- cated: «, central primary tooth; 6, root; c, first lateral primary * C. vermiformis was not described till 1869. My. Atthey's description of ¢. lingueformis and that by Mr. Barkas of C. ovatus appeared simultaneously on the Ist of November, 1868: the first in the ‘‘ Annals of Natural History,” the second in the ‘‘Geological Magazine.” Mr. Atthey’s paper, however, was read at the meeting of the ‘‘ Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club” on the previous 9th of October (see “‘ Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumberland and Dur- ham,”’ Vol. III., p. 295), so that the priority of C. linguxformis is clearly established. And moreover Mr. Atthey’s specimens had been in his cabinet for many years, and were seen, or might have been seen, by all the paleontologists of the district. Mr. Barkas, indeed, says that he named and described C. ovatus in a lecture delivered by him, on the 28th of Septem~ ber, to the Mechanics’ Institution of Newcastle-upon-Tyne. But even were this strictly correct we apprehend it would be no such publication of the species as to secure priority. Where, however, is the record either naming or describing at this time C. ovatus? We have searched for it in vain. a See Nat. Hist. Trans ND Vol TL FLIX W. West imp. A Hancock del. Taffin West se. ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 339 tooth; d, second oblique ditto; e, secondary or Petalodontoid form ; Jf, root of ditto. Fig. 2. Primary tooth of J. lingueformis, smooth variety, slightly en- larged: a, scoop-like cutting-margin ; }, grinding or crushing- surface. Fig. 3. Primary tooth of the same a little enlarged; worn variety, inter- mediate between the smooth variety and those much undulated. Fig. 4. Diagram of profile of primary tooth: a, scoop-like cutting-mar- . gin; 6, crushing or grinding-surface ; c, root. | XVIII.—On Janassa bituminosa, Schlotheim, from the Marl-Slate of Midderidge, Durham. By AtzBany Hancock, F.L.S., anp Ricuarp Howse. (Plates X, XI.) THrouGH the obliging kindness of Joseph Duff, Esq., who has been for many years actively investigating the fossil flora and fauna of the south of Durham, we have lately had an opportu- nity of thoroughly examining the structure of the jaw-teeth and shagreen skin of this most interesting addition to the fauna of the English Marl-Slate, which is the exact equivalent of the German Kupferschiefer. Four groups of these remarkable jaw-teeth have been obtained by Mr. Duff at Midderidge—the first group in the year 1865, and the others during the autumn of the present year, 1869. These are, we believe, the first and only specimens that have been dis- covered in England. But in Germany this species has been frequently found in the Kupferschiefer, which is very much worked, on account of the valuable copper-pyrites which it contains, in numerous localities ; and consequently the general appearance of these teeth must be well known to those who are familiar with the works of Schlo- theim, Miimster, Geinitz, and others. According to the last- named author, the beautiful specimen still preserved in the Dres- den Museum was well figured in the Dresden Magazine in the year 1762. Afterwards, in the year 1820, it was described by Schlotheim as a Trilobite, under the name Trilobites bituminosus 340 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE (Petrefactenkunde, p. 39); and in 1823 two figures were given by this author, in his ‘“‘ Nachtrag”’ il., tab. 22, f. 9 a, 9 6. Between the years 1833-1848, Count Minster figured and de- scribed numerous examples of the strongly characterized teeth and the shagreen skin of this peculiar fish under two or three generic and five or six specific names. These teeth were by him supposed to be palatal (an opinion which seems to be enter- tained by later German authors), and to belong io a fish of the Placoid order. After carefully examining the descriptions and figures given by Count Minster, we fully agree with those writers who consider that the following references belong all to one species, and we also are quite assured that the specimens obtained from the English Marl-Slate are perfectly identical with those described by this author in his Beitrage zur Petrefacten- kunde :—Heft 1. Janassa angulata, p. 67, Taf. 4, f. 1, 2; J. Humboldii, p. 122, Taf. 14, f.4; J. bituminosa, Schloth., p. 122. Heft ii. J. angulata, p. 122, Taf. 3 & 4, f.5 a; Dictea striata, p. 124, ‘Taf. 3.& 4, f. 1, 8, 45. Taf8) £ 13; 4,56; 15 8.9 a0: Heft v. Janassa dictea, pp. 37-89, Taf. 15, f. 10-16. Byzenos latipinnatus, Heft. vi. p. 50, Taf. 1, f..2. About the same time Janassa was briefly described by Agassiz under the name of Acrodus larva, Poiss. Foss. u1. pp. 147, 174, 876, tab. 22, f. 23-25; and this learned author for the first time pointed out the probable affinities of these remarkable fish- remains. Later German authorities, and especially our friend Dr. Gei- nitz, had already arrived at the conclusion that the various spe- cies of Janassa and Dictea described by Count Minster must all be brought back to one form, to which, by right of priority, Schlotheim’s specific name should be attached. Indeed Dr. Geinitz has so recently (Dyas, 1861) examined and carefully commented on the various species described by Count Munster, that we think it better to give a translation of his remarks than to offer detailed ones of our own, especially as Dr. Geinitz would have the advantage of seeing many of the German specimens, and as we do not, excepting in one or two points, differ in opin- ion from the conclusions arrived at by this excellent naturalist. apne ing < ey gener sam nemmenn eee Sarrer—= arma ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 341 In fact, Minster himself seems to have been satisfied that his genera Janassa and Dictea were identical, and also to have had some doubts as to the value of some of the species which he has made of Janassa bituminosa. Dr. Geinitz observes :-— ‘‘The beautiful original of J. Humboldti in the Dresden Mu- seum (Dyas, tab. 4, f. 5), of which a very good figure was given in the year 1762 in the ‘ Dresden Magazine,’ and which happily was recovered from the ashes of the fire at the Zwinger, is again figured here, because Minster’s figure is reversed. This still beautiful specimen deserves a new illustration because it fur- nishes a proof, that not only all Count Miinster’s species of Janassa, but also his Dictea striata, must be referred to the type to which the first name given by Schlotheim belongs. “The oval, uniformly arched palate (Gaumen) is paved with from five to seven rows of chisel-formed, strongly curved at their upper enamelled end, and nail-shaped recurved teeth, which are indistinctly imbricated, and which are separated by a deep fur- row into an anterior and a posterior division. “In the teeth of the anterior division the nail-formed end is bent backwards to the throat (ib. tab. 5, f. 8), in those of the posterior, on the contrary, forwards (ib. tab. 5, fig. 4). The three middle rows of the anterior division, of which each one has six teeth, the size of which increases from before backwards, contain generally the largest teeth: only these three rows have been figured by Schlotheim, who thought he saw in them the struc- ture of the Trilobites. On each side lie two more rows of smaller teeth, which stand obliquely to the primary rows, and of which the outer ones only appear to be lamelliform.* They are not shown in Minster’s figure of J. angulata (Beitr. i. tab. 4, f. 1, 2). In Beitr. ii. tab. 3 & 4, f. 5, they are only partly to be seen; but on the J. Humboldti they are better shown, while in Miin- ster’s J. Dictea (Beitr. v. tab. 15, f. 10) they stand a little sepa- rated, certainly from the result of dislocation. ‘The posterior shorter group of teeth, which in Miinster’s figure (Beitr. v. tab. 15, f. 10) is represented as correctly as possible, contains as many longitudinal rows of teeth as the * The lamelliform teeth of Geinitz are those we have named pet/lodontoid. 342 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE anterior division, which in size decrease backwards, and stand in five transverse rows. Their upper enamelled end seems in all to be bent forwards, or in the opposite direction to those of the anterior group of teeth. Miinster ascribes such a curvature to two teeth only, which in his specimen are situated immediately between the two divisions of the palate and out of place (Beitr. v. p. 39, tab. 15, f. 18, g, h); but he announces expressly that this palate is a little drawn out and dislocated, for which reason the teeth are not in their usual regular position. “In our Janassa, the original of J. Humboldti, Minster, all the remaining teeth of the first cross row of the posterior divi- sion, from the line a b, have an equal curvature forwards of their upper part. The teeth of the cross rows standing behind them are only marked by broken roots. ‘This specimen shows yet another character of the genus Janassa, which has not yet been described in any other specimen. At the posterior part of the head, or rather at the entrance of the throat, there are two large, similarly formed, bent teeth (d d), like all the others of the pos- terior division, which Count Miinster took for ear-bones (Beitr. i. 1843, p. 122). ee ‘‘On the specimens which are broken through parallel to the palate-plate, as in ‘ Dyas,’ tab. 5, f. 1, the six-sided form of the teeth shows itself clearly ; but the boundary between the anterior and posterior divisions of the teeth shows itself also on these very distinctly, as the front teeth of the former have the anterior side concave and the hinder convex; but on the latter this ap- pears reversed (7b. tab. 5, f. 1). In Miinster’s figures this rela- tion is only taken into consideration in J. Dictea. “In our J. Humboldti (ib. tab. 4, f. 5) the first cross row of teeth of the posterior division is by pressure driven close to the last cross row of the anterior division, and partly under it, for which reason one cannot see the separating furrow; and Count Miinster has felt himself justified in placing J. Humboldti with Dictea (Beitr. v. p. 388). ‘‘From the similar form of the teeth of Mimnster’s Janassa and Dictea, of which the structure is always tubular, while the outer surface of the root shows more or less distinct transverse ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 348 roots (Dyas, tab. 4, f. 5, c, and tab. 5, f. 1), and from the perfectly similar arrangement of the teeth in J. angulata, J. Dictea, and J. Humboldti, Minster, with that in our figures, which cannot be recognized in Minster’s ideal and quite incorrect figure (Beitr. il. tab. 3 & 4, f. 2), there can exist no doubt whatever as to the identity of both genera and the five different species in them. “In Dictea striata, Minster (Beitr. ii. tab. 3 & 4, f. 1), the whole contour of the fish appears before us, though the swim- ming-appendages which surround the body permit a different explanation, because this specimen lies more on the belly. The length of the fish, without the caudal fin, is 0:°390 metre; the height of the head 0-080 metre, the body at the pectorals, not including these, 0-071 metre; the greatest width between the ventrals and the pectorals 0-110 metre, at the anal fin 0-055 metre, and at the base of the tail 0:035 metre broad. The whole body and all the fins or swimming-enlargements are covered with a fine shagreen skin. “The specimen shown (Dyas, tab. 5, f. 1) widens out at the back of the head on each side in an arched, triangular, wing- shaped, blunt process (¢ ce), which may represent the cross-bone (os transversale). ** Byzenos latipinnatus, Minster, 1848 (Beitr. vi. tab. 1, f. 2, p. 50), from the Kupferschiefer of Richelsdorf, is a fragment covered with fine shagreen, but which does not admit of a per- fect description, and which might just as well be referred to J. bituminosa as to any other genus of fish.” With the above remarks we entirely concur, excepting the statement that the teeth of Janassa are palatal, as it is proved, by their relationship to Myliobates, that they are true jaw-teeth. The other remark that does not appear to us satisfactory is, that the two bodies designated by Count Miinster ear-bones are con- sidered by Dr. Geinitz to be teeth placed near the entrance of the throat. The specimens from our locality do not show a trace of these peculiar bodies; but we are disposed to consider them casts of a pair of cranial cavities rather than teeth. That they are not teeth seems to be clearly indicated by the entire absence of enamel covering, as pointed out by Count Miinster. ad4 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE Dr. Geinitz has also incorrectly classified this fish with the Ces- tracionts ; but, by the observations made in a former paper, it will be seen that we agree with Professor Agassiz in placing Janassa among the Rays. We now, after these introductory remarks, proceed to give a general description of the oral armature of this curious fish, and in conclusion a special description of the several specimens ob- tained by Mr. Duff. The dental apparatus of Janassa bituminosa is very peculiar ; it cannot, however, be distinguished generically from that of the so-called Climaxodus linguefornis, Atthey, the Coal-Measure re- presentative of Miinster’s genus; and for a comparison of the two we would refer to the previous paper on the subject, pub- lished in the November number of the ‘‘ Annals.’’* The teeth of the fish now before us, like those of the Coal- Measure species, are of two kinds, primary and secondary, the latter being petalodontoid in form. The largest of the primary, including the root, are 14 inch long, and half an inch wide ; they are elongated, somewhat depressed, ovate, tapering a little pos- teriorly, and have the surface divided into two well-marked portions—an anterior scoop-lke cutting-margin, and a posterior~ ridged crushing-surface or disk, with a long depressed root ex- tending backwards (Pl. X., figs. 2, 4, 5). The scoop-like cut- ting-margin is considerably more than one-fourth the entire length of the crown: it projects upwards and forwards, and is smooth and concave, with the edge usually obtuse and arched or a little sinuous from wear, but when comparatively fresh is pretty regularly arched, and when quite perfect is probably den- ticulated, if we may judge from the small lateral teeth. The crushing surface or disk is elongated, the sides being nearly parallel, though tapering to a blunt point behind, the general form resembling that of a lengthened shield. The surface is convex, and is covered with about twenty close-set transverse * Hancock and Atthey, ‘‘On the Generic Identity of Climaxodus and Janassa.” In the figure of the restored row of teeth of the so-called Climazodus linguxformis illustrating the former paper, the under row is represented as in advance of the upper, purposely to indicate its relation to the latter. But the specimen clearly demonstrates the fact that the upper row projects a Jittle in advance of the under, as is the case in Janassa bituminosa. oi achat ll ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 845 ridges, imbricated forwards, and irregularly undulated, notched, and tuberculated, and arched forwards at the sides. The scoop-like cutting-margin and the crushing-disk we shall call the upper surface, these being, in fact, the only exposed portions, though in reality they represent the surface that is usually considered the back of the tooth. The other or opposed surface, which in ordinary cases would be called the front, we shall name the under surface, because it is undermost as the tooth rests on the jaw. The under surface, then, presents a very peculiar appearance: it is divided into three sharply de- fined, longitudinal, flattened areas or facets, so that in transverse section this side would show as half a hexagon. ‘The central area, which is divided from the two lateral areas by a ridge or angle, is usually a little channelled. The back of the scoop-like cutting-margin is also a little flattened at the sides and centre. The root is a depressed process, longitudinally striated, some- what narrower than the crown, and about half its length: it originates in the under surface near to the posterior extremity, and arches backwards and downwards. It is consequently an extension, as it were, of the crown in a plane below the crush- ing-disk. When seen in profile the primary teeth are observed to assume a decided sigmoid curve, the anterior scoop-like cutting-margin being turned rather abruptly in one direction, and the posterior extremity of the crushing-disk and root in the other or opposite direction (fig. 4). The large primary teeth, which hold a central position, are symmetrical ; the smaller lateral ones, though they agree in every other respect with the above, are more or less oblique ; the sides being unequal, particularly the scoop-like portion, one side of which is more developed than the other. And the root likewise is turned a little to one side, especially in the second lateral. The secondary or petalodontoid teeth are not more than 3ths of an inch long, and about the same wide; they are depressed, and partake otherwise of the general characters of the primary 346 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE teeth. They are more inequilateral and oblique than the smaller primaries, one side being much more arched than the other. The cutting-margin is slightly arched and denticulated, but is narrow and only a little concave ; the crushing-disk, too, is wider than long, the transverse imbricated ridges being reduced to about half a dozen. The upper surface of all the teeth, whether primary or second- ary, is covered with a thick layer of opaque white enamel-like matter. This has a very striking appearance, contrasting as it does with the dark hue of the rest of the tooth, and being strongly defined around the margin by a thickened rim, which is best seen when the tooth is turned with its face downwards. And, moreover, when the enamelled surface is a little worn, it becomes pitted and freckled all over with dark irregular points, which are sometimes elongated, particularly on the anterior or cutting-margin. There is little difficulty in determining the manner in which these curious teeth are placed in, or rather on, the jaws; for apparently the whole of the teeth of both jaws have been found lying in their original position, though the jaws themselves have entirely disappeared, they having undoubtedly been composed of cartilage. Having carefully examined Mr. Duff’s specimens, which will shortly be described, and after a full consideration of Count Miinster’s figures and descriptions, we can have little hesitation in giving the following account of the arrangement of these rather extraordinary dental organs—and this notwithstand- ing that we are acquainted with nothing exactly like it, either in fossil or recent fishes, except in the so-called Climaxodus. First, then, the teeth are arranged in both upper and lower jaws (Pl. X., figs. 2, 3) in precisely the same order. In both they are placed in transverse horizontal rows, across the ante- rior portion of the jaws, and in such a manner that never more than a single row in each jaw is in operation at the same time. Each such horizontal row is composed of seven teeth (five pri- mary, two secondary), placed lengthwise, with the cutting-mar- gin in front. A large symmetrical primary tooth is situated on ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 347 the longitudinal median line, or exactly over the symphysis; on each side of this central tooth are a first and a second asymme- trical primary tooth, making up the five primaries. These are flanked on either hand with a single secondary or petalodontoid tooth, completing the full complement of seven. They diminish in size from the centre, the flanking petalodontoid teeth being quite small in comparison with the large central primary tooth. The rows are placed one above the other in horizontal ranges, the lower rows acting merely as mechanical supports to the upper row, or that which was alone employed in cutting and crushing the food. There are from four to seven such horizon- tal rows, the teeth diminishing in size downwards, the lower ones having been first developed, and in succession having had their period of active operation. As they wear out (that is, as the cutting-margins become blunt, and as the imbricated ridges of the cutting-disks are obliterated or reduced), a new row is developed behind, and, rising up, falls forward, and rests upon the row last in use; while at the same time the dentigerous membrane is pushed forward, and the oldest row, the lowest in the series, or that which was first developed, falls away. Thus, by this double action of growth and decay perpetually going on, there is always an efficient row at the surface, able to initiate the process of alimentation, sustained at a proper elevation on a firm basis. This constant renewal of the oral armature is nothing extra- ordinary, as it is common to all the Sharks and Rays, the close allies of Janassa. But that the new set of teeth should overlie and be supported by the old ones is indeed without a parallel, so far as we are acquainted with the subject of ichthyice denti- tion, with the exception of the so-called Climaxodus lingueformis ; and that interesting Coal-Measure species has been shown to be a true Janassa, in the paper previously quoted from the Novem- ber number of the ‘‘ Annals.’’ The only instance that occurs to us in which something similar is found is seen in the Greenland Shark, Squalus borealis, in which the older teeth of the lower jaw lie in front of, and give support to, the last developed or those in use. Teeth of Petalodus, we believe, have also been 848 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE found lying in regular order, as if forming a portion of a vertical row. This curious pile of teeth forms a close, dense mass, increasing in size upwards, or as the last-developed teeth are approached— the smaller rows of teeth, as already stated, being below; and the teeth themselves are, as it were, interlocked. The central teeth of each horizontal row are the only ones that are placed exactly above each other; the lateral teeth of the successive rows are arranged in quincunx, so that they may be looked upon as forming slightly diverging diagonal lines, having the central teeth as their starting-point. Now, the first primary lateral teeth, or those next the centre, underlie to some extent the un- der surface of the central teeth; and the second primary lateral underlie in a similar manner the margins of the first primary, and so with the third or petalodontoid teeth. Thus the whole mass becomes interlocked like a piece of masonry ; or, if we take all the central teeth to form a vertical row, and consider in like manner the various lateral teeth, then it might be said that the teeth composing such vertical rows had their lateral margins) in- sinuated between those of the adjacent rows. In consequence of this interlocking and close approximation, the back or under surface of each tooth becomes worn, and the three longitudinal areas or facets, already described, become more strongly defined. The central area and the two lateral areas are in this way affected by the three teeth that conduce to the support of each superincumbent tooth. That this is the fact is apparently demonstrated by the central area being occasionally grooved transversely, corresponding as the grooves do to the imbricated ridges of the crushing-disk of the supporting teeth (Pl. X., figs. 1 & 5). As a further proof that such is the fact, it may be observed that when the crushing-disk has by previous use being worn smooth, which frequently occurs, the central facet of the corres- ponding superincumbent tooth is likewise smooth. It is only when -the ridges are retained that these impressions are observed in the upper teeth; and indeed were no other evidence at hand, it is patent enough that these peculiar facets are in part the ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 349 result of wear, for they exhibit on their surfaces the internal struc- ture of the matter composing the tooth. And that the opposing crushing-disk is not equally and mutually worn arises from the fact that it is covered with a layer of hard enamel-like matter. The existence of the transverse grooves would seem also to prove that while they were produced by the rubbing-motion of the teeth upon each other, the motion itself must have been very limited, or neither the grooves nor the sharp definition of the facets could have existed. And in this way we have a corrobo- ration that the retention of the old effete teeth is merely for the mechanical support that they supply to the upper row of teeth, upon which teeth alone devolves the function of eutting and crushing the food. The four groups of teeth obtained by Mr. Duff at Midderidge are very instructive, and though in a more or less disturbed state, are quite sufficient to show the original disposition in the mouth. One of the specimens was quite perfect when found ; but unfortunately an idle lad got hold of it, after the quarryman had carefully laid it aside, and in the mere lack of thought broke away a great number of the teeth. Happily however the ante- rior portions of nearly the whole of them are still left sticking in the matrix, so that not only their number can be ascertained, but likewise the exact limit of those belonging to the upper and lower jaws respectively, and their precise arrangement thereon. This specimen of the buccal armature was not only complete when deposited, but is lying on the slab in its natural position ; and probably when buried the whole fish was present, and lay with its back uppermost. Consequently, the mouth being situ- ated beneath, as in the Sharks and Rays, the teeth of the over- hanging upper jaw would lie in advance of those of the lower. Such is the case in the specimen now before us, as is determined by the presence of a quantity of shagreen, indicating as it does the direction in which the body of the fish was deposited. There are about three inches of this shagreen, extending from the pos- terior margin of the mass of teeth, or those which belong to the under jaw. And, in fact, there can be little doubt, that had the slab been continued backwards sufficiently far, we should have X 350 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE had an impression of the whole fish, marked out by the shagreen, ‘similar to the figure given by Minster of his Dictea striata. The cutting or anterior margins of the teeth are downwards, for the most part buried in the matrix. Many of the roots and, to a great extent, the crushing-disks, having been removed, as before stated, the specimen is as it were hollowed out, and pre- sents an oval disk-like aspect, an inch and three-quarters long, and an inch and a quarter wide. The broken anterior portions of the teeth line this cavity in almost perfect order as if observed from the interior of the mouth, their external or anterior extre- mities being turned from the observer. The group thus seen is divided into two portions, an anterior and posterior. The teeth of the former or upper jaw have their faces or anterior scoop-like cutting-margins and crushing-disks, or as much of them as is left, turned downwards, and are closely packed together in five hori- zontal rows of seven teeth each. The central teeth of the five rows rest one upon the other in the median antero-posterior line diminishing in size forwards and upwards as the specimen is seen. These five central teeth are flanked on either side by three others, which likewise diminish in size in front. These teeth, of which there are in all thirty-five, as already stated, belong to the upper jaw. Asimilar cluster of teeth belongs to the under jaw, and com- poses the posterior half of the general batch. These are arranged in the same fashion as those of the upper jaw; but instead of having the anterior scoop-like cutting-margins turned downwards, they are placed in the opposite direction, looking upwards. The anterior margins of the two sets of teeth meet in the transverse middle line, and are pressed close together, so that the entire batch is continuous, there being no hiatus anywhere, the mouth in fact being closed, and the teeth of the two jaws pressed toge- ther. In the under jaw there are likewise five horizontal rows of seven teeth each, though, on account of the injury the speci- men has sustained, the exact number is not so easily determined as it is in the other jaw. This specimen has apparently been as complete as that figured by Minster (Beitr. Heft. v. Taf. 15, figs. 10, 11) under the name of J. Dictea, and is indeed a-very good counterpart of the Saar eee ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 351 specimen there represented; only in ours the front or scoop-like cutting-margins of the teeth are buried in the matrix, the view of the specimen being obtained as it were from the oral cavity, while Count Miinster’s figure has the front of the teeth exposed as they would be seen had the fish been laid upon its back. Another of Mr. Duff’s specimens (Pl. XI., fig. 1), however, presents the same aspect as that of the figure just referred to, and is almost perfect, rising as that does in bold relief from the matrix in the form of an irregularly rounded cluster, having the peculiar vesicular appearance seen in most of Miinster’s figures. This appearance is very remarkable, and at first sight has, as was suggested to us on showing the specimen to a friend, no little resemblance to a cluster of ova-capsules of Fusus antiquus, particularly when the teeth are a little disturbed. In connexion with this cluster of teeth a large patch of shag- reen is beautifully displayed, and enables us to determine, in like manner as in the former instance, which is the anterior margin of the specimen, the spreading of the shagreen indicat- ing the direction of the body of the fish. Tn this specimen, as in the first-mentioned, the teeth are divi- sible into two sets, which have their cutting-margins opposed to each other across the transverse median line. Those of the an- terior set belong to the upper jaw, and are closely packed toge- ther and interlocked in the manner previously described, in four transverse or horizontal rows: the remains of a fifth row are _ distinctly visible. The arrangement is the same as in the first- described specimen : that is, in each row there is a central tooth with three lateral ones on each side, the extreme flanking tooth on either hand being petalodontoid in form; and the teeth com- posing the row next the transverse median line are the largest, while those in front, or those in the lower supporting rows, be- come gradually smaller. The teeth of the lower jaw, or those at the posterior margin of the cluster, are in a comparatively disturbed state; but the anterior cutting-margins are turned forward, so as to oppose those of the upper jaw, whose cutting-margins are turned back- wards. In the lower jaw four horizontal rows are distinctly 352 MESSRS. HANCOCK AND HOWSE determinable, while indications of a fifth can be traced. On ac- count of the disturbance of these teeth the central large teeth of - four rows are well displayed in profile, being turned over towards the right of the observer, and lying in regular order one behind the other, so that the whole length of the teeth is exposed, the roots being traceable in the matrix. Several of the lateral teeth are scattered on either side, and three or four are removed to some distance to the left. This specimen is fortunately broken through transversely near the centre in such a manner that the greater portion of the upper or crushing-disks, with the anterior cutting-margins of one row of teeth, and the backs or under surfaces of another, are finely displayed. And thus we obtain a clear demonstration of the arrangement of the teeth in this fine specimen, and at the same time a complete exposition of the characters of the teeth them- selves. A third slab exhibits a dense mass of teeth of an irregularly rounded form, comprising numerous teeth of both jaws (Pl. XI., fig. 2). Here, again, the shagreen shows the position in which the body of the fish was deposited ; but as all the teeth have the anterior scoop-like cutting-margins in one direction, there can be no question as to which is front. The specimen rests on the slab with the face uppermost, much as in the last case, only the whole are turned forward, and, unlike it, the teeth are in a much disturbed state, particularly those of the under jaw, which lie uppermost. These, or at least all that remain of them, have been pushed so far forward that they overlie those of the upper jaw towards the left side, leaving exposed the upper surface of the large central tooth and the first lateral of the working row of the upper jaw, which are well exhibited in their true position ; and the remains of a second lateral tooth and one or two of the petalodontoid form are seen at the extreme right. These ex- posed teeth of the upper jaw have their crushing-disks and cut- ting-margins turned upwards ; and their roots are well displayed, sinking backwards into the matrix. The few teeth of the under jaw already spoken of on the left have their under surfaces or backs exposed, the crushing-disks being turned down to oppose ON JANASSA BITUMINOSA. 853 those of the upper jaw. At the posterior part of the general mass several of the second primary and petalodontoid teeth lie scattered about, chiefly with the under surfaces uppermost. The remaining specimen (Pl. X., fig. 1) to be noticed, though consisting only of a few teeth, is very interesting, inasmuch as it displays in profile an entire vertical row lying in almost exact order, one resting upon the other. The whole length of the teeth is seen, from the cutting-margin to and including the root, bent in a deep sigmoidal curve. The series appears to be of the central teeth: four lie in close contact, the back or under surface of one individual resting upon and fitting exactly to the face or upper surface of that immediately below it. A very im- perfect fragment of a fifth tooth is seen pressed to the under surface of the fourth of the series; and in front considerable portions of two lateral primaries lie with their under surfaces uppermost, one of which exhibits in a remarkable manner the transverse grooves caused by the rubbing of the crushing-disk of the tooth on that supporting it. Similar transverse grooves can be seen on one or two other teeth of the series. HARTLEPOOL. Heights of Gusee| 50) Weat. 40 Feet. 50 Feet. Above Ground ... 1ft. 6in. 4 Feet. 1 Foot. uan- }D@Y8 0} Qyan- |D2Ys 90} Quan- |D2¥s °F) Quan- |Days on MONTH. ae ich es eee sah mule es ee Inches.| fell. |Inches.| fell. |Inches.| fell, | Inches.| fell. January ...... 3°08 | 15 - a 2°85 | 10 152] 17 February...... 169 | 11 S 2 1°28 9 | 2°28] 15 March ......... US2uly 0G Wee a peo ge tole GAmmnon Arrailieansstss 1:26 i é:| = 1:20 Ro UMS ih Wi Bysecopenceoec 3°27 16 2 3 3°05 9 2°32 17 ARUNe Demers 1:14 6 5 fe 1°25 I EIB 9 aly eee: OS | Ee BTR BP OED |... August ...... IES Ah Og es Boies 7 |e oul iaaes September ...| 3°35 | 21 b a 4°02 8 8:07 October ...... 2°57 | 14 3s c= 2°80 8 2°87 November ...| 2°47 | 13 8 S225) 19) 1 2769 December ...| 3°38 | 20 a 2°85 | 12 8°62 1869......... 26°32) 155 | 2403} 125 | 25°75 | 102 | 24:50 1868......... 24°96 | 187 | 87°25 21°75 | 97 NS Gieecceecee 26°66 | 175 40:79 ane 1866......... 29°25 38°71 aa 1865......... 22°50 27:05 1864......... ae 22°11 18638......... wen 19°26 XB cboanoco 21°24 Ifs{@ilecedonodo 82°83 3 1860......... 31°86 as ISI) soo soge0 27°65 : 1858......... Ke a sels NS Sifeeeeeee p we 1856......... HG Average of) |25°93 | 172 | 29°34] 125 | 23°75) 99 as Years ...§ |5 yrs.| 83 yrs.|1lyrs.| 1 yr. | 2 yrs. | Days. Difference my 40-39] —17 | 5-31]... +2|43 1868 from trriches. Days. |Inches. Inches.| Days. veces eoceereee-ee Height of Guage above sea level... Above Ground...... MONTH. | August } September | October ! November December eoccoueee eeccee ee eesenes Average of Years ...... Difference in 1869 from mean BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. TEES DISTRICT (Conrinvzp). EAGLES- GRETA CLIFFE, BRIDGE. near YARM. 431 Feet. 80 Feet. lft. 6in. 1 Foot. Quan- |Pays on] Quan- [Pays on ace ol Rune tity. | Rain nches. fell. Inches. fell, 4:00 12 2°13 18 2°10 11 1:25 14 2°14 9 1°41 20 1°30 8 95 8 4°06 10 2°63 19 0°99 6 1°26 8 0.39 5 1°68 8 1°57 11 1°29 12 5°98 19 3:02 23 1°71 10 2°89 15 2.88 15 2°38 17 3°36 13 2°85} 24 30°98 | 129 | 23°74] 186 28°89 20°38 | 167 22°24 23°23 | 175 29°42 26°67 DG! | Hee ee Rial Wnaneie DASA. Gi lie ce iten [esters 2,622 Dime i oacles Qa SA eines CGY Bal Se ool Lanes BLO ROKE HHT Seana ilimbooeen Graal come al lieacies 2M Gall es eaene a liiea sees PASS ay] eae) | Wasunade QUE SO) esr: Misses 26°35 | 129 | 23°50] 176 14 yrs.| 1 yr. | 4 yrs.| 3 yrs. +4°63 + 0°24 Inches Inches 439 SEDGEFIELD, DURHAM COUNTY GAINFORD. ASYLUM. 360 Feet. 250 Feet. 5 Inches. 7 Feet. uan- |Days on . |Days onj nity. | whee | Sey | wich Tnches fell, | Jches ell. 1575 | 14 3°31 2°210) 18 1-40 1:950| 23 2:07 1°620 9 1°54 3°740| 13 3°49 1:170 8 1-01 1°720 8 0°45 2°635 | 13 1°45 3'805 |] 21 BIS) Iii Se 2°960| 25 192) 22 2°255| 15 2°70} 138 3°240 | 27 3°52 | 26 28°88 | 194 | 26°75 26°93 | 206 204 25°56 | 238 000 302276) ees 20 25°57 27°44 | 212 | 26°75 5 yrs.| dyrs.| lyr. “09 +10 }-+1-44|-18 Days. | Inches} Days. 440 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, WEAR DISTRICT. STANHOPE ST. JOHN’S IPTGAC@ Hisecsecessccasceteccocces WOLSINGHAM. CASTLE. WOLSINGHAM. i Height of Guage above sea) 79 Feet, 927 Feet. 463 Feet. TE Velimicccascensseseccsonsese Above Ground ...........c00 8 Feet. 1ft. lin. 1 Foot. Beye on Deve on Days on} 7 wohl ; which ry MONTH. Quantity. a Quantity. | which | Quantity. vate Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. JANUATY ..eccsceeseeees 4°75 pap 4-44 16 4°68 17 February ........0sc00+ 5° 0 AoE 3°41 20 3°35 20 March ........cccessecee 2°65 Bat 1°66 21 2°37 24 PATH ecsnecsciecsseeoe'sles's 3°50 Ha 1°79 10 1:98 9 INE? Soceabonecobocbdonddn 4:00 Bas 4°26 14 3°87 16 JUNE Maccsaueccesceccnsoe “40 Boe 1°68 8 2°66 6 dfvlly Ah sasoonosdedonneased °30 Bue 0:65 7 0°58 7 INUOMSLscsseisecesesecse 611 se 8 1:20 9 September ............ 3:40 12 5:15 21 October siscceeke scesee 3°40 14 2°36 14 November ............ 8°40 16 8°54 12 December.........0+200s 7°25 21 4°96 22 IESE Gopeoncadooo 44°16 167 36°70 177 VOCS eee eee 39°68 TO a Mieeaure ose USC Tee este 32°33 LOO een ens 200 PSCO ess ease 41°24 Pals lt isdeuon US Gre ea cecallee cael POO ali eee tek a Tek GY Seen seennicen etrccoere peas PRR a ase VEGSisseadclevsclaiessinies sohdal eg Meeawee USO Qe anes colioneseeee ie tl Rese a EY GS a rae es ee ear alueMae youn! Peeper is a PSG Oar cecoeesmalinie seen oils aii teee eee y an ee Ease ae de RaAS SAM NeOateral Gan Rear eae Ter nalY PRI EGO aa VOR TORN IE EA OS SRE nace a Me creatarat nal (nec Ae rare eiR(LiT Aroma HL Je Rae OTe atasascecialtes beielaie dhe | emcee hdl neuer sick lie tonrc tae Ral nate 1 SUSY Syisnae es MeciEiran| IR SEE ASIEN (REID mS! NO Resi aia| Ligier oak TEARS Average of Years ...| 39°35 195 | 36°70 | 177 4 years 5 yrs.| 1 year. | 1 yr. Difference in 1869) | + 4°81 frommean ...... Inches. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 441 WEAR DISTRICT (Continvep). USHAW DURHAM* |SUNDERLAND|SUNDERLAND PUNCH eset COLLEGE, OBSERVa- The Hall, West DURHAM. TORY. Bpwearmouth. | Hendon House. eet oe gusee 600 Feet. 335 Feet. 83 Feet. 132 Feet. Above Ground ... 10 Inches. 4ft. 6in. lft. 5in. 1 Foot. Quan- |P2YS 5) Quan- Days 00) Quan- |P2Y8 0) Quan- |Days on MONTH. has. || SE tig PRE I) Siti) || Ae ma | nic Inches. | fell. Inches.| fell. | Inches.}| fell. Inches.| fell. January......-.. 269] 17 | 2°740 38 |1°980) 14 1°73] 15 February ...... ICICI 13s 2205) pgm eS 14 nl ale O Ose dls Marchi asecese. 1:74] 22 |2°150] 20 |1°974] 21 Ls Ors PAT eee eecs oe 1:67%| “9 | 1°662 | 18 | 1-470) 99. | 1:40| “9 May; istbecreness 3°04] 14 |3:295| 18 |2°863] 15 | 2°64| 17 AUMGI Ie he eee 139 le Wea 420 a5 268) 125) Fi oon mez AJwihye souacoses EU Onze ee Ci O.O44s 1b evel OS ballets = 96. lines August Wee se Rae 1°61 12 2:934 13 1°575 10 1°41 11 } September...... 4°76} 20 |4:083|] 17 |38°679| 17 3°42! 16 | October......... 2°41) 10 | 2°529) 17 | 3012) 13 2°65 | 15 i November...... 2°68} 15 |3°026] 13 | 27176] 10 | 2:92] 14 | December ...... 2°86] 16 |3°328} 21 |3°160} 17 3°32 | 20 ASCO ses caues 26°82 | 163 | 29°564| 169 | 25°395) 150 | 24:25 | 160 EQGQos eee. 25°75 | 174 | 80°77| 191 | 23°51] 154 | 21-29 WRT oecnhee 25°85 | 159 |19°45] ... | 24°50) 1394 ip TEE Bese 31°26] 190 | 25°10 Sts obo bon : UG Pooccescee 29°73 | 168 | 24°51 1864......... 24°59 23°24 TSGSeese ween 28°90 24°09 1862......... 22°95 21°82 US Gilesecenece 26°03 24°28 1860......... . 80°33 1859.2... . 21°57 P85 8isecwceree 18°73] ... Bb Memloees - | 26°55] ... 1856......00 - |.29°65 Average of 26°87 | 170 | 24°74] 180 | 23°85) 146 | 22°27! 160 7 years ....0. \ 9 yrs. 14 yrs.|2 years] 3 yrs. |3 years) 2 yrs.|1 year. 1869 from $ | Inches} Days. | Inches} Days. |Inches| Days. | Difference m| —5 | —7 |4+ 4:82} — 11 /|4-1°50) —4 *The average Rainfall recorded at the Durham Observatory for 20 years is 20°23 Inches 442 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, a COAST DISTRICT. VAG af ema oe ene as NORTH ESSWELL. Mee ara SUNDERLAND. | CRESSW North Shields. Biel of Guage above sea 60 Feet. 100 Feet. 89 Feet GViclimetcessenescescnccecinscae Above Ground ............006 1 Foot. 9 Inches. Days on Days on Days on MONTH. Quantity. Na Quantity nee Quantity. ee Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. JJenmmbliny | Pspndopocasnebec 2°61 Ue ik ARO) 2°23 February ....sceeeeseees 0°77 14 | 0:987 1:44 WIGTRON Eaaasoosoaaonoobo6 1:00 16 1115 1°37 PATDELLY irerticleis sseisie’eeie em 0°76 9 1:500 1:97 IME RY sdacodécoseodoanoodue 1°99 14 2:280 2°59 JUNG: | Fabeeiecvitesedielscasste 1°56 10 1:005 1°41 dit? acoosoddanadeoucseshe 0°64 8 0°770 0°87 INWEUSteecansisesestelsesec. 1°37 9 1°400 1°19 September ............06 3°48 19 | 2°120 2°87 October ........eeeeeeeeee 2°03 18 2°880 2°37 November ..........-.005 1°85 18 2°350 ae 2°68 December ........-.--+0+ 2°03 21 1:100 ise 2-04 VE99 io sec cetistecite 20°09 173 19°617 wale 23:03 USES 0. akeease 23°23 162 19°82 Me 25°37 USCMaeccescice ses 24°40 170 19°95 me 23°45 TSG OMe acces 25°75 IES) 660080 Rae 28 35 US GD tececsniocase 82°47 patleiyee dues Mas 26:99 MS GA eee Se iaaiinal ui csemeeceih, Allemaceaete | Me ional 26°64 MSG Bie rrrstnsareca| oh eee eats ih. ded bicpnatnl RVers css anaes ae Detter 6 SCO a hia callin tstaiteeie ns «(is earetthan ae eve arate ebuill ab aeeteeet ara en accteatelta MQ GW ica csiecioonl): tivetee he cs |e. re mabhanll Claas suena lie camp ne Wl ebureanEe SG O eS accrual vumene abner al yunrebenital dues ascfen aol b arse ena Paratiaeee MS OS Aee ee seceictetalll Hestiewere a Mitaeieoe Kalil Are wate slo Par cll tse cron | maigeasteteets SSN ue eke] | aesoeneln alleioned GaSe [RAM Raveioe reat rereenjnnd| Meare LS DTrace SHA Basin sleet Nel yreteiet bri Nats ta Storeiel/obs|) E-reteepi | omer USS Giateaseencall eee Oe noeete Os abaeetrl eo anee alla aaa Average of Years...... 25°18 | 178 19:79 .. | 25°64 5 years. |4 years} 3 years. 6 years. Difference in 1868) |—5:09 0 —'18 eis —2°61 from mean......... Inches. | Days. | Inches. Inches. | SS AI BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 443 COAST DISTRICT (Continvep). TYNEMOUTH SEAHAM PLACE ............ HOWICK. EARSDON. Pier Works, HALL. Pe ne CE GUAEC 1008 Gin. 185 Feet. 61ft. 10in. 80 Feet. Above Ground ... 10 Inches. 2ft. 10in. lft. 2in. 1 Foot. uan- |DaYS On! Quan- |PaYs 9) Quan- |P2YS On) Quan- {Days on MONTH. bie wich ae whip ae wich nae pce Inches.| fell. | Inches.}| fell. | Inches.} fell]. | Inches.] fej. si faint January......... 190} 18 1:70 1°82} 17 1°75) 14 February ...... 1:36] 10 1:73 1:49] 12 1:10} 11 IMIEIRGN, Gedoeodoc 1:59 9 1°21 1°40) 15 1-74] 18 Avril eee. ee. 1:27; 10 2°04 1°76] 11 1:27 7 Miavisectsseccsece 2:26) 11 2°65 2°31) 16 3°18] 12 MME sees cseeces 1:79 7 1°65 1°03 8 1°45 Uf Uy lsceassceceks 0°43 6 0°62 0°91 9 0°78 6 August ......... 1°65 7 1°34 WEA || 1 1°30 i September...... 3°31} 16 2°32 2°65) 18 3°44] 16 October......... 2°39) 11 2°51 2°85 | 22 2°38) 11 November ...... 239| 12 2°44 2°55 15 3°70} 11 December ...... 2°32| 18 164 2°79 | 19 2°13) 12 WEEKES) poouaccos 22°66] 180 | 21°85) 129 | 22°68) 174 | 24:22) 132 1868......... 25:22 | 124 600 21°05 | 170 | 22°56] 145 UB coesooaco 24:98 | 159 24°22 23°61] 151 1866..... ... 28°88 | 168 23°68 28°32 | 154 1865......... 28°64 23°47 26°07! ... 1864......... 22°01 as 22°74 EKG Bsscodsosoo 18°34 26°15 1862......... 19°30 IB ecosoanon 18°30 1860......... 27-48 ISB) coos ooo 18°84 ish ses ) 29-51 We econcacod | 20°77 1856......... 22°58 Average of 22°60 | 140 | 21°85) 129 | 23°02] 172 | 24°81) 145 Years...... 14 yrs.|4 years|1 year.|1 year.| 5 yrs. |2 years| 7 yrs. |4 years Dieveniee in SE0;G LO ree | ee 0-84) ele Ou ler olleaann mean ...... Inches.| Days. Inches.| Days. |Inches.) Days. 444 eecccssccece Height of Guage above sea level Above Ground .. MONTH. January February ecerecsccece eoceecccecce eoccesccoocce eesevcccccce eecneocce October November December eoocee eecvccvecs eee ceccee sence wee eccccevce ecececcce ec ececce see ecesos eoescesee ececcecee soeocesee wocecoces eooscovce eoeveccce eocoee | Difference in 1869 from eeeeee METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, TYNE DISTRICT. HALT- BYRNESS. | OTTERBURN.| WHISTLE— | WHITFIELD. 700 Feet. 500 Feet. 2 Feet 1 Foot. es [Days on} Qyan- |Days on tir | ate | | a Inches fell. | Inches.} fell. 4°356| 23 4°185 3°844| 23 3°325 1°221) 18 1:645 1°965 8 1:052 2°925| 16 2-600 2°095 7 2-040 1°340) 11 1°230 1 285 2 1°085 4:240) 19 4°605 2375) 14 1°590 2°710 6 2°385 6'000) 23 4:140 34'356| 170 |29°882) ... 37°26] 187 34:06) 145 liste 31°59) 154 36:02 35°30] 178 32°87} 149 Unthank Hall. 380 Feet. 806 Feet. 6 Inches. lft. 5in. uan- |PAYS 00! Qyan- [Days on ‘ts | weet | eee Inches.} fell. }Inches.}] fell. mate stare 4°23 19 5°02 17 7°62 20 1:06 19 2°47 22 181 12 2°28 10 3°33 16 4°20 15 1°49 12 1°55 9 0°82 7 | 0-715 6 1 35 6 1:995 9 5°72 19 7°52 24 2°61 15 2°085 | 12 5°59 18 6°73 16 4:27 18 4-45 12 3307] 159 |45°845) 174 — SS Ss Ee 2 yrs. | Days.| 4 yrs. | 2 yrs. —095| — 8 |—3 05 Inches.) Days. |Inches. BY THE REY, R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 446, TYNE DISTRICT (Continuep). PARK END, | HALLINGTON # PLACE .... sc... ALSTON. ALLENHEADS a HEXHAM. VILLAGE. Dees 1145 Feet. 1360 Feet. 276 Feet. 469 Feet. j Aboye Ground ... 4 Inches. 9 Inches. 3 Inches. 6 Inches. uan- |Days 0D) Oyan- |D@ys 9D] Ouan- Days on} Qyan- |Days on mona, | tity. | whicn | Qin" | which | Str whieh | Gity. | which Inches. | fell. | Inches.] fell. | Inches.| fell, | Inches.| fell, ; January ...... G04 | 29°) 6:10) 25 2 1:28 February ...... 8°33 | 24 9°30] 28 =I 3°76 March ......... 1:76) 15 2°10] 27 =| 1°43 j Be Acnilies: «sane 1:34} 12 240] 14 © PENG || is Nae wuateas 1B AR TOI) OBO. D7) JTW ioser der Boe 1:23] 10 | 1:70} 16 | 3x EOI Puls ee 093} 8 | 0-90] 14 | = 0:30 JIBS bonser bee 1°40] 13 1-80} 16 8 1°69 September.....| 8°00} 28 S00 27 zi 4:99 i October......... aD uae oO 2b 5 ; 1:90 November...... 4°78 | 16 7.40 | 24 2 aad 3°40 December ... 4°65 20 5°90} 28 5 b06 311 ISK RS osc cocode 41°67] 193 | 54°40] 267 | 83°48) 201 | 28°54 560 IeXTe\oscoascao 48°35 | 211 | 56°40] 266 | 34:33} 203 | 28°69) ... NeKOocnodscne 39°27 | 231 |49°45] 268 | 28°53 | 216 | 25°07 SG Greene: 54°76 | 253 | 56°84] 287 | 41°83] 228 | 33°42 SG Deer steee “ee ... | 44°42] 248 | 29°80] ... ae 1864......... 43°24 | 258 | 29-02 NSGSee eee 54:01 41:77 UKE. aooacue 44°20 | 291 | 34°76 SG ec 49°35 | 282 | 31 07 NX) nooeones 59°15 | 297 | 31°04. IS) sbooohoe 47°70 | 259 1lfteXe)oa550000 37°21 | 229 | 26:00 NS aiifeanince tats 41-79 25°68 USD Greerectee 45°48 45°87 Average of ) | 46°01] 222 | 48°83} 269 | 83°31 | 212 | 28°93 Year's) <....- §|4 yrs. | 4 yrs. |14 yrs.|11 yrs.|13 yrs.| 4 yrs. | 4 yrs. ee Hcuenlce-ty) 4:34 | — 29 |4-5°63| —2 |+0 12] — 11 |-0:39 Faee cans j Inches.| Days. |Inches.| Days. \Inches.| Days. |Inches. D 2 446 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, TYNE DISTRICT (Conrinvep). WHITTLE CAMPHILL, PLACE .......6 DENE FAWCETT. WOODFORD. Hasek GUNNERTON. Height of Guage 563 Feet. 500 Feet. 676 Feet. above sea level Above Ground 6 Inches. 6 Inches. 6 Inches. Days on Days on MONTH. Quantity. | Quantity. weet Quantity. pees Quantity. Inches. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. January...... 1°16 1°35 1°37 es 1°27 February ...| 2°02 3°29 3 38 oe 3°80 March ...... 1°45 1°29 1°36 1°44 April ......... 2°39 2°18 2°61 2°57 May ........ 3°13 2°55 2°62 2°68 June ......... 1:69 1°63 1°82 1°78 dilly? sodeoseac 0°33 0°40 0°38 0:46 August ...... 1°40 1°64 1°75 1:70 September 3°19 4°89 5°31 5°72 October...... 1°31 2-00 1°65 1°58 November...| 2°78 2°70 BR 3°22 Ae 3°08 December ...| 2°21 3°03 aap 3°89 oc0 3°82 1869...... 1} eigaecool)) vanocos I) Of fdacoos WaMebaane USCC reaeselie acer US GB wreteeiars|b ctowsisieaal [to aneveiselese Hi Nabcraeal cl Ml ecrescie crest ted | ice es tte | en srereee INS G4 eforcicra th vsretstetie’ etel[ ts etsigeces 4) We snieeree | Oais a ascoes ol e eesaeta oe eee WS GB iecticralsietecis Lil W Siete eisere «VDD “eray Co TPN clare ulate tal | aigereemis Eee PSD yjuscl i lercterisis pW, Feels dela” U [fae eoey eal mipstcratao cal eae etre Rl all ne meyereieee DS GMa? Garret.) WUE te saistcle oI bce cmleh TRMe. Roemer alia) See eon | lege ears BGO Ree calla en Mle felieies PURan sect a dy tite ke anal Mb ace mi ot tetra ODO Sysectele. seislecis fillies zoclan Wifenecen en he) setae sa atric e Set peers AB Bieerere lt uctetsiisie kl tsieioreces ellloel emaval Ta ssic weet Ci flietee ys BIC) | arere eee SD Paeatascll wesrcnie Pte ie esinws) ath Umea tie See ei esl ss 9 ld ae MSS Gonacsclo eieccse lb seems, Ail cose AR bisiemicnc so G[h ae ice mall Dwticerten Average of) | ...... Years ... Differencein —$ $$] J J 1868 from || ...... +0°81 —1'14 —- 1°65 mean...... Inches. Inches. Inches. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 447 TYNE DISTRICT (Continvep). VALLEY | HORSLEY, IBA @ Biscescccosccoossesssescs GREENCRAG. of near NORTH TYNE. BYWELL. Height of Guage above sea : Mmelevelticcccstiesesaueclerssces SD INES BES En Above Ground ........0c100 6 Inches. 6 Inches. Days on Days on Days on) MONTH. Quantity. we Quantity. wien Quantity. wed Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell, MANUAL ene sees- he 1°40 1°31 1°67 13 February ............... 3°92 4°21 2°02 14 Marche ees aegis 1.26 1°34 1:37 12 PANT Aas Sis: Shs ccislones 2°18 2°38 2°08 13 IMac teioves Bin scskeee 2°61 2°57 3°20 12 UIC Bie choice seat cee 1°64 1°23 1°58 +) Ulva cetacskecsiensaceuiss 0°63 0°48 0°33 5 JMET oocqnbooocdonoands 191 1:79 1°35 9 September ............ 6°23 5°54 3°21 20 October ............05. 1°56 1°68 1°38 11 November ............ 3°27 Bac 3°32 ele 2°61 16 December ............ 3°98 ae 3°35 ue 1°88 16 SCO esasieacstes 30°59 ee 29°20 900 22°68 | 150 INS soasacaqose 29°89 000 30°11 060 23°77 | 160 eeecscseesee| OE AO | cos | VU TI | eee | seeeee seeeceeseeee| ceesee | eee | seeeee | eee | seosse seeeerccesee| seeeee | wee | eeesee | see | seesee eee escseeece| evovee | eee | evesee | eee | «eevee eee veesenses| eoesee | wee | seoeeee | eee | seseee pee eeeesseve| eeesee | wee | eeeeee | eee | seevee eeeeceeesese| ceoerse | ose | eeoeve Jf wee | eeeeee eeecceveseve| cesses | cee | ecveree | cee | seeree Celcslcisiccisines|) wemeoe || | eee |) seeees: if “see ij| sisisicivie vlefelele| sisaiejmall cleisicee, | 1) | clea [ys s\eecele) silo ceepis ill), [els.elsels, eeccccceccce| coesse | vee {| eseeee | cee | eeeree Average of Years ...| 30°81 ss 29°93 kes 22°46 | 155 4 years. 4 years. 3 years. |2 years Difference in 1869) |—0°22| ... |—0°73| ... |4+ 0°22 | —5 from mean ...... Inches. Inches. Inches. | Days. 448 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, Height of Guage above sea level Above Ground...... MONTH. esecee January February woo eencee July August September October November December eeereeces seesee eocescree eect e rece eee es ence eee eceses eee veccee eeeevovee eee eecnee soeresaee ee eceecee veceeecee eecnccece eee ecceee eoeccecece Years Difference nt 1868 from TYNE DISTRICT (Conrinvep). BYWELL. 86ft. 6in. 6 Inches. Quan- Days on tity. Inches. WYLAM. 96 Feet. 5 Feet. Days on Quan- which tity, Inches. 27°95 | 204 14 yrs.} Days. — 2°08) 0 157 131 144 173 156 206 185 211 26°15 | 170 14 yrs.| 8 yrs. | 2 yrs. | 2 yrs. — 1:00) —138 |—0°89 Inches.| Days. |Inches.| Days. |Inches. SHOTLEY STAMFORD- HAM HALL. GROUND. 312 Feet. 400 Feet. 3 Inches. 1 Foot. | uan- |D4Y8 9D) Quan- Days on tise | ee | ts | Inches fell. Inches. | fell | 2°85 14 2°28 1°57 11 2°34 2°07| 14 1:57 1°60 8 1°93 3°96 | 16 347 1°15 5 1°94 0:45 8 0°40 1:29 10 1:18 3°72 | 20 3°44 211 11 1°64 2°93) 14 1:70 2°52) 17 3°04 26°22 | 148 | 24:93 28°01 | 149 25°41 BS soo. . -| 2D 30 09 27°41 26°93 28°60 26°00 26°22 35°26 27°85 29°19 28°86 35°06 27°11 } 148 28°38 14 yrs. — 3°45 Inches. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 449 ST TYNE DISTRICT (Conrinvep). STAMFORD- | NEWCASTLE, |NEWCASTLE, * GAC Ee rectasccoss HAM CHURCH! Deaf and Dumb | Lit. and Phil. WALLSEND. | TOWER. Institution. Institution. Bee | 1 462 Beet. 200ft. 9in. 106 Feet. 100 Feet. Above Ground ... 42 Feet. 6 Inches. lft. 5in. 6 Inches. uan- |D2Y8 9D) Qyan- }PaYs 90) Quan- |Days on _ |Days on browns 99] fares | |e (one os ee a ee Inches.| fell, |Inches.| fell. | Inches.| fell. | Inches.| fell. January ...... 1°65 Bela by 2°19) 11 | 1°869) 10 February ...... 1°73 1°15 9 1°66) 12 1°412 6 March) %..2...-. 0°80 145} 14 219] 20 1°497 6 J Aja coaseaceasne 1°39 210} 10 2°38) 14 1857) 7 May 2°80 2°98! 16 3°33 | 18 2°783 7 dJWIN® sococdasoaoe 171 1°57 9 2°35 8 1-431] 6 Sully ese oss 0°30 0°49 7 0°48 B) |) OG] 5 August ......... 0-74 1:37 8 1:00 Gj sseyl| 78 September...... 3°06 3°13) 21 3:83] 19 2°700) 13 October ......... 0°75 274) 14 317) 14 | 2:661) "9 November...... 1°43 2°85 | 13 3°51] 16 | 2°870) 7 December ...... 2°00 2°73 | 19 392) 17 | 3:288) 7% NE sos cseece 18°36 24°78 | 155 | 30°01} 160 |24°354) 91 WeXBelocccadeoa ete 24°51 | 154 | 26°25 | 175 24°49) 113 IUSKB/cooac..cod 6ne ... | 22°29) 184 PAO INKS ecosadcon 22°19 | 169 26°65 US Goreteeeee 21°24 | 124 27:29 YY ocooonne ie Be 27°82 WEB oooncncos So , 26°24 ISK eAooaseds B06 25°68 NS Gileeee nse. 19°58 24°62 NVROsscconnee 27°40 34°12 WEB Qocccaccos 18°41 23°51 Iveta sosoodadoa 13°29 O06 Ile Wosoeeccos 500 16°43 SD Gemmeceines 50C 21°22 Average of 24°65 | 155 | 21°66 | 152 | 26°36] 103 GEIS Gor 560 } 2 yrs. | 2 yrs. |11 yrs.| Days. {11 yrs.| Days. Tee Se +013 +8:35] +8 |—2-01] —12 eae y ‘Inches. Inches.| Days. | Inches] Days. * Owing to the peculiarity of the Rain Guages in use previously to 1868 about 10 per cent., it isstated, should be added to the quantities as published above. 450 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, TYNE DISTRICT (Conrrnvzp). NORTH NORTH NORTH PW ACE) cicccccores- SHIELDS, SHIELDS, SHIELDS. Rosella Place. | Clementhorpe. Low Lights. Height of Guage! 194 Feet. 150 Feet. 12 Feet. above sea level Above Ground ... 1 Foot. 1 Foot. 3ft. lin. uan- \Pays °D) Quan- |D@¥s 0) Quar- |Days on MONTH. ye ae Q r wae ae which Inches.} fell, | Inches.| fel], | Inches. fell. + JANUATY....+00. 2°281| 16 2710) 14 9°96| 15 February ...... 1°315} 11 117!) 13 1°26] 13 March ......... 1°301| 13 117) 17 1°25] 15 IN Val Gogoooguadon 1:763] 10 166) 11 1°65| 10 Miaryicscssentessers 2°575| 16 2°40} 138 2°47) 15 June wn ceecsccse 1:266 9 0:99 8 1°15 7 ARDUK 660088806900 0:770 6 0°65 7 0°66 i August ........- 1:285| 9 110] 10 1:08 7 September...... 2°815} 20 2°57| 20 2°74] 19 October ......... 2°810) 17 2°40| 16 2°89] 17 November...... 2°946|] 16 2°40] 14 2°69| 15 December ...... 2°811| 23 2°09} 20 2°32) 20 1869........- 23°938] 166 | 20°70] 163 | 22°42 | 160 SESE waynes 23°35) 178 | 20°92] 174 | 22°46] 171 SG TAR eee 23°61) 163 a8 ... =| 22°49 | 175 US6Gse esse a 26°39] 188 26°62 | 192 1865.....0065 26°89] 130 25°56 | 142 1864.......6+ 26:00 260) eaeee WEE sososca56 24°70 24°74 | 294 USGQE asec 28°01 28°01 | 260 USGL... 24°76 24°76 | 264 1860......... 32°19 32°18 | 290 1859.....06.- sue ae as WLHPscssocoos ‘ Re ee WEB odsccosoo TBR cocsos00 ae Average of 25°58 | 164 | 20°81] 168 | 25°68 | 208 Years 10 yrs.| 5 yr8.| 2 yrs. | 2 yrs. |10 yrs.| 9 yrs. Difference in 2 : i, ’ ses from — 2-05] + 2 |— 0-11] —5 |—3-06] — 48 Inches.| Days. |Inches.| Days. |Inches.| Days. TYNEMOUTH, Pier Works. 61ft. 10in. 1ft. 2in. Quan- Deas Os Inches.| fell. 1°82 17 1:49 12 1-40 15 1°76 11 2°31 16 1°03 8 0°91 9 1:12 12 2°65| 18 2°85 22 2°55 | 15 2°79] 19 22°68 | 174 21°05 | 170 24°22)... 23°68) ... 23°47 23°02 | 172 5 yrs. | 2 yrs. — 0°34) + 2 Inehes.| Days. _ BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 451 COQUET, WANSBECK, AND ALNE DISTRICT. I BEACH vine atin ae WALLINGTON: | act cen es ee Testi ok jeice bhoversss 398ft. Gin. 400 Feet. 300 Feet. Above Ground ...........000 1 Foot. 6 Feet. | 5 Days on ‘ D , MONTH. Quantity. which Quantity. which, Quantity. Pani, Rain Rain Rain Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. WANUALY eer ecceeenereee 2°59 19 1°95 2 2°1382 el ruaingrescseceee sree 3°01 22 1°68 8 1°228 Marchiece scare ne 2°36 21 3°41 v6 1°809 MATA ils Sorc chdeshies cee BNP) 11 1°87 9 0°887 EN 7G Bc Seer nn & een 3°17 18 3°60 10 2°606 PUNO Me ate encase 1°95 8 2°35 4 2-248 ualiygapesnacscscessee acne 1°00 8 0:23 1 0°772 AUC US tasterisccecnsecueecs 1:19 8 1-72 i 1433 September ..... ...... 4°38 23 2°25 10 3°722 October. ...........+.5- 1°83 16 2°78 11 2°031 November ............ 2°46 18 1°89 8 2°110 December............... 3°19 21 3°21 0 2:993 N69 Diese: 29°25 193 26°94 86 23°971 VS6Ss 31°47 209 25°04 79 27°42 USGTiaae cee 28°99 198 16°25* oe 26°61 USSG een hella eatin Wateteae oR 80°02 bel Ta jSeoadeaaacd [Re ceaeren | Rania mmleceaee 30°39 SGA ee ee calla So oetec aul terenra) Malle lesueee 31:97 US GSM saeco Meee ss ete | arin S/N Dieters 25°86 Ife OP abob aa apocricl |e ntcHcamer il exersaee tl Menicaaee 30°04 NS Glee reneaces| a esssceetulerssee Ul | webeaisn 26°17 AS GO Sener ce | emer ece ta tiem | imetmae re alee coem balfpudels se TS babe br conatal MN eCeRaen cally Geese cl Rinoeete 25°98 fst ese onececHall Al cioeeeer sal IemeeeE ne Faas 24°27 LS Iie severe aitreticcecocll ana tall shacaraels 27°11 IG !5 Gsccictl sere areca thc wees shen y toaicee || twee site 32°90 Average of Years ...| 29°97 | 200 26°24 |83dys.| 27°89 3 years. |3 years| 3 years. | 2 yrs. | 13 years. Difference in aia —0°'72 | —7 | +0°70 | + 3 |— 3:92 A from mean ...... Inch. | Days.| Inch. | Days.! Inches. * Rothbury—The Return in 1567 was for only § Months. 452 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, COQUET, WANSBECK, AND ALNE DISTRICT, (ConTINUED). BRINK- GLANTON MILFIELD, MIDDLETON PLACH hte: BURN near HALL, PRIORY. PYKE. WOOLER. near BELFORD. Height of Guage! 909 Feet, 534 Feet. 200 Feet. 240 Feet. above sea level Above Ground 1 Foot. 4ft. 3din. 6 Inches. 2 Feet. Days on Days on Days on MONTH. Quantity. | Quantity. ae Quantity. ee Quantity. whi Inches. Inches. fell. Inches. fell. Inches. fell January...... ke 3-14 2-44 2°525 February ... g 1°89 0°94 1:265 March ....... a 1°65 1°66 1°125 piles 5 1:26 1:22 2-075 Mayes = 2°66 2°78 2°995 JUNE ......0, 5 2°20 2°23 0°445 Aull, Giecbeosn E 0°99 0°82 0-030 August ...... iS 1°42 1:28 2°650 September... bs 3°48 3°89 3°715 October ...... 3 2°05 2°10 1°615 November ... 5 1°75 1°69 2°870 December...) 7 2°64 2°28 1:895 1869...... 25°24 25°14 23°34 23°205 1868....., 26°69 30°15 PHAR S Vb I Aba e sn aL 1867.....» 33°68 27°82 2 OSA Mote sll eens 1866...... 33°87 35°06 SONG ea teae secu |ieneerere 1865...... 32°45 34°26 PASI YY A vibisa tli, Gaanae 1864...... 29°54 Prod oy) een OREN les ea naSie ath) elmate tl ilmnsoge MS OSte cece lunes P40 048 aetna irs aia Bema actib ticle tt st dares ei US G2 eeciigiseecies TIED oN 2 IE || Sea a ee ee TEKH eeseess| asodasen AE fehl KO Yeas bis tet al at nese conte bh wh dae wal | ok Batata VSG OM eveallig RR Ne cal fin we Sae scat ote sctet ahd Se Rs Te eee Eee TSS S ate eiae| hie ele reve tealel ht Semis eoanna (neta anim beth oe erainen Witenes og a8G SSD See lice aoa UM estan. inl musica mt cal kacelseivene nly EoStiet eee | teeters HLS Ea pees lass ostereccioiel «yas etessueroia oie aki dull steatoter fail Aes Coetsre cote I Mele ania | eee ee USD Oeeeecalemscercec an lial Me retin IA Dratrer sal ch masiatciarstets meal baer inn ceeeeace Average of 30°24 In.| 29°77 ae 28°02 ppb Measecds Years . 6 years. | 8 years. 5 years. Differencein ar = ill ——463)| eel —— 4 Ba |)5 aeeeua|) uence iste) irom} Inches. | Inches. Inches. mean...... BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 453 TEMPERATURE, The following results of a series of investigations carried out by Mr. Glaisher on the temperature of the different months and seasons of the year, and extending over a very long period, will be read with interest, as they throw so much light on a subject -which forms the subject of discussion more or less amongst all classes of Knglishmen. _ The actual table is much too long to republish in this report, but the conclusions to which Mr. Glaisher came are summed up by him as follows :— ‘These numbers do not at all confirm the idea that a hot summer is either preceded or followed by a cold winter, or vice versa ; on the contrary, it would seem that any hot or cold period has been mostly accompanied by weather of the same character. The cold year of 1771 was followed by two cold years. The hot year of 1779 was preceded by one warm year and followed by two others. In 1780 the extreme cold of January was coun- terbalanced by the extreme heat of March. The cold year of 1782 was followed by a long series of cold years. The very cold year of 1799 was followed by a cold autumn and winter. The warm year of 1806 was preceded by a warm winter. The very cold year of 1814 was preceded by a cold summer, autumn, and winter. The hot year of 1818 was preceded by a moderate winter, and was followed by a warm one. ‘The hot year of 1822 was preceded by a warm winter, and was followed by a moderately cold one. The hot year of 1834 followed a very mild winter, and was followed by another. The hot year of 1846 was preceded by a warm winter, and was fol- lowed by a moderate one. The warm yeai 1848 was both pre- ceded and followed by warm periods. ‘‘The mean temperatures of the years 1771, 1782, 1784, 1786, 1799, and 1814 were all below 46°: the coldest was 1784, and its value was 45:1°. The mean temperatures of the years 1779, 1818, 1822, 1834, and 1846 were all above 50°5°: the year of highest temperature was 1846, and its value was 51°38°. 454 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, The 79 years, from 1771 to 1849 inclusive, gives a mean tem- perature (in the latitude of London) of 48°3°, with a variation between one year and another from 45°1° in 1784 to 51:3° in 1846. The difference is 6°2°.” Again: the mean temperatures of the different seasons of the year, as deduced from the records examined for the conclusions stated above, is as follows :— «The mean temperature of the spring months, March, April; and Mais As! 205. Shee. os kis diols eee 46:49, ‘‘The mean temperature of the summer months, June, July, and Atgust 1s: cusses eer cco eee 60-0°. ‘‘The mean temperature of the autumn months, Sep- tember, October, and November is .................- 49°3°. ‘‘The mean temperature for the winter months, Decem- ber, January, and February is ..............00+.sss00 37°6°. ‘‘The mean temperature for the whole year ............ 48°39.” The cold of last November gave rise to many speculations as - to the probable character of the coming winter. In a paper read before the Manchester Philosophical Society, in 1864, Mr. G. V. Vernon summed up the results of a very close examination of the records of the temperature of November extending over 91 years in the following words :— ‘Careful investigation of the mean monthly temperatures for the long period made use of shows that no safe conclusions of any kind can be based upon the character of any particular month. Cold winters succeeding a warm November were very few in number, and in most cases these winters were preceded by a November not much above the average temperature, as in 1783, 1794, and 1799, when the mean temperature of November was only 0°5°, 0:9°, and 0°5° respectively above the mean. “November 1822 and 1846 were the only two Novembers much above the average which were followed by a cold period immediately afterwards.” The following statement of the average temperature of the BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 455 different months has been drawn out by Mr. Glaisher from the. records of the Royal Observatory at Greenwich, extending over a period of ninety-eight years, 1771-1869. The editor places side by side the average temperature of Wylam for fourteen years, as drawn from Mr. Atkinson’s obser- vations. The two series will show, to some extent, the difference of temperature for each month between the North and South of England at a glance. The editor has no series of observations extending over a longer period than Mr. Atkinson’s at his dis- posal. Greenwich. Wylam. Greenwich. Wylam. January ......... 36°2° BURBS VW Alby cosecoos ean 61°4° 59°07° February ...... 38°4° 39°36° | August ......... 60°7° 58°87° March...........- 41-0° 40°49° | September...... 56°5° 54°840 ANfoall seategoasooe 46°0° 46°02° | October ...... .. 49°7° 48°09° MAY Seic cet vente: 52°6° 50°93° | November ...... 42°40 41-11° JUNE .oe0-.c0e0 ee 58°20 56°84° | December ...... 39°29 39°92° It thus appears that the average temperature of the three winter months, December, January, and February, is higher in each case at Wylam than at Greenwich. TABLES OF TEMPERATURE. NORTH SUNDERLAND. Height above Sea. .....,....:s.006- 125 Feet. Min. Max. Mean. | Dry Bulb.| Wet Bulb. PAMUATY, C2 sihenoctcusecsescchese 3874 | 43:9 40°5 41°2 40°9 MGDEWALY? care -b-l-cssche ss ances 88°7T | 47°5 43:1 42°6 41:0 IMiarchie crete iat ie eta. 35°4 45°9 39°8 39°2 36°5 tA ralleeseseocccsceseeeertsasauen 40°2 57-2 48°1 45°7 42°9 IU EN rcannauenacoconernpacconennrn 40°7 53:0 46°6 44:2 39°5 [UIT CE ease aa aos tenes 472 63°7 55°4 51:0 49.8 lye tae Aaa ale 52°6 70°3 61°5 57:9 5674 PAUL OMS tis aisisisaiats a aie uiolemiaceccign sae 51°4 66°3 591 54°6 53°9 September 2 ----cscccessrseees 50°6 61°5 56°3 54:0 53°4 OGiGD ee asat eee sca tiie en dsees 43°5 53°8 48°8 48°5 46°8 INOW NS Paco coacecocoonsocedboree 88°5 46°4 42°4 42°] 41.3 Decentherisacstecscecveuesvcre, 85°4 41°9 38°6 39:2 38°5 Average—1869 .......0.s.008 42°6 54°2 48°4. 46°6 15°0 iistolveerrercorr prone 44°0 54:2 p Bes Sal ree ene ias tl hab eca sain: 456 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, ALNWICK CASTLE. Highest Lowest Min. Max. | Mean. | temperature | temperature recorded. recorded. JANUALY..0..0ceeeeseeeeee 7 Hebi Way wieet-tsstectstele sates Manchiaocsccscdesssncsesee | HATH ee cacastlademeseasees May Ps dance tans weisaceels ‘| No |observijations | taken. JMME aaa eeaeese scseceose eas ANT emacs cscnnanriaanne | AUGUST cscceseetsceetess September .............. October (for 29 days Only) ii coterceteccsee 41°8 | 50°9 | 46°3 | 68° on 11th} 30° on 26th November .............0000+ 387°3 | 46°2 | 41°7 | 59° on 13th] 28° on 9th & December (for 30 days 29th OMI) Gragwanonscdadooo 40.3 | 386°8 | 50° on 14th] 25° on 28th WALLINGTON. Height above Sea......... 398 Feet. Highest Lowest Min Max. | Mean. | temperature temperature recorded. recorded. MEINE TN? goosssoobeGecen00s 30°0 | 87°2 | 33°6 | 49° on 5th | 15° on Ist He DEUATY: eiecier elt ine 314 | 40°9 | 3671 | 51° on 5th | 24° on 3rd, 20th, & 28th March nnicncsecccccaceces 25°4 | 37°38 | 81°77 | 45° on 28rd | 18° on 3rd, 7th, & 17th PMTs ancesecocns 31°4 | 51:2 | 41°3 | 70° on 11th | 21° on 1st MMlaiys ess catiectoee tio aise 32°7 | 48°8 | 40°7 | 60° on Ist | 22° on 9th MITC TE se Rea ote als 38-4 | 58°4 | 48:4 | 70° on 26th | 24° on Ist dJilhys Uassbeaenondaeugasasan 42°2 | 65°9 | 54:0 | 78° on 21st | 31° on Ist INTERVEN, sdeancdgodosoouede 38°8 | 62°3 | 50°5 | 80° on 28th | 25° on 31st September sec cce os 39°1 | 53°6 | 40°3 | 68° on 6th | 31° on Sth Octobeneessce eee 33°2 | 46°2 | 39°7 | 62° on 9th | 20° on 27th November ............+4- 29°4 | 38°3 | 33°8 | 47°. on 22nd | 20° on 28rd December .............55 28°4 | 36°6 | 32°5 | 48° on 13th | 15° on 28th Average—1869......... Eases yea fic Lojon ian 7c OYA Mie canameen oe tle neocon USGS wesc SOLAN OU? SPAS ON pk acura. allie este 1867......... STsb Mea a) Wea ab UN al) ote tee eels Warmest days—July 4. Mean Temperature, 60°8°. Wind, W. Aug. 28. 95 62°3°.. Wind, N.E. Coldest days—Jan. 1. ie 21°5°. Wind, N.E. Dec. 28. 19°7°. Wind, N.W. 45 BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. A RITE OE SEE SE SSE PE BS SI SE EP SE EES ESET plg UO T PIES WO 8G YI8GS 28 STS WO o1G Puss UO 68 UIST 2B YI6 WO o6E 466 UO off 8ST WO o1§ UIT UO 66 YIGL WO 066 YTL WO 0G 106 28 YIST WO oGE JST WO 066 “‘pep.0oe. 9injze.1edue4 qsoMoT “yoodst ‘Ny ‘YSTY SOMOUL 9 499J F SpUL}s UO ‘s}UDUINA}SUT s,vAquILZ w 11,0.150N y soD55000 o0-LF YIST wo .gg ol-G§ IST 29 pug U0o09G} 08-68 UIT WO of[Z 09 LP 416 UO o0L o8- FG Y8G UO o68 06-L¢ ISTE WO G8 06-09 WI9G WO o8) o&G pug WO of 9 o8-FP YING UO oL9 0G. 9F YI9G WO oG9 olV 316 8 YL WO ogg off YILTL U0 Gg of -68 “‘popi109e1 aimye.red ure} uvoT qsoustH 06-9G 09 OF 08-9F oG.g¢ 089 06-69 06-12 of9 oL GG ol -G 06-87 06-04 06-GP “XB “UN 00-9F °6-9F ol-F8 09 -F& ol -8§ oF -6§ 09 GP o6-LP 06-FG oL -FG 06-84 08-64 ol-09 ol-€9 oG-1G 06-F¢ oG LP oL GF o6-9P oG.8P oL-68 06-9 oG- IP 06 -GP 0-96 oG-LE $$$ Peete metre mere e reer ese essssseeeeesees aBVIOAV SOR e eee entrees e ease nese eeeesssseesseaseags “TAQ ULdDN(T ee Se aS oe eae ma DOG COQUOG () «af ch 0000 tresseeeeeeees ATOTLAQOT sees “WY 6 "WY 6 ‘qin 39M | ‘qmng Arq ‘J02 OOF x (AVAGHLOW—aAdISpvUO Seen enews eeseeeene Renee enw enewne see w en eneee nesses BOG dA0gu VSO 458 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, a EE A ALLENHEADS. Height above Sea ....cccseccescasee 1360 Feet. Meanvet Mean of the | all the . highest. lowest. eure Point. vino alae JJG Gécribaodoano Seodgusnecac 41°9 | 32°8 | 37:1 | 35°0 | -204 92 IDS TERY seoonoesonsocopougCode0e 45°0 | 35:1 | 39-2 | 386°9 | -219 | 92 Marchi aoe tcenne ssa nando. ce ance 39°9 | 29°3 | 33:2 | 30:0 | °167 8s JX iy sadsseqsapdspnnocsssoaqnea30" 53°5 | 37°3 | 43°8 | 37°7 | °226 78 May ......ceccececersececteceeeees 50°1 | 35°9 | 40°9 | 86°4 | “215 85 UNG cde we neacenbenee eamenenee as 60°5 | 44°5 | 50°3 | 44°6 | °295 81 ALI coonsocads8aetas5nace wavcades 64°6 | 51°5 | 57°7 | 5071 | °362 76 PNUGUSE Copies acces sencnceceses| anne a 28545) cood90:||| son000" || Boop || odo000 September -----:<. cr-aweee-e-- 58°2 | 46°6 | 50°9 | 46°6 | -318 | 86 (OYetia) Ye Paneenrechadaanecbasneseacc 5175 | 38°9 | 44:0 | 40°9 | -256 89 INOVeMbetncreecerssnceccatesss- 43°3 | 32°0 | 36°7 | 33°6 | °193 89 Mecembersecercscceeceeee sce 86°5 | 27°3 | 82:0 | 29:0 | -160 88 Average—1868 ..-...--eee eee 52°0 | 39°6 | 44°8 | 89°8 | °251 83 VSGT We setwwestacees 49°6 | 36°6 | 43:2 | 37°5 | °288 84 IVEY Bera nkadeobactanss ANPP eh e en lev: EO) See Sarl ecacoud! || Gooone BYWELL. Height above Sea ........-seeeeeeee 863 Feet. Mean Elastic | Humid- Mean of/Mean of! temper-| pew | Force | ity Sa- allthe | all the = 4 highest.| lowest. oe Point. ae bade > INCH. JANUATY -.seeeeeeceeceeseeeeeeee 46:4 | 34°9 | 40°6 | 35°8 | -210 84 Ie eT? “cosaenooossoddodsonSO0G0 50°3 | 88°1 | 43°9 | 387°6 | °225 78 Leen e cece ero cceeeesesteseee secre ese recesererseereeracess| eovves | cesses | coeves | eeenre | seoses | foeses eee cece cence ret eresssscesesecs| cosece | eessee | seevee | seveee | coevses | veseee eet wate eter serecreaseoeesens ween cere ests eeereeereseeseseee weer tt eee ec cceesesesonsesee cette eee rerecreerecrece eee e eee e cece rsescosesees pee ree reeseereceee BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. NORTH SHIELDS. Height above Sea............sseseeeee 124 Feet. Lowest Mean. | Highest.} Lowest. | Range. on the Ground. PANU cies -ee wens csctadeltnal sce ce Ale. 55°5 26°6 28°9 25°4 HeDEUaBY eee onset cons seee: 44-7 | 59:0 | 30°0 | 29-0 28°5 Marche aencerevavacupdensesemmanes 39°7 54:0 26°8 27-2 25°5 PANEL eerie Sciaa sstctinsssneceaee 49°1 72°5 32:2 40°3 30°0 Mayan netic temcnc ocean ceaeas ATA 59°0 35°7 23°3 34:0 JUICE vases iiotinnccubinntet docccnies 54°3 73°0 38°0 35°0 37°83 CLI an eA RNA Sy Serre AEP ae aae 62°6 78°8 45°2 33°6 44°8 PNUG UGH Prcentateee caukseecsccssenes 57°5 81:0 40°3 40°7 39°0 September ...............seeeeeeee 56°6 69°5 43:0 26°5 41°8 Owpober wee eee. doses tecec son 49°1 69:0 29°0 40:0 27°0 INovember jcitecseecencceceecnore- 43:0 58:0 29:0 29°0 27-0 December ............cseeceeeeees 38°3 56°0 18°7 37.3 16°8 AVELADE Vania tueeiea tence 48°6 | 65°4 | 32°9 | 32°6 31°5 SHOTLEY HALL. LCI CNT ADVE] SCA eccastorescesscscereetmaresactercneteccseane 312 Feet. Min. Max. Mean. UENITENRY, consasobocadocnoseddcbadnoceodbodoNc1op000000 37°8 43°3 40°5 IN] SUE Trace sgobocpesdabonscneazocereanaaqon o3900d000 43°8 48°5 4671 IMfarchirryseeee ee cateane cost camta canon ti aeticieteass ltr cesee tl Miessioe's cy ul pcicaetne PAM bee smen cise acbectccis ats cewlacsincings sein caeeaesacina 42-4 581 50°2 IU EF tplapictoneaidaeencaarecdaneace-meanorean caacconcrceDs 41°7 56°2 48°9 UTC UB em nareoe ces etan seins meciisaue ecto dsteees 48°8 63.9 56°3 UJ ceo aéedckos ooodedes suse debs sostospacpaedans 550 70°4 62°7 JNU ETE cededsocbocasddosovooonsnnoccoboapadosuecdeuc 51:0 68°1 59°5 SIF OLGIOLNS®” GrosascanqsbonoocbsonndoncGooadepaouD0Cgte 50.9 60°8 5d°8 (YEO AYSSP Sec copdaadaocotienn acdc eroDcoepEe samcenOnECe 41:4 52°0 46°7 Novem Deraeet wise sicasesnocns ietocsines seeecerbore 35°9 46°8 41°3 WEcembernsseethistactierssasadeeges cstesccenesgess 32°2 40°1 361 460 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, DURHAM OBSERVATORY. Height above Sea ....cscseseeserseeereeee 352°4 Feet. Mean of all|/Mean of all) Mean Mean of Maximum | Minimum |temperature} previous Readings. | Readings. |of the Month.} 10 years. SIRO IE Reb goadgbadbecdaanne caduBbanod 43°16 | 34°56 38°86 36°77 ING HUBNAY conponenosoosagecodsdo5gctodd 47°61 37°82 42°72 38°90 IWare hacen eeertrccticeaccnmesctiecisisceeies 42°86 82°22 87°54 39°14 /Novaill< soopunodonabede so0esoooenocons G6 57°06 38°97 48:02 45°72 MIEN Sncnbbsbonsceseq0600 -odoopaedacoa00% 51°73 39°29 45°51 50°63 db aanoadoxosoonaboposcosoonscaoconbesus 63°56 44°83 54°20 56°18 ANY Saosdneedoopogosos poopogeodepocancaT 73°O1 51°13 62°07 58°85 ANTIVERLIE fpgpoepodocooboqouscdto00K0cD00000 66°94 48°07 57°51 57°87 September: sascecccioscestelsetseetciss 61°56 48°60 55°08 54°72 (COYNE, goosacsoosadodoaseobousGou0006 53°82 41°78 47°80 48°42 IN@hvGiiill 3? suddooodocoacscsesesoaNbcd0 46°54 | 85:97 41:26 41:20 Mecemlbenrseeveecsecciseeseecesicessc 39°86 31°42 35°64 38°78 (Mean for ICAL sl eesiceeereciclameirstelloraeswsles tall eeeeats 4718 47°26 HYGROMETRICAL RESULTS. Mean t eae Mean = temperature aoe temperature| Relative of the Air. | evaporation, |of dew point.| Humidity. SANUATY ewe eee cesee sees sees 39°57 | 38:06 36°11 879. Rielbruatsyararecceesessenssscee sie 42°94 40°53 37°64 81°5 Mirae teen csecnaeraeleissstele sislaseistictels 37°08 30°17 32°48 83°8 tpi Aceranceaesececsicas soeek 47°34 44-14 40°59 779 WIEN godnc0edo00sab000nnBeqK0O000 44°64 | 42°13 39°19 81°2 Aha een aMenndoauestoceaecmeenedong 52°68 49-00 45°29 76°6 tbl hyth aeosn oncccbcobeeuees anancds 60°86 56°43 52°58 74:3 FNTRETEYS, ‘sao cabsaonsonooboa0bbe0n0Ks 56°83 52°86 49°21 76°0 Sepiembbenpessesceccseseeeeesn cee 54°61 51:41 48°31 78°8 OGEODEN, cedssasdccescmensen sh sels 47:20 45°10 49°74 85°5 INovemilberitesccescasc-ceieeiicece 41°60 39°50 36°90 84:1 December Sieeacsceceetecee ct 36°57 84:98 32°76 86°7 Mean for Year ..............0008 46°82 44-11 41°15 81:2 These results are reduced from the readings of the dry and wet bulb thermometers, corrected for diurnal range by Glaisher’s tables; the observations being taken at 10 a.m. and 10 p.m. January February September October November December Mean for Year Height above Sea January February August September October November December Average for Year Warmest days of year—June 25th, mean temperature 64°0°, wind S.W. July 16th, Aug. 28th, Coldest days—Jan. 24th, 25th, & Feb. 28th eeoeee BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. DuruAM, HYGROMETRICAL RESULTS (Continued). Ceeeeretsecoses pect econ eceoeee eect e ee eaneccee eee e eee eesaees teers eeeeeee see recreoseeces eeoeeesee eeree ron oneeeeessees ser eeceee seccee emcee ce eeeeree ee oeeeeeerseeee eee ees ere erne eee cere eescses Sete cere eewrase Sere wre eeeenee 461 Mean Weight of pressure of vapourina!] Weight Weight of | Elastic dry air cubic foot | required for |a cubic foot} force of | reduced to of air. Saturation. of air. vapour. |thesea level Grains Grains. | Grains. | Inches. | Inches. 2°48 0°34 547°2 0-213 | 29°651 2°60 0°59 541°5 0:225 | 29-5385 2°15 0°42 550-0 07184 | 29°671 2°91 0°82 540°2 0°253 | 29°696 2°76 0°64 541°6 0°28 29°630 3°45 1°05 536°0 0°303 | 29°747 4-4] 1°53 526°1 0°397 | 29°613 3°94 1°24 532°1 0°351 | 29°749 3°79 1:02 526°2 0°339 | 29°299 3°18 0°54 540°3 0274 | 29°691 2°56 0°48 543°0 0°219 | 29°545 2°19 0°34 549°6 0-186 | 29°519 3°04 0°75 539°5 0°265 | 29°612 SEAHAM HALL. 80 Feet. Highest Lowest Min. Max. | Mean. | temperature temperature recorded. recorded. 34°5 | 43°1 | 88°8 | 53° on 31st | 24° on 26th 35°4 | 48°6 | 42:0 | 57° on dth | 27° on 12th 31°3 | 44°83 | 38°0 | 52° on 26th | 24° on 16th 387°8 | 58°5 | 481 | 75° on 11th | 30° on 18th 39°6 | 55°3 | 47:4 | 64° on 30th | 31° on 12th and 13th 44°4 | 65°7 | 55:0 | 74° on 26th | 89° on 14th 49-9 | 73:1 | 61°5 | 83° on 16th | 35° on see & 2nd 47°35 | 67°0 | 57-2 | 88° on 28th | 36° on 30th 47°6 | 63°5 | 55°D | 71° on 8th | 42° on 27th 40°1 | 53°6 | 46°8 | 67° on 11th | 31° on 28th 84:4 | 44°1 | 39°2 | 55° on it & | 25° on 80th 2n¢ 31:6 | 40°7 | 86:1 | 52° on 18th | 20° on 27th Broly li tae ee SCI TET § etonnbob ies dle Llbaoote November 30th, December 27th, SW ys Wh , G9: Os we BONE a Wi ” 28°1°, ? N. 5 95 0Fae a i 462 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, * SEDGEFIELD. Height above Sea.......-..- 360 Feet. Dry Bulb. | Wet Bulb.| Dry Bulb.| Wet Bulb.| Mean of Minimum. 9 A.M. 9 A.M. 9 P.M. 9 P.M. B JAMMALY 0c. esec ee ee sere enes 38°79 38°0° 38°8° 38°1° 35°0° Hebruainy) “cocwssessseeesis 43°5° 41°6° 409° 39°8° 37°9° WIEST “Lonchassdsnadooeeeses 39°0° 374° 34°6° Bre) 32°3° J: WayGill: 558° 52°4° 50°5° 48°5° | September ........-.--2006 54°5° 534° 52°3° 50°5° 48°7° | October .....-..2--.seeeseeee 48-1° 46°1° 45°9° 44°7° 41°7° i November .........sesseeeee 41-0° 38°6° 40°3° 88°8° 37°0° | December ......-.+-2+2eee+ 35°6° 34°7° 35°5° 34°3° 32°5° | Average for Year.......-. 48-6° | 45°4° | 44:2° | 42°8° | 40°9° SEDGEFIELD (Continued). eee Height above Sea ... 360 Feet. Mean Mean of Highest Lowest of two temperature temperature Maximum.\ Readings. recorded. recorded. f JAMUALY .....c scence eee 42°5° 38°7° | 54° on 31st 18° on Ist | February ....-.-.-+ 46°7° 42°3° | 54° ond5th& 6th} 29° on 23rd Mirchi) Ssesuseeesctere 431° 837°7° | 49° on 26th 26° on 3rd April .....-.-sseeece ees 55°6° 47°7° | 74° on 11th 31° on lst & 19th H May ..cenecsereeeeeees 50°0° 45°1° | 61° on Ist 33° on 13th | JUNE ...ee scene ee eee 61°9° 53°8° | 79° on 26th 35° on Ist Binh; seno5-eabocbaede 721° 61°4° | 83° on 18th 42° on 13th | August ....-...esseee 66°7° 574° | 91° on 28th 42° on 8rd & 80th | September .......---+. 62°6° 55°8° | 70° on 6th, 8th,| 40° on 22nd and 9th } October ...--...+-.--+ 53°2° 47°72 168° on9th& 11th} 28° on 20th | November ......-----. 45°7° 41°3° | 55° on 14th 28°on 10th, 11th and 21st December .........-+ 39°6° 86:0° | 58° on 18th 19° on 29th Average for Year ...| _53°3° ATO Nb Cee Aa a) ale eee eee * Casella’s Standard Instruments—certified at Kew. The warmest days of the year, as recorded at Sedgefield, were June 26th, with a mean temperature of 65.8°, wind §.E.; July 18th, mean temperature 70°5°, wind W.; August 28th, mean temperature 70°8°, wind §. The highest temperature recorded was 91° on 28th August. The coldest days of the year were January 1, mean temperature 27 oDits wind 8.E.; December 26, mean temperature 28°, wind E. ; December 28th, mean temperature 25°3°, wind W. a ——— eee BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 463 HARTLEPOOL. Height above Sea ...... Mean | Mean | Max Min. Highest Lowest of each | of each | Mean. | temperature temperature ay. day. recorded, recorded. I DITA Vsice.n since vernon 43°1° | 87-6° | 41°2° | 52° on 6th | 23° on 1st | BGIORWENAY Goocdosossnboue 47°9° | 40°8° | 44:1° | 55° on 7th | 31° on 28th mean Chee nici eancicee seccue 41°1° | 35°2° | 88°4° | 49° on 27th | 29° on 3rd PATA eee acinsaac eats anced 53°1° | 43°3° | 47°8° | 67° on 12th | 34° on 8rd & 9th ebliayeeee tn castia ere ue a 48°9° | 43°1° | 45°5° | 60° on 22nd |407 on 3rd, 4th sth, & 28th IULTV Cee eich aiiae cleiet acts 59°7° | 48°9° | 52°9° | 76° on 7th =! 42° on Ist & a 16th pully; Sirsre seen etesetetrancers a 67°2° | 55°8° | 60°4° | 80° 50° | UBXGYSTrISE" GooshonronbaoopEg 63°0° | 48°9° | 56°2° | 78° 42° September..............5 58°0° | 51°9° | 55°2° | 69° 45° HO Ctoberaccucnscceercces: 52°8° | 44°5° | 48°3° | 67° 30° November.............4. 46°9° | 88°3° | 42°6° | 56° 29° i December ............... 40°9° | 84°5° | 82°8° | 53° 24° Mean of Year ......... 51°8° | 48°5° | 47°6° | 63°5° 34°9° HARTLEPOOL (Continued). Height above Sea ...... DEGREES OF DRYNESS. Range Mean. Maximum. Minimum. /|Range. UENAENAy bostooddoosooosee 29°0° | 1°7° |5° on 30th | 0°0° on 28th} 5° February ............-.. 240° | 2°8° |5° on 11th | 1° on 8 days} 4° IMaChieaataccecacsrerces POOP |) Bile 5° on 5th & | 0:0° on 11th,} 5° 12th 12th, & 13th Nid Qocneoceecunsmceenede 33°02 | 3:1° | 7° on 28rd | 1° 0n 4 days} 6° IIE ogsoddasepaesneocrene 20°0° | 3:1° | 5° on6days!| 0°0° on 10th} 5° & 12th UM Oeascssuscsscaetvane, 34:0° | 3:°5° |7°0n 9th | 0:0? on 24th}| 7° Mean diff.| Maximum Minimum of difference of difference of Wet Bulb.| Wet Bulb. Wet Bulb. MUI ya Fascermesnctecviaciaewcs 80°0° 4-0° 80° 2°0° ANTEQUELE: doonacooouadbeneoe 386°0° | 2°7° 70° 10° Neprembeneassesaeeseree 24°02 |» 352° 70° 1:0° Ociobereecacecreeus: 37°0° 2°0° 5°0° 0°0° November ............... 27°0° | 24° 50° 0:0° Mecemberieesescorenee 29:02) || 18° 4-0° 0:0° Mean for Year ......... DS Bom means cook gwen ted abana 464 Height above Sea {| UenIEHAY Secuntscoscasccod } February March seer cer eeronens ee sew reece ese etee Dogg ee iy ences ere vv eseereerce peer eee ccc esecsccece Cece cere ere ceasecerne August Cee eee eres esccee September ............6. October ..........0.s0000s November .........-.000. December Average for Year...... METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, BRINKBURN—(DARLINGTON). Min. 50 Feet. Highest Lowest Mean temperature temperature recorded recorded. 83°9° | 50° on 8th &| 10° on Ist 9th 42°0° | 57° on Sth 22° on 22nd 86°5° | 52° on 28rd | 14° on 9th 44-8° | 76° on 10th | 26° on Ist 45°7° | 65° on ist 28° on 5th 54°5° | 82° on 7th 86° on 12th 59°5° | 88° on 16th | 38° on lst & 18th 59°2° | 95° on 28th | 81° on 31st 55°9° | 78° on 9th 86° on 22nd 44°8° | 75° on 11th | 30° on 25th, 26th, & 27th 39°6° | 58° on Ist 24° on 80th 83°9° | 55° on 18th | 11° on 27th AT STO! Nic gone ainen® vine a] dae gear ener * Negretti and Zambra's instruments, on stand 5 feet above ground. Coldest days—January 1, mean temperature 18°5°, wind N.W. November 30, December 28, ”9 ”? PE Bo, O09 20°0°, ,, N.W. N.W. Warmest days—June 7, mean temperature 66°5°, wind S.W. July 16, August 28, 7 97 740°, ESTES W. W. ie ee oO “uve @ GS TET 19q010Q WOT *s}INoA1o oyoTdutoo eay ‘pugz jo ‘urd TT 0} ‘urd Z woay puv ‘symoato oyoTduto0d xIs open pura oy} ‘pugz Jequiesaq Uo “ure G 04 “UIET Ioquiooeg pue ‘YIgT pur UIZL Aoquioaony ‘YZ 10qo0}0Q : AJIOO[AA 4s0}BO13 Jo “A}TOO[OA TOF PoldJSLdol Jou puzz Toquisaoyy ‘poto]SISax SVM SoTLUt Gg Jo AjTOOTOA B ‘YET TeqMes0q UO sAvq ‘pug dequioseq pur ‘pigz Toqutoaony ‘y} PFT 1aq0}00Q : sup ysow[VD “YIOM 0} 49S ISI SUAL JOJOUIOWOWY Surpov-jjas oY} USM 4sTE JoquIadIq 0} YITT 12q0}0O Uloxy porsed ay} soovaquie ATUO WInjol OUT— MOILMNTV 8-98 a 9-06 = G-61 “s good GZ 8" 48AAN on 00 Zc tet* aseq | eZ $s0.qn-WMOG Baers 9 4sVq-YNOg ° 6 “'°°** yynog see IL JSOAA-UION sone I JSBY-Y}.L0 NY ; 2255) UION, 67 67 IG VG Ll 9% 61 FL LT &% 89 0s s{vq sAVq ‘puvjtopung | *Amquyjoy Y}.10 NY ‘OpIssvin, re oP =) Or Gr 0 . HOD DO HAND 1 ORO Asawa NANA Ae “WOPSUT]Te AA. “MOTJOOATP OJ pold}sIZo1 YOU Y}OT puv ‘No6T MI] 6-1 | ¢€8 LT “MS ‘Nol “MI G-T 8 GG “MON 23 MST "N oD “MI GL ‘ 6-1 IME 38 IMGNG | sooner PSE a OLN Zl 50 0-4 AAG NEL TANG St | eee J 08S M “fll a6 ZG A'S Aor NoST*M Zl OO “Ae]l piNelnbecy otters} fo 2S re i Of eT oie 9.1 “A'S HOO GIOU ‘MoPT'N] 3-1 | 7 PT TENSE eae "N63 A] 0-1 | 7 Pel LNG | eae sore ease MA “N of “M ali Tel eee SO) AN C.T "A'S ee eed | oN €1 | 78 wea] 8.1 “ON ee "Te* YMOS HS TIM) 9T | FG “°° WMOg] 6.1 “A'S ree Tt UMONT NS of “ME 8-1 Yq) S227 afin) eel 3 Soe OL LL 99 08 06 €8 cP FE 0G 9T 8 SI cP 61 I? 99 ¢9 86 96 69 cg 6G $ 96 OF I¢ €¢ 19 6 1é e¢ 66 OF Sat: 8 66 FE Lg 18 CG cP ‘shvqg sivq “shu *sAvq *sAvq “sAUQ *sAvq ieee “LOTTA *puvpiopang ‘uIvYvog = TVET Weyros | -no,Surpiwq an een “698T NI SUMLYVNO CNAYAIIG WOU SCNIM HO W ONWIVAHYd HALL IAd + wad Jo aSR.I0AY ce aur “79 YOIRIT "++" 489.44-4INOg "* 4seq-yynog "5+ 489 44 -T9LON 4Svq-Yy-10 Ny Feeeee esse TONT seereereeses® STIOTIUIG Jaquiada(q Ta(WIAON, * Iq Jaquioydag “asnony eee ee Ane eeeeere Av [dy Arvn.192,7 “ Arenue yynog ee ‘ure @ Licht g sheq “pug leqmiooog pe ‘pigzZ JoquIeAoN *4}FT 1 : WET 10qgo}0Q 9“ YIOM 0} 49S JSAY SVAA JOPOUTOTUOU Surjoe-jjas oy} USM YsTE Joqur *pa.toqsis “s}Moato ojoTdutoo aay ‘pugz Jo “urd TT 07 SVM SOTIUM Gg Jo AZTOOTAA B ‘YIET Tequiooed UO aqoyoo : Shep ysomyeg Che “UST *£}100 ‘tard % woaz pur ‘symorrto oyodut0o xIs opeut PULA ou} ‘puzgz Ieqmieseq uo “Ue g 0} ToqMiodIq PUB ‘YIST pus yIZT taquioaony ‘YZ 10qG0}0Q : AJTOOTAA 48e7}"e13 Jo [PA TOF Po19zSTSoI JOU PUZZ IOQUIAON' “WOTJOOATP 10} Parojs{So1 Jou WgT pu 89°C 0} UITT 18q0}009 wory ported oy} saoviquie ATUO WANJeI OUT—MWOTMNTV x eee oe 16-1 c9¢ No6T"M}] ZL | eee LT “MS vrrseess Teak Jo oSRIOAV 9.98 OE 6-1 0 N ob “M 6-1 ae 6-6 “MN BUMS taquieoaq 9.0% ee Rest o. 'N o9 “AW ol on 6-1 "MM 'N ease we w eee JOqUIZAON C.6T ae 8-1 . “N ed eA GL “- 0-3 “MN 9 MS Cy 1940490 Uae a 2.Z . SoS "MI F-T a BG “MS testeersesss qaquiaqydag et leg = <-> 180M G.I os “NST M raat 60 Fl "MONOD CAS[ otter eee gen Smy on on me PoooRo ag aey o-G Oe "oF M e.T G0 9.1 “M'S SGOG OD OSs oomoSD CO me eee 2 480 \A-qynog ¥.1 C9 “MoI N Gail: eas PL “TN 8 oe See eee + |g qseq-ymog}] gt | °° "N62 “] 0-1 | °° PL CN ee en ee 6 t+ yMog 8.1 GFT 77° 489M TN of “M aa Tet °°" Se0AN GT “MS doadcod teseee Tidy ea IL 4S9M-4}ION 9.1 ee *t'* * 4seRy NI 8.1 FB ohhh seq 8.1 TN pS SO apa aaa I Seq -U]}.10 1G 68 eee ynog g oll “AV 9.1 FG see yynog Gal "MS SC a ee eee Arenago,q pee, ¢ -- 2 += + YVION 9-1 oa esee YI.10 NI “g a “M eT 99 eee WON, 9.1 “AL'S awww e ee eenuae Arenur pe 2 “SOTO UT 9-0 “pvayteco *9-0 a0 q yoo, | COHOATIC pur skeq ‘Jor0} ‘moral pue sfeq | spnorg ‘90.103 “uoTaITGg pur skeq aaa rie OSBIOAY poyVUlt}s | Aq ‘puras | Peyensa peyeunysy Be ee ‘SHINOW 4 MOLMN'TY “SCVAHNATIV "WVTAM TIAMAT “SCTOIHS HLYON qe a ES 98S ‘FE “MN ‘6-88 “AN Uoaq oAvy plnoys JoJAenb yous wiory pura jo skep jo sequin oyy, ‘urd OT puv ‘ure OT “z1A ‘Avp & 99149 pajoUu 41 PULA oY} JO UoTOOITp OU, Uv SI O10, "998 ‘TRIOL "S-GT “WIRD “FL “AA ‘¢-€6 “H ‘69 “M'S ‘GFT “O'S “Ivak 4Sv] JO JAOdeY [VoLsoToAOao Gni{O sptsoudy, oy} ur *19}1vnb YOR WIJ WAOT| PABY 0} PojJOU ST PUTA 94} SOUT, Jo Jaqunu T0110 AY} SOATS O[GV} SIT, ‘2ATJOOJop o1v sYyJWOMT oseq} ATJUONbasuood ‘YET YOAV [[} porreder you sv AY ‘ULIO}S BV UT UAYOIg SVAA TaJOMLOWIOU YW oy} WIET AenIGeT UO % cose 1-1 | 99 99-1 02-01 ea €-8 br | 998 Teak JO asv.IOAV a 9-1 : F1-G SP-FL a : OL 6-7 “i sees Tequraoe( s 0-2 ae 90. 1-81 Aid on 6 QF 5 + +++» raquraAaoN 7 9-1 iss 69-1 LT-11 =, ic Il GP + Trees s* 1840990 By 9-1 a 02-1 S¥-Il |10-€ | 36 “""" WIRD] 8 Sapp +++ Jequiaydeg ye = G-T | TIT “****" 380M | 06.0 e¢.9 | 21.61 | BRT “$90 1 2 | €e | 6b “1° '*"980Aq_ toes aensny | 7? Da GP Tf OFT 20-9 ne “ a9BR 9 c.g GF eee age Si alln cokentulledte Ae i I-T 6L WAIM-YNOS] gT.-T 8E-FT | GOL 9M-YMog] 2 G-& 8G IsaM-YMogy*****" "°° oune < 9-T | OT Aseq-ymog) 18-1 OL-€ | 16 seg-yMog] J 0-F | LT yseq-ymog} st * LET 8ZT °°" °FSOM 9-1 €L “""" qmog] ge.t PL-66| 991 ~~ ~~ ~YMog] § 9- TS °°" Gynog pe eis 19 ‘"""" 49seq] 9-1 | SI IW2M-UMON] €9-1 8Z-TT | G8 ISOM-UMON | 6 8-4 || Sy 382M HON oe ee #8 °° «Cog |g. T 9% ISY-WION] e¢.g GF-6 | 69 ISVA-YWON | OT 0-9 | SP 4seq-yMoN | ** °° Stenaqag geo UMONY 2-1 Zl °° WMON | OL-1 e).6 | TL °'': UHON] 8 G.c OL °'’* Yon}: Arenuee pa OL-0 CI-T ert “uorpolrg pues seq SPE *MoTjOaIIG, pue skvq ‘aor0y “Aqroojaa |288IU9D) -uomoomrg pure skeq | eo10; COOH ‘uorooIIg pue skvq VSVIOAY 2 dg 4 “XUN uvoul 2 payeunnysg poyeUTSe poyeunnsd SHINOW “SC@TOIHS HLYON “CTU ads 4 NVATOG “"TOOdUTLYVH _ 29& Cos COE COS COE C9§ 9S COs o9S CoE 96 £61 16 ¢) ¢9 16 G6 Las) Gh G¢ terres 389M 81 9T 66 My GI 8G 9¢ 86 6 06 2 a pom Sele 67 67 9¢ 02 LL 99 08 06 €8 FIT "*" 480 M-YInOog 16 VG 06 cP VE 0G 9T 8 §1 It "oo" gseq-qynog Lb, 96 &@ cy 61 1? 99 c9 8G 96 oe eas 61 FL bl 69 eg GE tS 9G OF Tg "oe * 489 AA -T4-10 NT LT &G og €¢ 19 re I& ee 66 OF sees QSBa-UTL0 NT 89 08 ra 8 6a v6 1g 18 &% gp [tet TON, “shed ‘shu “shtq sivg “‘shuq # ae ae sABG skvq “shBq shu ‘sroq.teng . “Kk . 7 20 . Se cae “TOYSUTTTe A bie ee “£OTTU MA *purpiopung ‘mIvyvog =| [VET Weyvasg | uosuTIwG eae saseeesereeseenees STOTIBIG "6981 NI SUMLAYVNO LNAUAAGIG WOU SCNIM HO HONATIVAMUd HALLV'IWS BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 465 BAROMETER. MEAN READINGS FOR 1869. *NORTH SUNDERLAND. ee ce eal 60 Feet. ? Mean Mean Readings. Range. Readings. Range. i ontcaniRendines 9 A.M. 9 A.M. 9 P.M. 9 P.M. ze Inches. Inches. Inches UAE TAY sone conphovo5e PARE | ales |b 2EPIO. |) Wes) |) P if) Bebiuaiyy seecescs ee 29°00 | 1°58 | 29°02 | 1:18 } a Misc hicchsteee: care a: 29°17 | 1:43 29°12 1°25 } | =| | pAcoraline eect ete cases 29°76 159) 29°78 1°38 § Sf ¢ May iscciua reece acral: 29°72 1:24 29°70 1:17 | { iene AUT ieee ences 29°84 | 0°92 29°86 0°86 } a2) Ss dial iMepeascapaoeeaeesae 29°80 | 0°69 | 29°85 | 0°72 | | x ANIMERISUH) ) pocadoooodenos 80°16 | 1:42 | 29°95 | 0°73 § 'Z, September ............ 29°46 | 1:37 | 29-44 | 1669 | OCtobereeacee ete: 29°22 1:04 29°82 1°62 | 29°72 INowemiber cess. 29°88 | 1:04 | 29°51 | 1°02 § 29°47 December ............ 29°49 | 2°15 | 29°50 | 2°04 | 29°45 + WALLINGTON. COrEEURY), tALLENHEADS. Rese oe) ge see ect moe: mpiye Se Mean Mean Mean Readings. | Readings. Mean Readings. Reaiiveet Range. 9 A.M. 9 P.M. Inches. | Inches. Inches. Inches. January Bae emacOReaaaS 29°43 29°43 29°52 28°361 | 1°547 February sardcntiee ae 29°33 29°34 29°58 28'281 | 1°385 Marchptecseeaskses<. 29°46 29°50 29°49 28°366 | 1°423 JNSOTE ca RRR Ee nes aha an 29°24 29°58 29°68 28°470 | 1°382 IMiaiyanivntisn es ccastences- 29°49 29°49 29°60 28°381 | 1°157 AIBN, “a tadence onemenee 29°65 29°63 29°69 28°580 | 0°:964 Cia ee ren a Bernas 29°62 29°61 29°61 28°557 | 0°672 INUEAUENB © poogooponsoboae 29°67 29°71 29°53 28°637 | U'876 September ............ 29°54 29°43 29°53 28°193 | 1°445 Ociaherdnesemescen 29°56 29°58 29°57 28°499 | 1:251 November ............ 29°38 29°37 29°47 28°314 | 1:093 December ............ 29°33 29°30 29°44 28°444 | 1°770 AV CLAM MOLIVEALy erallicscee sto lili) vscsers 29°56 24°426 | 1:247 * Not corrected. + Not corrected. t Corrected for temperature and to sea level. 466 METEOROLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, BAROMETER (ConTINUED). * HORSLEY. + BYWELL. WYLAM,; | Feet above the level of Sea...... 386-8 Feet. 86 Feet 6 Inches. 82 Feet. Mean Mean REET St ie Range. Readings. § 9 A.M. i Inches. Inches. Inches. VENMENAY socsonoaces. oddobce0500 29°37 29°753 | 1°582 29°807 SAM ebruany, deco esac rect: 29°28 29°642 | 1:478 29-730 a Mat Glidancucecace eseentinesneceiios 29°38 29°742 1°504 29°889 |) ABIL, godsbodsonsnscoscbenabaaebs 29°49 29-849 1°436 29°969 ule? “Ggoeecadodeadopucadnead sas 29°43 29°775 1°244 29-900 ARS NaYety Ann eH Abaco oopusone aces 29°62 29°982 1°054 380°063 AWN? cogatesaenobasooaqqadsoasen 29°60 29°883 0-712 30°013 JNVERIESL, }GzocobeueqoooDouDGoObeNL 29°66 29°982 0°988 30°125 September srs access tee 29°22 29°601 | 1°512 29°676 (OYA) NSP nes odbuoseuosubuaanadoas 29°51 29°919 1:068 29°999 INoviemlberssceccewscceatess eee. 29°29 29°682 1:048 29°818 December cecssteeasenessceees 29°22 29°627 1-930 29-751 iAwverawe Of MCAT pcoxecosnsclainie cece 29°781 | 1:292 29°895 * Not corrected. t Corrected for temperature and sea level. * NORTH SHIELDS. {SHOTLEY HALL. Feet above the level of RIG, Sorasdonaagpoanas6000—300000 124 Feet. 312 Feet. Mean Mean Mean. | Highest.| Lowest. | Range. Readings.) eae 9 A.M. 9 P.M. Inches. | Inches. | Inches. Inches. | Inches. | DAMUMATY, seesesicsiicle ol 29°89 | 30°37 | 28°77 | 1°59 29°53 29°55 February ......-..... 29°77 | 80°15 | 28°70 | 1°45 29°40 29°50 Marchi, eiesenecmeneses 29°90 | 80°33 | 28°85 1°47 29°59 30°26 April Bae aaEoacenodosan 29°98 | 30°52 | 29:06 1°45 29°96 29°28 WIEN? Soosdonndcooesaone 29°91 30°30 | 29°07 | 1°23 29°54 29°50 AjintaVen) Guatesbeaceaceoned 30°08 | 30°29 | 29°41 | 0°88 29°71 29°76 dtl?) cuesécoue-bapbasaa 30°07 | 80°33 | 29°61 | O°71 29°67 29°70 INTIS “cogeadoboseo5ec 30°13 | 30°34 | 29°44 | O89 |... | wees September soacusdeabod 29°67 | 30°42 | 28°94 | 1°47 29°25 29°33 October ... .......200- Prsltoha) | eaxO mates || PALS) WP WP | Sechse ° |) cossc November ............ 29°77 | 30°23 | 29°16 | 1:07 29°46 29°42 December ............ 29°74 | 30°61 | 28:59 | 2:02 29°38 29°34 Mean of Year......... 2993053229705 ile 2 Oia reese cena mene * Corrected for temperature and to sea level. + Not corrected for temperature or sea level. $27 days only. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A, 467 BAROMETER (ContTINvED). | Feet above the level of Sea ... 352 Feet 4 Inches. 360 Feet. Means of Mean. Mean. Means. | previous | Range. 20 years. 9 A.M. 9 P.M. Inches. | Inches. Inches. | Inches. AU Ape e tlsesaecnecosee 29.480 | 29°371 | 1°580 29°897 | 29°849 JG) OMEN gonudoponcooeacsanuee 29°376 | 29°516 | 1°446 29°764 | 29°765 IW eigel 0cbdaansnaeneesonotecanes 29°471 | 29°476 | 1474 29°831 | 29°861 PATS caccucacsse tine saeees 29°565 | 29°538 | 1:468 29°953 | 29°982 May soudoadadobegodados0do00H06 29°485 | 29°546 | 1°309 29°859 | 29-840 OMUME eeese cst adeccadeeneubane 29°666 | 29°544 | 0°982 30°030 | 30°043 ilies eee aint a deaestdet 29°626 | 29°518 | 0°7338 380°009 | 29°981 NUS US ects se nece ces aeosacess 29°716 | 29°502 | 0°914 380°084 | 380°097 September podndondocupdosoac 29°254 | 29°520 } 1°456 29°645 | 29°630 OchoWerierccc.scesecscnense 29°581 | 29°441 | 1°225 29°986 | 29-955 November geeeseccesseeceee 29°380 | 29°507 | 1°158 29°786 | 29°747 IDEGEHIYSP” Godecodoonoesocsed 29°321 | 29°462 | 1°195 29°721 | 29°698 Average Ob Meariieaavocgne 29°493 | 29°495 | ...... 29°880 | 29°871 * Corrected for temperature and sea level. + Kew standard.— Corrected for temperature and sea leyel. SEAHAM HALL.* SEAHAM. * HARTLEPOOL. t¢ Feet above the level of Sea......... 80 Feet. 74 Feet. 50 Feet. ? Mean Mean Mean Mean Readings. | Readings. | Readings. | Readings.}| Mean Range. 9 A.M. 9 P.M. 9 A.M. 5 P.M. Readings. Inches. | Inches. } Inches. | Inches. | Inches. January......... 29°821 | 29°831 29°81 29°86 29°79 1°66 February ..... 29°669 | 29°689 29°78 29°74. 29°70 1°10 iManchiveeessce. 29°740 | 29°750 29°74 29°07 29°79 1°42 ANTI eaenittsieciete 29°850 | 29°850 30°00 30°01 29°62 1°29 Waiyallestnnsesess. 29°660 | 27°770 29°87 29°80 29°80 1°23 AWN) Gasseuoodne 29-930 | 29-980 30°04 30°06 29°95 O81 VAT ncadodun noe 29°S00 | 29°920 | 30°04 | 80°04 | 29°93 0°68 August ......... 80°020 | 30°020 30°11 30°12 29°99 0°81 September...... 29°550 | 29°520 29°67 29°64 29°58 1°39 October........ 29°840 | 30°150 | 29:94 29°95 29°86 | 1°21 November...... 29°660 | 29°540 | 29°78 29°78 29°70 | 1:08 December ...... 29°600 | 29°620 29°68 29°70 29°64 1°81 IAVERAMC LOL Pilly spies eeinelny tes haa Mnacbekes NW ONG aaeae 29°77 1:20 * Not corrected for temperature or sea level. + Corrected for temperature and to sea level, SS na ne! 468 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, NOTES ON THE FLOWERING OF PLANTS, &c. January.— Wallington.—The month of January was marked by open weather, and the preceding December having also been warm, many flowers were in blossom early on. On January 1st tus- silaco fragrans, helleborus niger, and the common primrose. On the 8th double red hepatica. On the 30th winter aconite. February.— Wallington.—On the 1st the first crocus was seen in bloom. The gardens were very gay throughout the month with crocuses, snowdrops, and other spring flowers. Wylam.—Vegetation very forward. Primroses in flower on the 7th. Apricot on cold wall in garden on the 17th. Ribes in flower on the 19th. North Shields.—Yellow and purple crocus in flower during the first week. Seaham.—Lychnis sylvestris in beautiful bloom in the woods on February 8th. Brinkburn, Darlington.—Rhododendrons in full flower in the second week in February. The situation of the bed was much exposed to east and west winds. March.— Wylam.—Blackthorn in flower on the 19th. Pear trees on cold wall in flower on the 26th. Aprit.— Lilburn Tower.—The warm weather of the early part of April caused the plants and corn to grow very rapidly. They received a great check towards the end of the month and the leaves were not fully developed until June. BY THE REY. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 469 The crops, notwithstanding the frequent alternations of heat and cold throughout the season, were on the whole good and abundant in the autumn of 1869. Wylam.—Standard pear and plum trees in flower on the 4th. The wood anemone in bloom on the 9th. Apple tree on cold wall in blossom on the 11th. The laurel in flower in immense profusion on the 15th. Strawberries and white thorn in blos- som on the 26th and 27th. The oak leaves were as large as a shilling on the 27th, and the ash was in leaf. The Gloire do Dijon rose was in flower on the 29th. May.— Wylam.—Peas in flower on the 15th. North Shields.—Strawberries in blossom on the 11th. Globe Ranunculus, lilly of the valley, double red campion, and white and purple lilac about the same time. June.— Wylam.—The wild rose was in flower on the 13th. The first ripe strawberries were gathered on the 20th. Honeysuckle in flower on hedges on the 27th, and the Portugal laurel blossomed in great profusion on the 27th. The first dishes of peas and of grapes were gathered on the 29th. North Shields.—Strawberry ripe on the 29th. St. Bernard lily, French roses, branching larkspur, perennial lupin, perennial aster, yellow milfoil, sweet William, white and purple fraxinella, gladiolus, African marigold, and ranunculus in flower between the 4th and 29th. Whitley.—First dish of peas gathered on the 30th. July.— Wallington.—The first dish of peas was gathered on July the 470 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, Ath, eighteen days later than in 1868. The first dish of straw- berries on July 13th, or twenty-one days later than in 1868. Wylam.—Great abundance of hazel nuts in 1869. Hay cut on the 5th. On the 6th the first dish of strawberries was ga- thered. Whitley.—First dish of strawberries gathered on the 3rd. September.— Wylam.—There has been a great deal of fruit on the cold walls this season. One hundred and fifty-five dozens of apricots were gathered from five trees, and two of those trees were small ones. October.— Bywell.—The potato and turnip crops are good this year and free from disease. November.— Wallington.—Hardy shrubs and trees have seldom been ob- served so profusely covered with fruit as they were this autumn. Several varieties of holly, cotoneasters, hawthorn, mountain ash, sweet brier, the common rose, and many others, were all very ornamental. This profusion of berries was considered to be indicative of a hard winter of frost and snow, and the fruit would then be of great service to many of the small birds. Beech trees were loaded to excess and bent down with nuts, sreatly to the astonishment of every one who saw them. John Coppin, Esq., has again furnished the Club with a list of the wild and cultivated plants observed by him near Tyne- mouth. The list is subjomed and not combined with the general tables in order to facilitate comparison. The careful and con- tinued observations of Mr. Coppin renders these returns year by year of great value. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 471 WILD PLANTS GROWING WITHIN THREE MILES OF TYNEMOUTH, 1869. Date of Flowering Lamium album (white dead nettle) ............2.s..c1e-neecneees Janenele hussilagonartara(COltsfOOb)incc-e-cqesssscceds-cossee cance see eesdse Jany2s. HapUnculus ticalian(pilewOrb)pccscss ese eee se see sacee es cerenee Jan. 23. Lamium purpureum (red dead nettle) ..............seceseaseeees Jan. 28. Veronica hederifolia (ivy-leaved speedwell) ................0008 Feb. 9. JE aTeMal kD, Wnllee MBS (GaNTTTINOSD)), ceododeedcdosocsos00Gec0000, da s00000000 Mar. 3. iRibesyoxossularia(OOoseberity))) vesaccacecssicces sesties seeemteneeceee Mar. 18. Glechomavhederacea (eroundsivy)) coil) Fe restace June 26. SHiLChign Outset ierees ea hs Ol eeeeomts ten ae lool red isles aston Bul Meath iaaeceteeers SWaWOX VIC IO)8) oodoccctoestend| | Gaaae Feb. 10. Jan. 18. SHMENUERAY losoboonosbeat| | Banton May 8. April 3. Neronicalmeham se disys |i iy wee steel eh ial ay mane veteran PME Camieete tat WaOl et ier cesas crtenco neces Maen weae aan Mar} 125 -salouticeanes 478 CLIMATOLOGICAL’ REPORT, 1869, NOTES ON BIRDS AND INSECTS. Hebruary.— Wylam.—A thrush’s nest with four eggs in it was found on the 4th. Thrushes, blackbirds, and robins were in full song at the beginning of the last week in January. Newcastle.—On the 13th frog spawn was observed, and part- ridges coupled. Tynemouth.—harge white butterfly seen on the 7th. March.— Wallington.—On the 6th, which was a very fine day, a tor- toiseshell butterfly was seen ; but no others were observed flying about for more than a month. April.— Wylam.—The black cap warbler and the willow wren ap- peared on the 18th. May.— Neweastle.—The wood wren arrived on the 8th. June.— Byrness.—The humming-bird hawk-moth was observed on the 7th and for several days afterwards. July and August.— Wallington.—The bees made abundance of honey during the fine weather of these two months, but after they were taken up to the Moors the weather proved very unfavourable and the crop was poor. Wasps this season were very numerous, their combs large, many being from fifteen to eighteen inches in diameter. They were later than usual in attacking the garden fruit, but fully BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 479 made up for their early forbearance by the after destruction they wrought amongst the cherries, plums, and grapes. Of the latter nearly one hundred bunches were eaten in a very short time. The nests of these insects were diligently sought after and upwards of seventy were destroyed within a radius of a mile from the garden. One reason which has been suggested for the wasps not earlier attacking the fruit was the great abundance of honey dew which they were constantly seen feeding on and supplying their nests with. Aphides were extremely plentiful on forest trees and shrubs. The caterpillars of the Death’s-head moth were more plentiful than commonly is the case in Northumberland. They were found feeding in the potato fields. September.— Newcastle.—Jack snipe arrived on the 30th. October.— North Shields.—On the 1st a woodcock was shot at Arcot, and two quails were shot near Karsdon on the 7th. A very handsome specimen of the long-billed and crested Hoopoe was shot in some gardens at the top of Norfolk Street. Seaham.—The woodcock, redwing, and fieldfare were seen for the first time this year on the 17th, at 8 a.m. Woodcocks have been seen ten days earlier in this locality. Neweastle.-—A Sclavonian grebe was shot on the 25th on Neweastle Town Moor. Wasps were very numerous and destructive in the autumn. Lilburn Tower.—The thrush was in full song on January 18th, earlier than it is remembered to have been heard in any previous year. Seaham.—A phis.—‘‘ The year 1869 has been very remarkable for the abundance of aphis and honey dew. So numerous were 480 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1869 the aphides on vetches that when a man was loading a eart he was covered, and the crop was partly destroyed by them. In some localities peas and other like crops shared the same fate. I observed a species of aphis, of a mealy colour, on the lower stems of willows in autumn. These insects were visited by wasps so frequently that I thought their nest was among the willows; but I found large quantities of wasps lying under and on the branches seemingly in a state of stupefaction. These wasps I found passed the night under the bushes. I found a kind of honey dew under the willows and thought the wasps were making a meal of the insects, afterwards it proved to be the . case that their object was the honey dew. I sent some speci- mens to Mr. Bold for identification, and he kindly informed me that they were a species called Lachnus hyalinus, Koch., both wingless and winged females; the genus differing from that of aphis in wanting the tubes of the abdomen for the emission of honey dew. I mention the instance about the stupified manner of these aphides having read a case about wild bees being found in this state. The writer says: ‘Is it certain that this secretion is innocuous to the bees themselves? This year I observed on two occasions, in two lime tree avenues twenty-five miles apart, the ground strewn with thousands of wild bees, and a large sprinkling of hive bees, dead or dying, and no external injury could be detected on these, even with the help of the micro- scope. I kept a few to make sure it was not mere temporary stupefaction, but there was no revival.’”—R. Draper. The editor would feel grateful for further and fuller ‘‘ notes”’ for this part of the yearly report. The regular observation of the habits of birds and insects would be found a subject of the ereatest interest by many persons who, having the powers and opportunities of observation, have never been in the habit of noting down from time to time the facts which come under their notice. The trouble is far less than perhaps might be previously expected. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 481 MIGRATORY BIRDS. ACKLAM HALL.—MiIppLEssro’ MIGRATORY BIRDS. Arrival. Departure. Prevalence. DIAC CAP) ccersce sce ee ses 4th April 12th August. Not many. Chiff chaff ........... aro Ral ee Cor ee WN evalleuemenpocey Mime ani Oey arcee COLMCIAKG) me stcsreoescees 26th May. 15th June. /Very little heard here. CuckOO; ss eausssscssaee 10th May. 14th June. Seldom heard. MaCldbaree were orcs reece ee coec tees Olli on Mewaweer ect. va uanemed By cabehenr vsseecasayaean| onal cesta 0) UIE) bibs eteas ah hin lim uu ade JHE TTS oh saber aseBesoc ade 30th April. 20th Sept. Not many. JROTC Wi aint pier betas held Monae Sime asain Ig eae tee te Pa Nelo 28 RCO NN Space erie es aed NLD cies iceune hye DL te et terme ly 5 Hpi cus eee Sandeman cd eoMaae Teco ese sa A Ten Mesaee anys eye manana Nedgelwarbler ciessiavafe seve cometh Geni ulhcke ee Diehl We ued ‘SAHVON ALOLED an Cho0, Sheleeseceiee [pNP Geer Gait i! NiidamnmpecCUeamnvaeeay Vang ete: WWithivercrsse eee csete ete 1st May. 22nd Sept. Very few. Swallow ...........ceceees 27th April. 80th Sept. Numerous. We Rilo aiita ee ecne cenmeeen ttl sce g, onc ON imines ieee curt yliet) aniaany Wihitethroat: ieicettasdiie cease hh aI Cae Ran: UUM a he eea Pihinchataeeeces eee ce ay ccses aa gaaliga ee cece ull athens Will owewmenizceccccottelinia bt wezseer co uGIbe Soe eeene ae all aan aaa VOOR COGN Ae CARE TU Ga eh a NE a caseah eh Rah staan cali MWellowawaotailipcet accel trek aeecce thie fin) icceenin 00) y eaulRt gn ese SEAHAM. MIGRATORY BIRDS. Arrival. Departure. Prevalence. Black capa rcatesvescesece 13th April. 19th Sept. Common. (Qavbit GEE coococesoosodec 13th April. 30th Sept. | ...... Cornerake .............0+ THAN GIVE) cotoae Very rarely heard. (OHIGIYN)= Botscosnopsnenetes 28th: Aprileveashensecssaneh well Sueemesees Fieldfare.............0+00 20th Oct. 20th Feb. Not common. Bvicatchermeceet erect cece | ten a ccce cima iil hiemtbmrencsects vin a | niahintnaey tate Iatiiideesescceesessocechcs 26th April. Sept. Not common. Redstart secccecescsssccssc 18th April. 28th Sept. Not common. Only seen in 1868 COWS Ss ctecescyassnes UPN OBIS WS Sede in November. HALGHINALLIO tote ee lt bean eeawee TULA famine ceakae’ Naees [he ceiieneee Nedochwarblenmecses seiner seh gel) Dieser lhl I auarilincny se Snow bunting ......... ZOU NOVe fi Wa rersss Not common. DWalibercssevessscecsssesees 6th May. Lists Sept» wena ieee Swallowacescsssessacceee 18th April. 2nd Oetss ili eb. wacses Wihcateary ies csnecconek. 20th April. Sept. Average. WELT GUICTST A ie eecnocreer By Rann SCORES: ¢ DMG Iii narra pony o- cal Paani ease Ace \Wihtinehatianaes:cocatmesce ty) iccrsos ol uh uisluiie puacsevece ae ati (uh Geer teenth Willow wren ..........+. 13th April. Sept. Common. Wicodcdekinsaerssecseealit poinicce +s Feb. 14 & Apr. 7. Average. 482 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, MIGRATORY BIRDS (Continuep). GRETA BRIDGE,| NEWCASTLE MIGRATORY BARNARD CASTLE. BIRDS. Arrival. Arrival Departure. Blackycapy ssectecsseececel|ien iis eeceee Pan WER TN Sadcoe Chithichatiyas. (odusssed Ui [Pyracmeceaie seh eee | ae Clift Chait eGSaseael! Epescvnscde oe pa@ ie sto i aeteceee che | eee Cornerake ............006 27th April. |. .s-.-« 4th May. | —_...... Cuckoowpescansectecee se | 28rd April.| 23rd April. | 25th April.| 20th June Rieldianeeecessreetee-< ta 2 OCH SC pt-uliimea cet ile | terete nn | Eee Bly catcher ifsc cacosseel | djsteese bi | ackasebosie ||| pulsceeettraea lp eeMeeeee Martin ees cee okesce sll: | oeweeep isle weston 15th Mayes querer Redstariisprthe-tersicenes|) ult sualened jell Polar sets 28rd April.| 14th July Redwing ..............e.0 W4th Sept. |aiccastow pe cease © Wa on emcee San dhna artis tenakesc|) trelessecehel lily aiceseneey . || Pualosetsere ill REM eee Sedgetwarbler | cccceel! gece) | Pel edeee le 1) Tl ities on lanes SHOWADUMTIMG ceswncee| 00) Soeeso lip e Peete || US Rteee eee ann | Miemmneeeeee Swahtime se jedateneseecoal Mien. D1th Aprils) f> ccsecee hy ticee tes Swallow ..............0.0 22nd April.| 14th April.| 15th April.| 4th Oct. Wiheatear \s.cies.amee ey es Bere) oil MBAR eas = | Selec cener ti eg kamen Whitethroat: iuiicecsdieec|) P heeenss te [URS Aeee © Ne Van ehcecee al taal eee WINTHCH AE oascilhclsatcsectelit corsa ly [Pumas seele 14 benim eye sem (fe ene ANSI SWAREN gsoscaneccd): © sasacs, |!) © soddoe 14th April.| 26th Aug Woodcock ...........0008 SOthy Sept. | sssess. . |S oecceee: eee We eeeeetee Yellow wagtail ......... 26th March] ...... 22nd April.) —...... Pied wapiarlieepnds-csns ea icncces oun Waimenesate 8th April. | 4th Aug. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 483 a MIGRATORY BIRDS (Continvep). ROTHBURY. MIGRATORY BIRDS. Arrival. Departure. Prevalence. PIVACKECAD Ue sstciedesecices ty Le frances cs MMe ALT aD Sagweetit y(t nen Ay mAaeR @hitiichafiessietcatllnurs tatelen Cote ee ane bees Bie Saas Corncrakee wencrssncdceclyeees Cescisy eke: ear eteeeeie Ie caer Cuckoo ..... SAU eane ZINC VA Tae |e teen eons ahs ey ee fae HVEldE AN eres nse casseee eat, Marty, eciee ty ae 1 ah cosecmeceha die ult es Neg Mera WET H Besson bea sesncapanses Zovdeapull al | Meena Scarce. Re diwali oes -tseseaeeosese Behn ce lth ie aah Hake cccoss SANGMIALHID seoceeese deal PF | ab ae ie Sng Tes awa A Ar Ned@enwakulelamtrnsscis =o decacsy serena: “lsccameae esi tmdomes tame oa SHOWA DUNES IN eee seca hal AOU Met Lag N toon erik saan ios ten meme e ty RN GZIILD' Sear snoeBeGRSCC ACER TC) ei tte RRCHCELE DRMeMbien iia Wise se ce Maanice Kibet es Anis Vi DOR NASE Neo Goad CPSRe REC lama Uae cen MNURen ot W pans ars aerate upen TA a tc Whitethroatietees a Nee te) Vaucebecce, Cal qian JV aanies! Wilt Chiaitaghe esc ete dh ol tora tes ame eee mum IMR oa eh AE opined ri Yall Owaavemenay eee teem cian cacti. co ec | een 2 ea cergt C ual te renee Wicod cocks etey teeter POM ieh onal! UMS es ian baka dhe: \seob ase toe MIGRATORY LILBURN. | NORTH SUNDERLAND. | BYRNESS. BIRDS. Arrival. Arrival. Departure. Arrival. Baka are cntcmscccen es |leuauctic celal jamie ste eco copceall avi. Seaitsoaoley ikea |feemeacenes (ChaTiie GINEHEE osacoenteossedcl| cecoao, | Mtosdaoe i} acdao es oN Scoocs Cornorakemean-seeeee: 26th May. | 17th May.| —...... Z1st May. WHEKOOM e cnensucsea ce OWN AoA copooa- }}_onppne 25th April. Hneldtare mmaccscscsstaese|| niecses Bernat arabes andl (Os BERD one 1 tkmal [20 acioooce Maas uTess o:atreicte sea eeomeae | 2) eves SeM wel sek estate se [Pee Steweedel cocdabalteeeens Redstantamscncccstsste tec |i ceceray UW aiteweee By emi scisae pane t™ || Obaiianoraets Riya schmearaee sted. cel fa abe mies UetNole swexerer |b lbs, taphivtwa sre) toe} nate sae Seiare | THERE ATT Snare eb beet Lamar CE Sn atl lies aarp soe al Fame ORES he REN Caeser edo euwarblere scree le eters ce ruecee eens [ort icer eesti cou) ity remem SiOOKy [OUUMRL? —SGgonccod|? Senapoo@ || sgeaoos JP 9 eceronc Po cc. ow ‘SILLS ” Bang ne aoneeDBHEeHE ane Pa thyAprils |e eecess fe ect Nea ae t. . 15. saw A PW AML OW) ee sacmn eaten secures 18th April. |20th Apr. { Siiotes atten ene lads April. 29th. WWiheatearncosce seer cc ace hare toate eae hoe eeemi ae: Lee pie seet ai ht Sane Wihafethroati-seesses.< Soo cil PCEOOCON EE! MEIaeorc, Vale bh bGoode Wilt cha hye e reece eo |i 2 re cleegie yer Uc atcomenhil IM Su eee almm tite Tetsu Wallowavereniprcs: sc sceeec|) miesaeccs Gthi May.t:|'©+ ose reall teronetets Wioodcocksiresrsssccsteees [hae recess 16th Oct. |About March 29.) ....-. Nellowawag talline scceecs | Cwalits lcceaseBee lin WMccoeueh 2m | le maremnae 484 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1569, The following dates of the nesting of birds for 1869, have been supplied by Mr. Thos. Thompson :— March (2205) scscepescascenernesee: Eggs of long-earred owl. Se ie DOS enceh Cera amene cuca » tawny owl. Se thencsncce tosteamactsesaes » cushat and rook. BOG scissccnc-eoetssessccbnses », common thrush. io. ib Waddsactioscadsdoconsecuanboe » peewit. AN TUG EDics saccccclrescdeescesuenn ss » missel thrush and dipper. ne MUL Laid ueisihs se canosceeseau 5, woodcock. SND LD no aucaranuecssusedosteces », Snipe and pheasant. pattem (fess ccasarencsuceass oabeciens », blackbird and common wren. Re DmmOl Seaeemerc cts oaroaslsiacaccese » curlew and jackdaw. prin? PAU soonpatauanaqoeborpoesnoHS » chaffinch. sig (MeP2O weiccelnocwelmroaces caste », robin redbreast and long - tailed tit, golden-crested wren. May gilcacdensormascessscdeneesa » golden plover, pied wagtail and ring ouzel. Me Que ube sdstvescenenasns »» partridge and creeper. kestrel and sparrow-hawks. Rae a Uae aeacne secre acae nets » Marsh tit and grass warbler. ref ult UB booobeddcestencuecasonde » french linnet, black headed gull. grey wagtail and twite. Ary. PPtocodgdsoos0sGonauepqcos teen », common sandpiper. SMD. da teRneelswersaoanuecestee », wood wren and cole tit. TUNE MO sere sew asccesett owes » corncrake and night hawk. GRAIN AND ROOT CROPS. ACKLAM, nEAk MIDDLESBRO’. GRETA BRIDGE, BARNARD CASTLE. GRAIN, ROOT CROPS, &. Sown. or Gathered. Barley ......... Aug. 28. Beans ......... Sept. 138. Flay aeseceeenecs: June 20. Mangold ...... Oct. 14. OH! capsddHesooc Aug. 27. TREES Gexsboaooo06 Aug. 10. Potatoes ...... Oct. 8. Apr. May Spring sown Apr. Turnips (Sw.) Wheat eeeseenee 4. | Oct. 28. Rather light. Moderate. Good Crop. Moderate. Moderate. Fair Crop. Good Crop. Very Good. 8. | Aug. 14. Good. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 485 GRAIN AND ROOT CROPS (ContmvzD). SEAHAM, NORTH SHIELDS. GRAIN, ROOT CROPS, &e. : Cut Sown. or Gathered. SAE CAD HE] Melb MBP HGHAtt MlmmeCr NSHaNl (yA KS) ber eROL0L0 arth [ita neanecag Aug. 13 Pe crae eal isu aislettee and |My siarteoicy | viene) Mar OO Gauy Iara liay aetrstents Sept. 20 phen sone |funaise 118 Potatoes ...... OEY ees PUTNIPSerecrersstli wessasa le po seseee cle) cs GOO. Velmmeeecsseien |” Mepsscene Wheat ......... Gielen Nowe (Bae ai Aug. 21. LILBURN. Cut or Yield. Gathered. aoele Westecera Mice esaentline tanueae Apr. 4. |Aug. 11./Very good. alsa Sirol ab tsens aot |insues Mads ict all asec taoats Mar. 2. |Aug. 31.| Good. GouSoe hatiear ee : ‘ Duly Soy covers Good. Rabon liu canta eailly aerecm aes May 10. |Nov. 18./Very good. Ecotad baci abode luaticocudei ee lasaneecse Mar.28. |Aug. 18.) Light. alee |g heotatearmpet Polen wionicee leans ct cine Mar. 2. |Aug. 81.}| Good. Potatoes...| May 14. | Oct. 22.) Good. Apr. 28. |Oct. 14.|Very good. Durnlpiress|prressacacsltriana sinner ate May 14. |Sept. 25./Extra good Wiheateirecs |b. csrecaaii bestest <2 |c aa lSeonee Jan. 14. |Aug. ate Averg. NORTH SUNDERLAND, GRAIN, BOOT CHOLES, is Shot. Cut or Gathered. Yield. Barley) %..:.s2c0rs June 28. Aug. 10 Good BCanisewsrerccseucalh ih Wi aesesct Ghee Mut) stereo mein lheesete TSIEN et abecseBSCOSBOGA EIN Ih dace HaUet tee eoeah i eemeereres. armebltnd MNase, Magrro ole ees eee |); a eRe ccs ebad |. o. ssu Sarasa fred | Reha ect began to cut, OEE eaaacaenedoones Seine Aug. 10. Good. J HS(D Wak nec eaee ciel bak RUM BOCEe Ua ane ul ima iam restr: «(TER Laake tras OtALOeSietercetse dba Seeeecp i Wed 2 pk vaecg sara ame) [as on Noes ALUENIp Stee ceses sos | keer dace fects Mpea| = foe tncueeees ge [ee dates eee Wheatitevciuetes June 26. Aug. 12. Good ay. crop. 486 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, INSECTS. INSECTS. Sm. W. butterfly Holly blue do....... Lesser heath do.... Orange tip do. .. Painted lady do. Red admiral do. ... Tortoise shell do. Brimstone moth... Currant do.......... Sm. dagger do. ... Cockchafer Hive bee ............ Humble bee......... Wasp Ce oneesre recess ACKLAM, NEAR MIDDLESBRO’. Appearance. Prevalence. Apr. 27. Plentiful. July 28. | Rather scarce. May 5 Very few Apr. 9.|_ Abundant. Aug 4. | Not many seen. Apr. 22.| _ Very few. Mar. 24. | In abundance. April 15. Rather numerous in early summer. Very few afterwds. SEAHAM. Appearance. Prevalence. Apr. 10. Common. Mayo ey cece Apr 120 aie Apr. 11 Common. Feb. 1.} Good season. JNO dle = sonoec Apr. 13. | Very numerous. INSECTS. Sm. W. butterfly Holly blue do....... Lesser heath do. ... Orange tip do. ... Painted lady do.... Red admiral do. ... } Tortoise shell do. Brimstone moth ... Sm. dagger do. . Cockchafer Hive bee ceeceseee Wasp cece oro eteecce NORTH STAMFORD- SHIELDS. HAM. Appearance. Appearance. esac Apr. 3. sees Apr. 10. obead Jan. 9. Mar. 24. Apr. 7. Apr. 21. Apr. 15. WALLINGTON. Appearnce. Prevalence. Apr. 7.| Plentiful. June 26. Scarce. June 12.| Plentiful. Apr. 27. Do. July 16.) Only two seen. Apr. 20. Scarce. Mar. 5./Very Abundant. May 15.| Plentiful. July 18. Do. June 20. Do. Apr. 20.| Moderate. Jan. 29.\Swarm on June 3rd. Apr. 7.| Numerous. Apr. 10. Do. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 487 INSECTS (Continvep). LILBURN. NORTH SUNDERLAND. INSECTS. Appearance. Appearance, Prevalence. Sm. W. butterfly .... May 9. Mar. 6. Very numerous. ollysolued ose esos. gies cuaveres mh td Ube tahstte) mde al elena Pachter Hesserheathidos aac ae Li ee paasaee DOs irae coe oer Orange tip do. ...... ADD acta) CO) Sheon al fe ae sneha el Cia aac 3 Painted lady do. ...)} —.. RGR ORAM RE eR eO ALI RedeAdmiraldoytee-sl be sescenee on Poe dace, ele ain ta onat emeetae ortoise)shellidosesslewApril lee menses tty) | mnie seria Brimstonermotheerss|ecwthmcchec jiu aA dimers are we i ae aes Gurrantyd ovate ha eee sachs es |e oi bansaceoh oar [oad ocean ae Ghostedowepecsese sae eee aati uns ace ohe ey mileage cme sraae Sms rerdo emis coe mel a Mecees ace Poe laaay Dive gene Coclehaterrice saree neniseares steel ore alc uyateoracrie oon Nicotine euler Hive bee..........0.00: el fivba esis Pte (ea aa i sae esis Liens Sid be Humble bee ......... Miah Se ret | Nee AU OMT orl as \NEIE Dione denceceonacece PAD Te pe esntenalbe aircon st Very numerous. STANDARD FRUIT TREES. ACKLAM, GRETA BRIDGE, STANDARD NEAR MIDDLESBRO’. BARNARD CASTLE. FRUIT TREES, &e In Blossout Yield. In Blossom. Ripe. Apple......... Apr. 28. Very moderate. Maye> UG mi seccee Cherry ...... Apr. 17. Moderate. April 20. | July 16. LEER. ‘earconone Apr. 15.\Some kinds abundant.| ..0... | sseose lumiceenscses Mar. 29. Rather scarce. J Noll WO Nw 58 Currant ...... Apr. 14.|Plenty, but much mil-) April 10. | July 20. dewed. Gooseberry |Apr. 5. Moderate. April 4. | July 30. Raspberry ...|May 28. Abundant. May 30.| Aug. 1. Strawberry |Apr. 28./Very bad crop; fruit) May 21. | July 26. indifferent. 488 CLIMATOLOGICAL REPORT, 1869, SEAHAM. NORTH SHIELDS. STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &c. In Blossom. Yield. In Blossom. Apple s:.cccssestseaecse April 30 Good April 20 Cherry seccs stotaeeeenass April 16 Good April 10 Peas ccciemsansewde esses April 21 Good. April 12 JD « GaoHobacedoooacooal |!) bodoos Goods oi) ae Fe eeatens Currant) sacs. occas. April 18. Good. April 12 Gooseberry .......004.+ April 6. | Very Good. Mar. 31 Raspberry ...........- June 18. Goods 5/1) ors agusamens Strawberry .........06 April 28. Bad May 1 WALLINGTON. LILBURN. STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &c, In Blossom. Yield. In Blosson. Yield. JN OGY eoaodeonosdanan6 55 April 20. | Half a crop. | April 26. | Large crop. Chernyaasacacescesseces April 19. |Fair Average.| April 2. | Middling. 1 Beri a aeaocucenocuanddade April 22. | Good crop. | April 18. | Extra good. Blam see seis seeiee sees April 11. | Good crop. | April 12. | Heavy crop. Currant: eseeoiecc sess April 18. | Heavy crop.| April 9. |Very heavy crop. Gooseberry ........+0+ April 10. | Heavy crop.| Mar. 27. | Large crop. Raspberry .........3.. June 7. | Heavy crop.| April 13. Good. Strawberry ............ May 12. | Heavy crop.| April 28. | Middling. NORTH SUNDERLAND. STANDARD FRUIT TREES, &c. In Blossom. { Yield. U.N) 0 oh dose te sdobucpuscqonioeood lays seme, Josuas Very good. (QUNEHA oo: cbqpocdguesacgodacod) wp nusgoo. lS 8) Gotoge Pea sccsoreacencae-cwornchasre|t) | rite aioe as Good Plt ites Fac iechevaccteecoal eee Ai tidsecocenlt ee mecel| sk) aa mairenenate Currantgccccsicccecasec ses ecl ee mae watossee st a enih ee | wa enue eer Gooseberry ......-.-ceeceeeee Mar. 27. Large crop. Raspbherty. wives sketecdecd | esos ey al Cente) EEE meceeee Strawberry s....c0cceeerc|een) 0 Seeds Ripe June 24. Very scarce from drought. BY THE REV. R. F. WHEELER, M.A. 489 The observations recorded in the Meteorological Report and Climatological Tables have this year been supplied by the fol- lowing contributors :— T. Sopwith. Esq., F.R.S. Allenheads and Bywell............... te jahin Disssen: UNI STOWE see els s acelcedioe sseaceedendecsedens Joseph Dickenson, jun., Esq., Alston. IBCHOn Meee nctec chee. vecsiestencstecconemes T. J. Leather, Esq., Middleton Hall. JPEG. Sie he ee ee Rey. J. Nicholson. Brinkburn, Morpeth .................. C. H. Cadogan, Esq. Cress weellocecatseevcicssiiccineeasceemee ee Rey. J. E. Leefe. Darlin tomiencesocccccee sce saccees te ou ecg eee Mr. Henry Ward, Brinkburn Gardens. Dinsdale Rectory, near Darlington, Rev. J. W. Smith, M.A. Durhatiy scsveecmestercsccseosstee tees Rey. Dr. Gillow, Ushaw College. Durham Observatory ...........0.e0.0- Jobn J. Plummer, Esq. Blsdomicnseceveceeetec se osleeoueneenetedees Mr. R. Robson. Eaglescliffe, near Yarm............... Rev. Canon Hull, M.A. Barsd Omar sate sitdccasnstsccwancdcse nai John Taylor, Esq. Gambon ease csecsas ence eusccasecoess se A. Atkinson, Esq. Glantondbikes feos .ccseteecstenesenes F. W. Collingwood, Esq. Greenwich? csicssmssretvsceeseseecescees James Glaisher, Esq. Mantlepocligey tenses -teecnecness; Ga Gleages soe siodeg sioqyny osuedxy Jey .. LO TQ ete ccenteeceeceeeeeeesensens atthe a a sordog got 10d “PTT -Wsog puv ‘Aroarpaq ‘savpnomg Suyuttg ,, "SZL OLF ye ‘Ayoroog ALoysTP_ [eANzeN ,, 0 € 9 sutondtdosqng SuI}.e][00 UO MOIssTUITIOD ,, Gx Obes oe "| SUOTPVSUBLT, ,, JO BBG ,, GG pee SurydesSouyry ,, 0 9G OgL ce poatesor suondiosqng ,. L SL 60T Cece ea crecccece _, SUOTPOVSUBIT, 5 SuUTpULIg kg G i 18 eee cccccroscene pee cecrecrce Ieok qSP] oouRlVg OL, Ds F 4) OS) “6981 ID “UG 119 CTHIa SISTIVEOLIVN ACISHNAL CHL ALLA INQO00V NI YALASVANL TAL ya let LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE TYNESIDE NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. LIST OF MEMBERS, APRIL 7ru, 1870. Abbes, Rev. George Cooper, B.A....... Cleadon Hall. Abbes, Bryan Cooper .........scssceeereee Rock Lodge, Roker Alp bes Hemiyanere mesh sheelssstec ccc Rock Lodge, Roker. Abraham, John............ It mace weres Liverpool. — INGE, (Cy Wis bags sestossonsoconocss .... Newcastle. AGameon Wailliamalyeeseetenscaeeaesseicee: Newcastle. Adamson; Charles Het... 2.2) scller «neers North Shields. Adamson, Henry ..............c.ceceseeeeee North Shields. Adamson, Horatio ..............:c:seeeeee North Shields. iAdamsoniy abe Wie eee sce sees cece ner arnt Newcastle. Alcock msamiutelly juin. isaac. ce -eeeere ca Sunderland. Anderson, Joseph ............::ecee ree eeeeee Newcastle. Anderson, Charles 2.020.002 .-.rcecsereeres South Shields. Atma, (G5, Welosodossosnoosescopadnocenscnp4200 Sunderland. Angus, Uhomag.....206:-.-+-----2er-er- sole Neweastle. INDIGO, do. kosoacosasspacneosepncusscoad" 2c Durham. Armstrong, George ...........1.cs.sesees Newcastle. Armstrong, Hugh C. ............00002000 Newcastle. Armstrong, Luke, M.R.C.S. ............ Newcastle. Armstrong, Leonard...........:6.cscceeeeee South Shields. JMTRVONGL, IRs Signsdondaqse0dpopsooeshoabodeaoscs Gateshead. ING, ID e570 lssoond26engsooscenqdsuseoakococa¢ Newcastle. Nine, Crs (Ob abgrdosuses4 Aeaanpeeceuene Wylam Hall. Atkinson JEemity) eecmesierer ences ens Newcastle. INDUC yay LNNOANEE) | sonoenbsecsonaesagcene4q005 Gosforth Colliery. Backhouse, Edward ...........:.c0sc0seeee Sunderland. Backhouse, James Edward ............... Darlington. Bacldouses LasWrecacsnsses sence ceac Bishopwearmouth. Bainbridge wba Mon eer sceeccsse-ereerceckt Newcastle. Bainbridge, William, jun. ............... South Shields. TYNESIDE NATURALISTS FIELD CLUB. 515 Barkags (espa ameatencati cst) do asencan ine Neweastle. Barkus, Benjamin, M.D................... Gateshead. Bare sedis Wis conics iaecbcisj wee ceteris Durham. Barron, James, M.R.C.S. ............... Bishopwearmouth. Bayan GeOreey ster since asc ciouecen dis Newcastle. Bassi Charles et uetencssscasccute nes cvericer Newcastle. ALCS Doha = wcaebeentacrnesuanetaceuice North Shields. IB elipstlenityiy cece cnsccauaceesoeceemanes eee Newcastle. Lovell ce il Deep eae nen ne eR D aR einen Newcastle. Bell, John Thomas ............-..0.0see00 Monkwearmouth. Pali] No) ofeta imo sucenm use ane sec MGR ESR nae ann South Shields. BeltsM horas penance eacascene anes Newcastle. Benson William eeeseeseeeeaccccce eee aasas Hexham. Bethune Reva ANUS tyne sesso Seaham Harbour. Be wack en cditioeciesccameenccisaecce aa Allenheads. Big we MReva dake wiv ccecssuaccsaese: Stamfordham Vicarage. ind aie ve Cu acpi ucaanee uasterauenssee Chollerton Vicarage. Blacklock JOSepuimncs eons ene sense toe Newcastle. Plein DhOmas eee deemaoe cca. sian eco Sunderland. Bold homas Jobkneeececn soy. -necernn cel Somerset Place. ING etisfoey (6 a) OF a iced sora odensenoo ceeenorc: Wylam Hall. Atkinson, Rev. W. .......0.:2c:se+ceseeoe Gateshead Fell. Balmer, George .....eeceseeesereeeee seen es Northumberland Place. Bell, [. L. ..0..2.00s:eeeeseeeeeseeesteeseecene The Hall, Washington. Bell, Mis. 1. L...cssese-sseeeeeeeseeeeeseee es The Hall, Washington. Bell, Thomas .......-scceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees The Minories, Jesmond.- Bells Wet voce ccceenaesearenaes one -eece Northallerton. Bell, Matthew ........:secceeesneseseeseeeee Woolsington. Bigge, Rev. J. B....sseeesseesescee res veeees Stamfordham. Blackett, Sir Edward, Bart. ............ Matfen. Blacklock, Joseph .......c..cesseeeseeeeee Grey Street. Blain, Thomas ....--...-0-.02-..-eeesseceree Sunderland. Bowman, Henry ........ecsecceeeeeeeseeeee Washington. THonyaaatahaly, [ite 14 | sbSnonauanasaseprerpociaoder Field House, Gateshead. Tamara, WGI Coscecuongssoqeespovapoasunsde Field House, Gateshead. Brady, Henry B. ........----sssssseeeeseees Mosley Street. Bragg, Charles........ccessseeeseeeeeceeees Lintz Green. Brown, Ralph ........ssceeeseeeeeeeeeereee Grey Street. Burdon, George ...--eeceeseeeeeeeeecereee Heddon House. Burnett, JAaCOD....cerceesecrvererecceseeenes Tynemouth. Cansmap tually ngesmeqecsiten seit acer cidceteieiai Hedgeley, Alnwick. Chariton, Edward, M.D..............0005 Eldon Square. Onan tome Wes epaswaeeeesaanten epee tl Hesleyside, Bellingham. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 541 ClarkciRevcandneDurnncnassuesensniers ta Belford Hall. Clayton Sonn waacebassctenes vereeccne ane Fenkle Street. (Clo yarn, dO.» cassocnocapocconboosaeseqa06 North Shields. @rraryybiall es Gambia secrets tertissciee cts sae Durham. Crawhalle Sosepht corsc.-cuessascasen seers Eldon Square. G@resswella Ay. Je Bs sie) scanoncnonseceaes coe Cresswell. Crd dase Wars vas os acccsneeuare eter Elswick. Cuthberts Walliamecccescessessceseeereerccee Beaufront. LOG). eal Mestcearpcausese ane asusncebodccncorc Pilgrim Street. Drewett. Ds Osea oicncsenesatseeiontce Jarrow Hall. Wrewetia Mig i nccnceccnscesusscsoeacsses Redworth. IDinnavay, (Cores) “cbsdeonnocadsocecabooeooaaacde Bath House. Dunhamiebishopoteccsncnecaereceece Auckland Castle. DAVE, Doo IND sasdedcoceos cooscosance Eldon Square. Bmibletons Ds Wisscesicctaeccsesconcnsccneee The Cedars, Methley, Leeds. Erichsen, Herman ...............:.2c0e.+ Fairfield, Bulman’s Village. TRG SIGie) THO) OES “abaosnsca coccostionpoeccodecee Rye Hill. Freeman, George .....-.ceceeeeeseerseseeees Claremont Place. Gibbs Ce Ie IMeD ers ecmasetsssesunseeces Westgate Street. (Gone dCs ccadesesocuamebssooncoceqoadenn Heaton Dean. An COCs All Dalivgee tee ceer errr escce caer St. Mary’s Terrace. Miancockersohinteeressteraccesce tt eeeeao ren: St. Mary’s Terrace. 1) eimats(oin 1h] Denescaseodososcossboodcconnoees Whitburn. Hawthorn, William .............0. seseeees Benwell. Hedleys Thomas se ccss.cscs ence eyacnen Coxlodge. iMewitsonWoallianiiveccseecoscccseceecce Oatlands. Hoderes George aiscccauccccecnesnevencmces Seaham Harbour. Lopes, DOhmMl: seis samesie dos gaen ce ce sects ses Blackett Street. Plant GALES ic deeacwisecbediis see erestncsrees Birtley. Hutt, Right Hon. Sir W., M.P. ......... Gibside. Hfonter Walliams. jccesssccesees cee Moor Lodge. ined Ne TAT, VGH, “cageqdeosoqupqooodbooudaEeS Westoe. James, Sir’ Walter, Bart.............+-.-. Whitehall Gardens, London. JJ@lvngeiny (Chall; - cedeceedooonssuoondoodcouccodD Deanery, Chester-le-Street. OUMS OM ame O Meee teers secs cidclneeieccincsese Chilton Hall. Aoresi7, DI@II peocoosneaddunneuce-eepacgonddGee Newton Hall. K 2 542 LIST OF MEMBERS OF THE Iara Chl Pe. SS Sugbbaqsbascadonueabsbeodous Carr’s Hill House, Gateshead. Kenmair, WViTS.5 Cece cones deeeereere esac. Carr’s Hill House, Gateshead. Ibe HINl yO dG WD satobradadooooaonsasonoscono dec Swinburne Castle. Danglands (Iria. ccekecescemeecs ccs Old Bewicke. May.cocks VOsephinsce-rceers sesar ences Low Gosforth. Weathart.AaMes un. sop ontacacsee sc seads Bracken Dene, Gateshead. Raddetl Mise WHie si tiasay osceeceineteseaaioser Benton Park. Middeli; Matthews ..:cnereecomecsennsaucs: Prudhoe Hall. Tister: Clement eprcacarsaanccscescerensees Elswick. Malia Garb acorns oth cat scnmntddaiet Hexham. Malini pWalliammarsecasesa cesses cise St. Mary’s Terrace. Marreco, A. Freire .........:0cseseeseeees Neville Hall. Mawson, -Mrg.0 ccs: deceisiessecttonssoneee Ashfield, Gateshead. Monmnell: He De econ eis ens sauce dsr ne esidoesis si London. Mitchell, ‘Charles ii ii caier-a-usrnencesscdes Low Walker. MOOT? Wes Te ie easeu. solar veataramanaen Library Place. Morrison ACnd Ringe cseie telecast ters Newcastle. Murray, William, M.D. .................. Clayton Street West. Newall Rae ta uw esighe sheaves dc teae Ferndene, Gateshead. Newall Missi tes. smcsndcesesnestasicsecmect Ferndene, Gateshead. INGbIeN Capt eo Acts waracticeesessescesane Jesmond. Northumberland, Duke of ............... Alnwick Castle. Ord, Mrs. Blackett ----25)..---.--)-:-+-... Whitfield Hall. Tethers (Ol wil < cecesAoadooouaogapaboggcoccéns Grinkle Park. PattMSON We a osecreserer se sors scenes Felling. ILE ey dIOSK} 0110) | shdaonobossnobapodedckosbdosns Southend, Darlington. 1B etehc0 fy" iio oe nooucosna pbesducdadneecbance ac Benwell. Perkins: Ha Me Ma wensuccesvocvensnwscornee Birtley. BRhilipsony |G. Hea... scccnseacsece 1, Saville Row. Popterpieut.-COls csneuns. seas ascmesnce Heaton Hall. Pumpliney, GHOMAs\.-cc..c.s-.-ceccsn-+ oer Summerhill Grove. Ravensworth, Lord ................---..0+ Ravensworth Castle. Reeds he Bust cacua mua cscs saree eceses Highfield House. Rendell Go Wrs ao: cm-cenamonne sede terete Benwell. Richardson, G, W. .......... Sicecar nun South Ashfield. Richardson, Jamesieanes sence Summerhill Grove. Richardson, Miss Jane .................. Summerhill Grove. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 545, Richardson, Joseph H. ................4. Cork. Ridley, Sir Matthew White, Bart. ...... Blagdon. I Mavererastoyalcl CINTA. leet boas bpobedacresnecenced Tynemouth. Riatlan das GeargeliercS-)escatcaucexsansanos Blackett Street. Smite Es Bae MEP sr reece sceresatecucnen Gosforth House. STIG He Mins erst seaucaetd aescecdeenameeniey Gosforth House. Sopwith, Thomas, F.R.S.................. Victoria Street, Westminster. ie Snencesobertiesesccressececesean ete eee Tynemouth. Stevensony cls Sei cdcsenesnscceceoeeneeneae Tynemouth. Stewartsybles Grass Suse omeeseeceeneas Coxlodge Asylum. Swan DaWieeanscsnesuaccnsetesanascicenverae Low Fell. Sivan Williaimin es sesmee epee sceSeewan clecentcst Walker. Swinburne, Sir John, Bart................ Capheaton. Taylors Johns saasdeanssuseeeeceressseacece Lovaine Place. Thompson, Cuthbert, jun. ......-........ Winlaton. Thompson, Thomas ...............:0esee0e Winlaton. Trevelyan, Sir W. C., Bart. ............ Wallington. \ RISEN DE Ustapeanconn oobabunceneecenn ce cee Low Elswick. WratlessaWoalliamietscccncsennassercieae-oaer Saltwell, Gateshead. VWetistiem 18 (nba? esripe senidoc adeopoeasdecsencone Millfield House. Watsons Ropenrty Sauces cstercnmenesseseeeks Moss Croft, Bensham. Wiha ROMeltinesscceimes-ncm.ecer seeds Claremont Place. Walsonmhomase. fcrrscueesececaa uaa: Shotley Hall. Woods Mi C2) ti nicaeiianceeonetraomete Holeyn Hall. SUBSCRIBING FIRMS. The Corporation of Neweastle-on-Tyne .............. ace E210) 0) (0) Messrs. Bell Brothers, Newcastle ..............:scsseeeseees Bia (0) Messrs. C. Mitchell & Co., Low Walker ................+ P22 O Messrs. R. S. Newall & Co., Gateshead ..............006 Dap Dyan) The Washington Chemical Company .........:.sseseeeeee 5 6 0 44 LIST OF HONORARY MEMBERS. LIST OF HONORARY MEMBERS. Agassiz, M. Louis, Professor of Natural History, United States. Balfour, Professor J. H., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh. Bowerbank, James Scott, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S. Brongniart, M. Adolphe, Professor of Botany, Jardin des Plantes, Paris. Carpenter, Rev. Philip P., Ph. D., Canada. Collinson, Captain, R.E. Currie, John, Esq., London. Dawson, Charles H., Esq., Royd’s Hall, Yorkshire. Duff, Joseph, Esq., Hunter’s Hill, Bishop Auckland. Emmett, Lieutenant-Colonel, R.E. Enniskillen, Right Hon. the Earl of, Florence Court, Ireland. Gray, John Edward, Esq., Ph. D., F R.S., &c., British Museum. Henslow, Rev. G. M. A., London. Hewitson, W. C., Esq., Oatlands. Hincks, Rev. Thomas, B.A. Hodgson, B. H, Esq., British Minister at the Court of Nepaul. Home, David Milne, Esq., F.R.S.E., Milne Graden. Hooker, Dr. J. D., F.R.S., F.L.S., Kew, London. Jardine, Sir William, Bart., F.L.S., Jardine Hall. Jeffreys, J. Gwyn, Esq., F.R.S., London. Jenkinson, Rev. George, Lowick. Jones, Professor T. Rupert, F.G.S., Sandhurst. Jones, Thomas Rymer, Esq., King’s College, London. Kirk, William, Esq., Bishopwearmouth. Laird, James, Esq., M.D., Bognor. Mead, Thomas, Esq., Chatley, near Bath. Murchison, Sir Roderick Impey, G.C.St.S., F.R.S., F.G.S., &e., London. Oliver, Professor, F.R.S., F.L.S., Kew, London. Panton, Hugh, Esq., Bishopwearmouth. Parnell, Richard, Esq., M.D., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh. Phillips, John, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Oxford. Rayne, Robert, Esq., Calcutta. Reeves, John Russell, Esq., F.R.S., &c., Clapham Common, London. Sedgewick, Rev. Adam, M.A., F.R.S., &c., Woodwardian Professor, Cambridge. Swinhoe, Robert, Esq., F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul, Taiwan, Formosa. Sykes, Lieutenant-Colonel William Henry, F.R.S., &c., London. Thompson, John, Esq., Government Surveyor, Singapore. LIST OF ASSOCIATES. LIST OF ASSOCIATES, Aibbse Reva Ga ©s. sssasccesoyscsmseinancssoes Cleadon. Aoatrone. GCOree .eessesscccsssercssnss, Arcade. AGihe yah OMAS| ier-eeeseacceheen orescence: Gosforth. Li aR Aol Be. oeentonocnadeoceenoooenceguoe Grainger Street. Bab Kus? ID tion: sascnersersceectecncsccasnese Gateshead. Bass Charles, 1 .tsnctsesccssdieescoiessecacs West Parade. Bellebenryensscreckecousen cuaseeccsneccse es Sandhill. Bold lhomasrder cause cciccsciseeens Long Benton. OOH, AIO, Well noadeccconsosehodooondocsde Durham. BradiyaaGeuS ccsienccesuswita: ce cueuecieloes ans Sunderland. Brooks Ci ccuktcascpasiiwe: desceatecss sane Wallsend. BLO Well OE det dissenoocnioveeshinssceecetsl Kast Boldon. BLOW ed Ol Mercer nes ca ccvonase ses scessetces DHlenheim Street. TBSEZICUKOTKG lyw\\ fey Doh ua sdondasieds unnobbesdeepeoae Grey Street. IBLUCE CVE te tn ctesitncesvedseseraes Framlington Place. IaH), OM, TNs Gosedoscppcuno00e wacbiet Kast Parade. Burnups Mis MSD) vssccsecbanassencieseccies Derwent Place. ChaultonmWillianaknass-scceeensematas err Newcastle. Chigillarne, din (SH ‘cosevocoasescasabqodosanves Dean Street. (Chee), WTI osécodoocbgonaqdcbescrd0ac Arcade. Clephany JAMeCs cores sracer sc eecescserenes 11, Saville Row. COOL ye) OMI AG iene cplckncieeinecianclanattelse Blaydon Burn. Snopes Wy (05, vbeecresosecgeeceondrccnacne Clayton Street. Cond Reve Wakes cersenc se euecleea rol Muggleswick. PAVISOU A OSCD UN ee sword deeericre eave cnser Northumberland Street. Dickenson, William ..............:s00ss000 Elswick West Villa. Wickensonyse Gameenccsrer ee sancesesecsas National Provincial Bank. Dodsworth, Frederick ................0000 Collingwood Street. Dowatleseleninyacne westerners sree essed South Parade. DD EAT SONY ULTIMA tera vora elses leitetensieelse lets 27, Uarrison Place. LONE eho, AVG ny BAeenonnectrinodobcnocounben’ Market Street. IBN de OeidacodécGoehodeaocoddorectaanandehte Groat Market. ox Or LIST OF ASSOCIATES OF THE IDEAL AGHISH AO} 10S naneadenoadasboddoddauanedon North Shields. Featherstonehaugh, Rev. W. ............ Edmondbyers Rectory. Fraser. eDaigtdacacis vse mee rseeumem ncaa 16, Regent Terrace. Gibson, Charles, M.D................005 006 Eldon Square. Gilchrist (GG sicensaccdscccnncccses: ane Pilgrim Street. Gillies VAlexandennscc-tsessccomecse ke seent Gateshead. Goddard. Daag eens nisssueceecsnds Grey Street. Green Re Meee sa sores co snteesens sane cence Mosley Street. Greens Rev. wR seacdacstint aseauesecres Higham Place. Green. William Ul s oad. een soenenocncmonee Thornley House, Winlaton. Harrisonss) Ohi Aa prccnssenae sence seins Killingworth House. Humble, Thomas, M.D. .................. Eldon Square. Hutchinson, Joseph .............c0cecceseee College, Durham. Jones Ohmi ey-ccrsea conser asseee shines Middlesbro’. Welman Walliams 3005. wacseccserseanciac 8, The Oaks, Sunderland. Mather obdivardessaceesssesos eens! Grey Street. McAllum KC OMe nave nssncessnascss scene Sandhill. Morison Ds Paccgssasdccessnncctcesec ss Bulman’s Village. Muschamp:)Walliamm’-acc.-ssnesressecss seer Holly Grove, Gateshead. ING witom heya dvele.asduascncsassuscare Cambo. Normans aR eye iM imine «manera eeiceeee Burnmoor Rectory. TPE KHAUNETON, AIO Goosocabupsesonoseeoonseoad Side. Pauline wo Deki ear awesr-cccmeececl cease Pandon Dean House. Philipsoms fe) OluMscemaacern ac. csseoaeeeeneete Eldon Square. Poult opsorel, Wen. is) Sondsbtiadeanencono bas condae Pilgrim Street. IPrOCLOs Mb ss Osteeecinccses.cccscsoaeeem na snce Grey Street. IReabineh ney dg Wile Seasecadsocorasosdesdscocc0 ‘Saltwell, Gateshead. RetassD avid aarceemestnsecsasssooaarenes-ce Gateshead. Lo oO DRE OR iop-nogioooonadaobbosoncosacese Sunderland. Robson, ered ertekessm-ceaccsccace-schcse «> Dean Street. Danson HOMas senna stteer sees eeee H. M. Customs. Shield Ge Reis sen cotrasitoatanenseete see once Mosley Street. SmuilesssHenty: a esecsec seme eae eeees Carlisle Railway Station. SPeUCET, WME i ei elves cacannen shennan Millfield, Newburn. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 547 Spencermunomasuessceseeen-crscsccencss The Grove, Ryton. Stan cera Olieescer anne ole aseiesiseicceves Chronicle Office. SirakeredOseplirccmaccwnasesecsesncs esses West House, Tynemouth. Temperley, Nicholas.................. Rane Close. eRHOMIMPSOMIE dee. cossneiesceaseceepeecccse: Winlaton House. Vitis RODETE ses ace ascnwosscaveusasacscosin se Sunderland. Waddington, Thomas ..................066 Charlotte Street. Weaker Wie MIs tacuten sce cuetecnoncemscucs se Sunderland. VERSO, AOR, Tbe coccoopenbenooooognde Seymour Terrace, Gateshead. ANYON WEE sscocasonasosaousnndaoocooedon Lawson Street. Watsons lnomasi @rse: cerca access Blackett Street. WOT. IBMT! eercoocaecbncrcossboonabone North Shields. 548 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS, VOL. II. v I.—Pteroplax cornuta. ~ II.—Pteroplax cornuta, Paleoniscus, and Acanthodopsis Wardi. _ I1.—Teeth, &c., of Pygopterus, Paleoniscus and Rhizodopsis. IV.—Cyclops Lubbockii and C. equoreus. V.—Tachidius brevicornis and Delavalia palustris. VI.—Canthocamptus cryptorum. ~ VIL., VUI.—Fossil Fungi (Archagaricon). IX.—Teeth of Janassa lingueformis. —~X., X1.—Teeth and shagreen of Janassa bituminosa. XII.—XIV.—New species of Ostracoda. XV.—Teeth of the Ballan Wrasse. INDEX. 549 INDEX TO VOLUME III. ' Abraxas grossulariata, 172. Acanthodopsis Wardi, 103; Eger- toni, 107. Aculeate Hymenoptera of Northum- berland and Durham, Catalogue of, 137. Aganodus apicalis, 112; undatus, 112. Ageleodus diadema, 116. Anas acuta, 174; clypeata, 174. Anthracosaurus Russelli, 313. Anthracosaurus, Note on, by Han- cock and Atthey, 319. Archagaricon bulbosum, 327; glo- buliferum, 328; radiatum, 328 ; dendriticum, 329; conglomera- tum, 329. Argynnis aglaia, 171. Atthey, Thomas, on the Palatal Teeth of a fish belonging to the genus Climaxodus, 306. Ballan Wrasse, Jos. Wright on the teeth of, 373. Bethune, Rey. A., Presidential Ad- dress, 176. Birds and Insects, Notes on, 28, 275, 478. Blatta Madere, 376. Bold, Thomas John, Catalogue of Insects (Aculeate Hymenoptera) of Northumberland and Durham, 137; Entomological Notes for 1868, 170; for 1869, 376. Bonito, 881. Brady, G. 8., The Crustacean Fauna of the Salt Marshes of Northum- berland and Durham, 120; De- scription of an Entomostracan inhabiting a coal-mine, 203; List of Fresh-water Algz collected in Northumberland and Durham, 302; Notes on Entomostraca taken chiefly in Northumberland and Durham (1869), 361. Browell, E. J. J., Presidential Ad- dress, 285. Bythocythere turgida, 372. Canthocamptus cryptorum, 203. Cherocampa porcellus, 171. Climaxodus, Palatal Teeth of, 306. Climaxodus and Janassa, Hancock and Atthey on the generic iden- tity of, 330. Coracias garrula, 173. Corixx, 378. Crustacean Fauna of Salt Marshes, G. 8. Brady on, 120. Ctenodus, various species of, ob- tained from the Northumberland Coal Field, 54. Ctenodus cristatus, 61, 92; tuber- culatus, 61; corrugatus, 62; obliquus, 63; elegans, 64; im- bricatus, 65; ellipticus, 66. Ctenoptychius pectinatus, 115. Cypridopsis aculeata, 124. Cypris salina, 124; ornata, 364. Cynthia cardui, 170. 550 Cythere castanea, 125. Cytherura insolita, 371. Cytheridea littoralis, 125. Cyclops Lubbockii, 127; equoreus, 128. Dactylopus tisboides, 131. Diplodus gibbosus, 111. Delavalia palustris, 134. Dittodus divergens, 112. Dias longiremis, 135. Entomostracan inhabiting a coal- mine, G. S. Brady on, 203. Entomostraca taken in Northumber- land and Durham (1869), G. S. Brady on, 361. Evening Meetings, 182, 295, 504. Field Meetings: Cawsey Dene, 177 ; Hexham and Dipton, 178; Raby, 178; Dunstanboro’, 179; Birtley, 181; Marsden, 181; Sheepwash, 285; Shotley Bridge, 286; Rich- mond, 287; Bambro’, 289; Si- monburn, 293 ; St. Mary’s Island, 295, 502; Beamish, 492; Sta- ward Peel, 492; High Force, 498 ; Newbiggen, 500; Crag Lake, 502. Field Meetings, list of, for 1868, 192; for 1869, 298; for 1870, 510. Flowering of Plants, 23, 272, 468. Fossil Fungi from the Black Shale of the Northumberland Coal Field, Hancock and Atthey on,. 321. Fresh-water Algz collected in North- umberland and Durham, by G. 8. Brady, 302. Fresh-water Rhizopods, 380. Geology of Messrs. Baker and Tate’s new Flora, J. W. Kirkby on, 357. INDEX. Glow-worm, Note on, 175. Gyracanthus tuberculatus, 108. Hall, Rev. G. R., on the origin of Terraced Slopes in North Tyne- dale, 32. Hancock (Albany) and Atthey (T.) on various species of Ctenodus, 54; on remains of Reptiles and Fishes, 66; on a new Labyrin- thodont Amphibian, and on An- thracosaurus Russelli, 310; Note on Anthracosaurus, 319; on Fos- sil Fungi from the Black Shale of Northumberland Coal Field, 321 ; on the generic identity of Climax- odus and Janassa, 330. Hancock (Albany) and Howse (R.) on Janassa bituminosa, 339. Hooppell, Rev. R. E., Wind Re- turns, 271. Insects, dates of appearance, &c., 486. i Janassa bituminosa, Hancock and Howse on, 339. Kirkby, J. W., on the Geology of Messrs. Baker and Tate’s new Flora, 357. Lepidoptera, local, 381. Livia juncorum, 170. Local Fishes, Notes on, 175. Loxoconcha elliptica, 127; granu- lata, 368. Macroglossa stellatarum, 172. Members of Tyneside Field Club, List of, 514. Meteorological Report fox 1867, 1; for 1868, 206; for 1869, 384. Migratory Birds, 481. INDEX. Miscellaneous Notices and Observa- tions, 175, 380. Mitrodus quadricornis, 110. Natural History Society, Report for 1868, 196; for 1870, 528; Officers of, 200, 538; List of Donations to, 202, 534; Treasurer’s Report, 199, 531, 532, 5383; Members, list of, 540; Honorary Members, 544; List of Associates, 545. New Labyrinthodont Amphibian, &e., Hancock and Atthey on, 310. New Members of Tyneside Field Club, 194, 299, 511. Notice of Rare Birds seen recently, 173: Oak Gall and Insect, 377. Oak Tree, occurrence of Trunk in Boulder Clay, 382. Ochlodus crassus, 113. Officers of Tyneside Field Club, 193, 298, 510. Officers of Natural History Society, 200, 538. Ophiderpeton nanum, 79. Palatal Teeth of a Fish belonging to the Genus Climaxodus, T. Atthey on, 306. Palezoniscus Egertoni, 96. Panopxa norvegica, 380. Paradoxostoma hibernicum, 362 ; pulchellum, 868; Fischeri, 362; Hodgii, 371. Picus major, 173. Potamocypris fulva, 366. President’s Addresses: Rev. Angus Bethune, 176; E. J. J. Browell, Esq., 285; Rev. R. F. Wheeler, 491. Or Or — Pternodus productus, 113. Pteroplax cornuta, 67. Pulex talps, 378. Ravensworth, Right Hon. Lord, Notice of Rare Birds, 173. Reptiles sp. indet., 80. Reptiles and Fishes, Remains of, from Shales of Northumberland Coal Field, 66. Rhizodopsis sauroides, 85. Rhizodus Hibberti, 81. Sirex juvencus, 170. Sphecia bembiciformis, 172. Sphinx convolvuli, 171. Tachidius brevicornis, 130. Temora velox, 184. Terraced Slopes in North Tynedale, Rey. G. R. Hall on, 32. Treasurer’s Account (Tyneside Field Club), 195, 301, 513. Treasurer’s Report (Natural History Society), 199, 531, 532, 533. Trevelyan, Sir W. C., on occurrence of Trunk of an Oak Tree in Boul- der Clay, 382. Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, Officers of, 193, 298, 510; Trea- surer’s Account, 195, 301, 513; List of Members, 514. Vanessa Io, 170. Wheeler, Rey. R. F., Meteorological Reports, 1, 206, 384; Presidential Address, 491. Wind, Report on, 271. Wright, Joseph, on the Teeth of the Ballan Wrasse, 373. Xiphichilus tenuissima, 869 ; amyg- daloides, 370. PRINTED BY JOHN BELL, RAILWAY BANK, PILGRIM STREET, NEWCASTLE-ON-TYNE, Contes eve oe Durham, by Messrs. Polyzoa; Mr. Ae W. stone of the Permian Series by Mr. H. B. Brady Report and Climato moptera and of additions ia othe Col Utes Smite a Gr camellia onan es nt I itish and G. 8. Brady, on Remains found at Ryhope; ee G. ‘ the British Period at Warkshaugh; Dr. Charlton on the Sessions Tynedale ; Meteorological Report and limatological Tables for 1865 Entomological Notes; Mr. J. W. Kirkby on Fossils in Marl-Slate. nesian Limestone; Mr. H. B. Brady on Casts of Paleozoic Corals on Bostrychia scorpiotdes ; Messrs. Browell and Kirkby on the Chem a en ea &e. ; Presidential Soya b ‘Rev. A. M.N an, —Mr, J ohn Manca, prttologinal Note ies ist of Local Hon ine . s. Brady on the British es, cca a & C. Bruce, LL. D., Presidential Address, &e. | - VOLUME IL, Coasting: of Meee: Baeinand Tate’s New Flora of with pepe ae and Map of page Districts. eat satel Condaate Mottin batea ee For 1867-68 ; ee Terraced Slopes in -North Tynedale ; Hancock and tthey 01 Ctenodus,. and on remains of Reptiles and Fishes from Northu G. §. Brady on Crustacea of ‘Salt Marshes; Mr. T. J. B tera of Northumberland and Durham ; Lord Ravenswo cently ; Presidents’ Addresses—Rey. A. Bethune and E. J. di UNIFORM WITH THE ABOVE, ‘Tha wauenrona os the e Tynes Naturalists’ ‘Field Club. Six Volumes. aonb fesa THE FOLLOWING may ALSO BE Catalogue of Insects, by J ames Tardy and T. J. Bold. Beh » Mollusca, by Joshua Alder. 2s. 6d. Re Zoophytes, by Joshua “Alder. Eight Plates. 4s. . P a Permian Fossils, by Richard Howse. 2s. AAW Ts oN Lepidoptera, by George ” Woiles:) Part To oOe rc ne taka | Notes on the Permian System of Northumberland and Durham, by Ri Synopsis of the Geology of Durham and part of Nor thon berl | W. Kirkby. 1s. r | A Monograph of the British Entomostraca bel _ rothricide, and Lynceide, by the Rey. A. C.M.Z.S. Six Plates. et Baa ; NEWCASTLE-ON-TENE? os Crit ed ci ep AG RBOROOGROs.. s.4Raomrr.. sale v A i re ; aa aaallers my hy ly OAC LAr gad th EU om Vy “ft WT ea “ut he =e bates Pawan aunnat jy td A Ne Yon a ee ae \ ‘my We Heats +h mT 3 thf (8 OSE 2% Ae ms, ue Sumy . sq: a, = a a] a A BRA AAD i Ve ai Pit erry ake dee > ry _ iN wah Sigg 1 j be ™ eo agtAne Y AS Bimo em ‘i TE Ah lank - Oat he u—~ NAN. Nae eARaa rn LATER SWUDUOMLA ET RIN LLL TUL ai peti | Ment an &} = 4 2 RR ig 4 ROR AD 08. 0g aoe hon “SY Beh to ae a ayy anv de re wt ku ge vaiaee _ 8 qy. 4 - » a? a he \ablase 7 | lamainol geFAncne Y parnuipAr™ cg Wasa ebriese Patras Ta natty meet | \ YT H ao a re sna ® sca Gy fe ’ 4 a La a SS a . Ae lh Wasp) ta ay Sterns yeeenael ‘Age I Ln an ANN dhl ert rer ra fh, ' SSR Be aa é j >. a vasa" eae Wri, Dacebicittoiedeis Lt eee litt We Ot COST 2 9OSen, a abe ft ~a. “4 RARER pee det Te) ’ . nish Mm 7 - soe th ' sip fit? = 5, Ee ypeuiionid-amn: (aun pa N\a >" AL : , «Nhe aAAp pe at ya @ajia® » AAANUNYS AB: ugh’ *s F ae a & = 4 aw Nt one 1a Nyy : Sen 5 , *. ne aa & gence HELL UDA a | “a “NM - 4 Ki: sawn, @ in 2 Sekbelisbeae yore SS 1h ea | veoi#e * Peis N\s : . 3 ree aan: PAC an an. So il f . Le ie : Wega ae \e Di , RA Wresawes ast a.- 4 sacweees iT ib eh MMOD DU 24 Wen yliuy 1+ ane may od : > tt n, 7! a Neath ULL TTT Wabalttasctaneaaaaith ve it . Dbon ilidal ac - UTR aehegae 4 hee Ls tt | yee Pr Cee ahha, g)inan OM srehA as ocasecscrumee eT igs pai cmae Anadeatiee Mewyieve VVyoe TF if Saal \, Al WhyaNG Sa del | EAI ANA EAAAIAR NDS i rN ath ar uy, [ apanl PE IN saeae TELE ELD tite mu - wana 4 ti! UW cPiald| buna ViUdie® PRA eta hd see by, mae \s ye Ht a ( juseaunasione = Z ww) ah ‘\, * Ty T TE “i 7 roa bit ta sa ® 4 : . RETF, 4\ a ife.e ry tag rag PPT gueibec. TTY Terie ape an aah’ “on : aCe riMe ik rE os gw is RES So ee 8 PSs FORTS fi ae Gas i + tf a - tat didutees ‘ ge rer, \ + D4 sol V\ | hy al LLLL PT acest fl \y eI FP Piaget WRdays oapar VAT Ad (AAR, paparsa land my TTT CAs YA Na 4 Aiaa? pAdudg JAA Auf A , | Anal! : we wey ah HANLON? ’ ry ia . Way, MT ance ceha ee hme ote ctl c il ’ ES 12 | on e 9088 01262 07 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARI We =F eB BA Lisishelal deka Sprecttl tie — Apa m | mit ay we SY re PRAT | —S> 4 » o - mf ty d : a A r Nal % z Tye a, == se Ninatt Shilar acatt Nathalie tenet a raltianalg, | >: -_—— bef 4 : y ( ee ; Ane wat == pibee Pattee aay a pela e J Uwru pare mp, db “5 aah. =, Nae “ : r. ) 7 baba en AA Se Sal Aan aeh naa Aacante pi Aa uae ' E | oh e Pe : Bay aan rrne? Anne AA ROS, fm oo de eral | aan ay aeamenas eee MUA wiih TT ge ASAN A Liisa. A ling AA. SOA - pasces age tet ae ~ AA aaa? ls. ns Wg : Ss ALN aE gnAA a aaenannnery pias ) ABH | a “A -saMaRRAR Rg | O7: Ave Ra /Maa Mia ty Ai; wee up pring isAre’ sbara.. WA aay, | ' Bo Ng ee eeeel if err Le 7 QE 9 eee ADA ‘0 Aree : PYWwal tad tity C2 BOR a